advertisement
TECHNICAL MANUAL
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(INCLUDES REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST)
FOR
SEMITRAILER, TACTICAL, BREAKBULK/CONTAINER
TRANSPORTER, 22-1/2 TON, RESET
M871R (NSN 2330-01-528-6690) (EIC: CAN)
M871A1R (NSN 2330-01-528-6673) (EIC: CAM)
M871A2R (NSN 2330-01-528-6698) (EIC: CAK)
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
SEPTEMBER 2008
only Left Blank.
This page is blank.
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and applied during operation and maintenance of the semitrailer. Failure to follow these warnings may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
AIR BRAKE CHAMBERS
• To prevent injury, keep hands away from brake chamber push rods and slack adjusters. They will move as service brakes are operated, and will automatically apply if system pressure drops. Fingers/hands could be pinched or cut by moving parts. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
• Disassembly of air brake chambers is NOT authorized. When inspecting or caging air brake chambers, do not position yourself in front of, or in line with, the chamber. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Discarded air brake chambers must be safely and properly disposed of. They should be disarmed prior to disposal. Failure to disarm assembly prior to disposal may, in time, result in spontaneous release of the spring chamber and its contents, causing death, personal injury, and/or property damage.
WARNING
BRAKE SYSTEM
• Before performing any work on the spring brake system, chock the wheels front and rear to prevent semitrailer movement. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury or death to personnel.
• All brake chambers must be caged before working on the brake system to prevent serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
• The axle must be firmly supported to prevent shifting of the semitrailer. Shifting may cause serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
• A hot brake can cause serious burns. Exercise extreme caution before attempting to touch brake drum after use.
Radiated heat will be felt before drum is touched. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
• Do not use air pressure or a steel bristle brush to clean cones and rollers. Use kerosene or diesel fuel to clean bearings. Do not use gasoline. Do not rotate bearings using compressed air, as this will damage the polished surfaces. Bearing failure can cause injury to personnel.
• At triennial brake inspection/service all brake wheel end components must be cleaned and inspected for wear/ damage. Inspect all linings, springs, pins, rollers, clips, and bushings on each axle end. Make sure seals show no signs of leakage on axle, spider, or wheels. Use all components of replacement kits and balance repairs on both axle ends. Failure to comply can cause injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
• Do not allow brake lining to wear to the point that the rivets touch the drum. This condition can cause brake failure, injury to personnel, and damage to equipment.
• The triennial check/service is based on normal operation. Conditions identified such as hot/cold brake drums, leakage/seepage of spindle/hub grease, brake lock-up, wheel end noise/damage, and impact damage will require inspection and repair to be performed when the incident occurs, not at service interval. Failure to comply can cause injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
• Clean and check all S-camshaft brake components for wear and damage. Replace worn or damaged parts. At triennial service replace all O-rings, bushings, retainers, snap rings, lockwashers, and brackets on each axle end. Failure to comply could cause injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
a
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
WARNING
BRAKE SYSTEM - CONTINUED
• Clean and check service brakes and all brake components for wear and damage. Replace worn or damaged parts. At triennial service replace all springs, pins, rollers, clips, and bushings on each axle end. Failure to comply may cause injury to personnel and damage to the equipment.
• Jack must be positioned directly under axle to prevent slippage. Direct all personnel to stay clear of semitrailer when semitrailer is supported in the air. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment.
• To prevent shifting of semitrailer, floor jack should be used only on a hard, level surface. Use ground boards, if necessary. Chock tires. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Wipe excess lubricant from area of brake shoe linings to prevent any contamination of linings. Replace linings that have been contaminated with lubricant. Failure to follow this warning may cause brakes to malfunction, resulting in serious injury or death to personnel.
• Do not use any grease with Teflon, over 3% molysulfide content, or “white” grease in the automatic slack adjusters. These lubricants will adversely affect the friction clutch and cause it not to hold the adjustment, resulting in premature failure, injury to personnel, and damage to equipment.
WARNING
BULKHEAD REPLACEMENT
Bulkhead weighs 557 lb (253 kg). Use suitable lifting device and two personnel to replace bulkhead. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
COMPRESSED AIR
Particles blown by compressed air are hazardous. DO NOT exceed 15 psi (103 kPa) nozzle pressure when drying parts with compressed air. Use a maximum of 30 psi (207 kPa) when cleaning components. DO NOT direct compressed air against human skin. To prevent injury, user must wear protective goggles or face shield. Make sure air stream is directed away from user and other personnel in the area. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury to personnel.
WARNING
CORNER AND SIDE STAKES REPLACEMENT
Ensure retaining hardware is present and serviceable. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
WARNING
ELECTRICAL POWER
• Disconnect electrical power source before performing any troubleshooting on wiring harness, connectors, or lights. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
• Disconnect electrical power source before performing any cleaning on the electrical system. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
• Disconnect electrical power source before performing any maintenance on the electrical system. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
b
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
WARNING
GLADHANDS
Service air is identified by blue markings on gladhand; emergency air is identified by red markings on gladhand. Do not cross service/emergency air lines at gladhands. Make sure they are hooked up correctly to meet brake air pressure requirements. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
WARNING
HUBS AND DRUMS REPLACEMENT
• Jack must be positioned directly under axle to prevent slippage. Direct all personnel to stay clear of semitrailer when semitrailer is supported in the air. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment.
• To prevent shifting of semitrailer, floor jack should be used only on a hard, level surface. Use ground boards, if necessary. Chock tires. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Do not get oil on mounting face of drum or wheel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
LANDING GEAR REPLACEMENT
Landing gear weighs 200 lb (91 kg). Use four personnel to replace landing gear. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
LANDING LEG SCISSORS
Ensure landing leg scissor assemblies retaining (hitch) pins are installed extending inward. If installed extending outward, they will be a contact hazard and may result in injury to personnel.
WARNING
LOADING/UNLOADING OPERATIONS
Do not place any part of your body under a container during the loading or unloading operation. Container may crush, pinch, or pin any body part that is under a container. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
WARNING
SLINGING OPERATIONS
• Do not get under semitrailer while slinging operations are underway. Do not lift a loaded semitrailer. Failure to observe this warning could result in serious injury or death to personnel and damage to equipment.
• Do not lift the semitrailer without a ground guide, using a 30 ft (9 m) guideline attached to one rear lift point.
Lack of ground guide steering assistance could result in serious injury or death to personnel and damage to equipment.
c
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
WARNING
SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND
Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type III is an environmentally compliant and low toxic material.
However, it may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in well-ventilated areas. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
SPARE TIRE AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY
• Make sure spare tire and wheel assembly is secured in carrier and securing hardware is present. Failure to secure the spare tire may result in the spare tire falling off of trailer, causing injury or death to personnel.
• Spare tire and wheel assembly weighs 179 lb (81.2 kg). This requires two people to remove the spare from the carrier or install it on the carrier. Slide the spare from the carrier or onto the carrier. Refrain from lifting the spare into position. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
WARNING
STOWAGE BOX REPLACEMENT
Stowage box weighs 195 lb (88 kg). Use suitable lifting device and two personnel to replace stowage box.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
SUSPENSION OPERATOR PMCS
Notify Organizational Maintenance at first month of new semitrailer operation or first 1,000 miles (1,609 km) (from HUBODOMETER®) that suspension nuts must be torqued. Reference Item No. 1 of
Organizational PMCS. Failure to comply could cause loss of suspension/parts which could result in injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
WARNING
SUSPENSION REPLACEMENT
• Jack must be positioned directly under axle to prevent slippage. Direct all personnel to stay clear of semitrailer when supported in the air. Failure to comply could result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment.
• To prevent shifting of semitrailer, floor jack should be used only on a hard, level surface. Use ground boards, if necessary. Chock tires. Failure to comply could result in injury or death to personnel.
• The trunnion must be firmly supported with jack stands or floor jacks prior to performing steps 3 and 4. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
• The trunnion tube weighs 100 lb (45.4 kg) and requires two persons to lift. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
• The axles must be firmly supported with jack stands or floor jacks prior to performing steps 6 thru 10. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
• Axles weigh 200 lb (90.7 kg) and require four persons to lift. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
d
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
WARNING
TIRE AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY
• Floor jack, if used, must be positioned directly under axle to prevent slippage. Floor jack must be used only on a hard, level surface to prevent shifting of semitrailer. Direct all personnel to stay clear of semitrailer when supported in the air. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment.
• Tire and wheel assembly weighs 179 lb (81 kg). Use two personnel to handle tire and wheel assembly. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
• For service and repair tasks on the semitrailer, the ground boards and tire chocks should be used to ensure safe coupling and prevent semitrailer movement. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• If nuts cannot be torqued, at first opportunity have Organizational Maintenance torque nuts to proper specifications. If mission allows, stop and check nuts for tightness. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
WARNING
TOWING
• Do not tow the semitrailer with the M52, M52A1, or M52A2 truck tractor. The M52 series inherent design capabilities are not compatible with the semitrailer, and use would result in a serious compromise to the safety of personnel and equipment.
• Be sure all personnel stand clear of the towing vehicle and semitrailer during coupling operations. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Do not tow the semitrailer with an unsecured cargo container. Accident may occur resulting in injury or death to personnel.
• When transporting the 8-1/2 ft commercial container, the towing vehicle fifth wheel height must not exceed
50.4 in. (1.28 m) to comply with the 157.48 in. (4 m) overall height limit for USAREUR. The M915 fifth wheel height meets this requirement. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
• When towing the semitrailer with M818, M931 series, or M932 series tractors, the fifth wheel wedges must be in the locked-in (pushed-in) mode for highway and secondary road use, and in the locked-out (pulled-out) mode for cross-country operation.
• Extreme caution must be exercised in all turns, curves, and highway cloverleafs when towing a high center of gravity containerized load as containerized load may fall off of trailer.
• Under no circumstances shall speeds exceed the following:
Highway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 mph (89 kph)
Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 mph (56 kph)
Trails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 mph (24 kph)
Rough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 mph (16 kph)
• Failure to observe these warnings may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
e
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
WARNING
WORK SAFETY
• Lifting cables, chains, hooks, and slings used for lifting components must be in good condition and of suitable capacity. Failure to follow this warning may cause injury or death to personnel and damage to equipment.
• Improper use of lifting equipment and improper attachment of cables to components may cause injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
• Use extreme caution when handling heavy parts. Provide adequate support and use assistance during procedure. Ensure that any lifting device used is in good condition and of suitable load capacity. Keep clear of heavy parts supported only by lifting device. Failure to follow this warning may cause injury or death to personnel.
• For service and repair tasks on the semitrailer, the ground boards and tire chocks should be used to ensure safe coupling and prevent semitrailer movement. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Watch hands and fingers when removing/installing ground boards. Hands/fingers could be pinched or cut if not careful when removing/installing ground boards.
• Wear protective goggles when opening drain cock and avoid the air stream. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
• Wear protective goggles when underneath semitrailer. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
• Pressurized air (100 psi/690 kPa) may cause injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
• Do not overtighten hose end brass fittings. The fittings should be installed finger tight with an additional 1 to
1-1/2 turns using a wrench. Do not twist hoses. Check for air leaks. Failure to follow this warning may cause the fittings to fail, brake lock-up, and possible injury or death to personnel.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents can injure personnel and damage equipment.
• Wear welding mask, gloves, and apron when welding or using cutting torch. Failure to wear adequate protective clothing may result in injury to personnel.
• Eye protection is required. Particles from grinding operations are hazardous to the eyes.
f
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
SUPPLEMENTAL WARNINGS
not always conform to the Government’s standards.
WARNING
AUTOMATIC SLACK ADJUSTERS
• Make sure the wheels are chocked before servicing the semitrailer. Release the parking brake and check that the push rod is fully released. If the push rod is not fully released, the ASA cannot be installed properly.
Semitrailer movement may cause injury or death to personnel and damage to the equipment.
• DO NOT use an impact wrench or permanent internal damage will occur!
WARNING
BEARING REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Do not use compressed air to spin bearing rollers as injury to personnel may result if cage does not retain the rollers.
WARNING
ENHANCED EASY-STOP TRAILER ABS WITH PLC
• To prevent serious eye injury, always wear safe eye protection when you perform vehicle maintenance or service.
• The ABS is an electrical system. When you work on the ABS, take the same precautions that you must take with any electrical system to avoid serious personal injury. As with any electrical system, the danger of electrical shock or sparks exists that can ignite flammable substances. You must always disconnect the battery ground cable before working on the electrical system.
• Release all pressure from the air system before you disconnect any components. Pressurized air can cause serious personal injury.
• You must use a Schedule 80 hex nipple (3/4 in. NPTF) to mount the ECU/single modulator valve assembly securely to the air tank to avoid possible serious personal injury and damage to the component.
WARNING
KINGPIN MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS
When welding, use a procedure which assures a sound, good quality weld which protects the welding operator and others. Overwelding may cause distortion and damage and underwelding may not develop sufficient strength. A low hydrogen process and AWS 370XX filler metal are recommended. Take precautions to ensure that the vehicle electrical system is not damaged by the welding.
WARNING
LANDING GEAR
Ensure the landing leg scissor assembly retaining (locking) pins do not present a contact hazard to personnel. The pins can extend outward and cause injury to personnel.
g
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
WARNING
PRO-TORQ SPINDLE NUT
• Failure to follow this instruction could cause the wheel to come off and cause bodily injury. Failure to back off the nut will cause the bearing to run hot and be damaged.
• Failure to follow this instruction could cause the wheel to come off and cause bodily injury. Do not bend or manipulate keyway tang in any way. Doing so may cause the tang to break off in service.
• Failure to follow this instruction could cause the wheel to come off and cause bodily injury. The PRO-TORQ
Spindle Nut is sold as an assembly with the keeper in place. DO NOT attempt to place the nut on the spindle or tighten or loosen the nut on the spindle while the keeper is locked inside the nut. Doing so may deform the keeper and allow the nut to unthread during operation.
• A new orange keeper arm must be replaced if it is damaged when removed or installed in the nut. It is recommended to replace the keeper arm each time it is removed. The original nut may be reused; the original keeper may be reused if not damaged. Failure to comply this warning may cause injury or death to personnel and damage to the equipment due to wheel-end loss.
WARNING
SEALED BRAKE INSTALLATION AND DISARMING
• A spring brake contains a very powerful compression spring. Failure to comply with all of the following instructions may result in forceful release of the piggyback or spring chamber and its contents which could cause death, severe personal injury and/or property damage.
• ALWAYS BLOCK WHEELS to prevent vehicle roll-away when performing any brake maintenance.
• DO NOT attempt to mechanically release (cage) the spring on a spring brake if it shows structural damage.
Caging the spring or disassembly of the chamber may result in the forceful release of the spring chamber and its contents, which could cause death, severe personal injury, and/or property damage. Remove complete spring brake and replace with new unit.
• DISARM spring chamber before discarding old brake. To disarm, use a suitable safety chamber (see Disarming
Introduction and Disarming Instructions in this work package). Failure to disarm assembly prior to disposal may, in time, result in spontaneous release of the spring chamber and its contents, causing death, personal injury, and/or property damage.
• Always block wheels to prevent vehicle roll-away when performing any brake maintenance. Failure to comply could cause injury or death to personnel.
• Step 7 only applies when spring brake is not pressurized. If air pressure is used to compress the spring, do not tighten release tool more than finger tight. Torquing the release tool nut while the spring brake is pressurized can cause pressure plate damage resulting in sudden release of the spring which could cause death or severe personal injury. Air pressure must be released after caging, prior to any disassembly.
• Place blocks under wheels to prevent vehicle roll-away before removing spring brake actuators. Failure to comply could cause injury or death to personnel.
• Incorrect push rod slack adjuster setup will result in improper brake operation, causing injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
• After installation, check for proper emergency operation, service operation, and brake adjustment. Failure to comply could cause injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
h
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
WARNING
SEALED BRAKE INSTALLATION AND DISARMING - CONTINUED
• Spring air brake chambers should never be rebuilt. Never attempt to loosen or remove the housing retaining clamp(s) bolts or repair the chamber in any way. Serious injury or death will occur.
a.
b.
This disarming chamber is to be fabricated at the Direct Support or higher level.
An annual inspection of this disarming chamber will be accomplished at the DOL or Depot Level QA/QC as is the case for tire cages.
DOL will certify inspection of the disarming chamber by stamping or applying data plate.
c.
d.
There will be NO substitution of ANY materials used to fabricate this chamber. Materials and welding standard/locations specified on the drawing are to be used in this fabrication. This is a safety device.
Never operate an acetylene gas torch without wearing proper clothing and eye protection.
e.
• DO NOT cut the spring brake chamber clamp bolts before cutting the power spring coils. The spring coils
MUST be cut FIRST. If this WARNING is NOT heeded, the spring will prematurely release 2,000 lb of pressure, and become an unexpected projectile that could cause injury or death to personnel and damage to the equipment.
• Do not place your hands or fingers inside the disarming chamber.
WARNING
SKF SCOTSEAL
Block wheels. Support vehicle on stands. Failure to do so could cause injury or death to personnel and damage to equipment.
WARNING
TIPS TO PROLONG LIGHTING LIFE
Certain lighting products generate heat. Care should be taken to avoid contact with flammable materials.
The unit can generate enough heat to cause injury to personnel or damage to the equipment.
WARNING
TROUBLESHOOTING SPRING PARKING BRAKE
Do not loosen or remove chamber clamp ring. Injury or death to personnel could result.
i/(j blank)
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES
NOTE: Zero in the “Change No.” column indicates an original page or work package.
Date of issue for the original manual is:
Original.... 30 September 2008
TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 36 AND TOTAL NUMBER OF WORK
PACKAGES IS 112, CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
Page/WP No. Change No. Page/WP No. Change No.
Front cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 a to f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 i to x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Chapter 1 title page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0001 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0002 (14 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0003 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Chapter 2 title page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0004 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0005 (16 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0006 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Chapter 3 title page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0007 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0008 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0009 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Chapter 4 title page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0010 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0011 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0012 (10 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Chapter 5 title page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0013 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0014 (12 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Chapter 6 title page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0015 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0016 (12 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Chapter 7 title page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WP 0017 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0018 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0019 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0020 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0021 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0022 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Chapter 8 title page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0023 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0024 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0025 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0026 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0027 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0028 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0029 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0030 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0031 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0032 (10 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0033 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0034 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0035 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0036 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0037 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0038 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0039 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0040 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0041 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0042 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0043 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0044 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0045 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0046 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0047 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0048 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0049 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0050 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0051 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0052 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0053 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0054 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0055 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
A
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
Page/WP No. Change No. Page/WP No. Change No.
WP 0056 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0057 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0058 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0059 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0060 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0061 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0062 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0063 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0064 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0065 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0066 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0067 (8 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0068 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Chapter 9 title page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0069 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0070 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0071 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0072 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0073 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0074 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0075 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0076 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Chapter 10 title page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0077 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0078 (102 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0079 (14 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Chapter 11 title page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0080 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0081 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0082 (8 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0083 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
WP 0084 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0085 (8 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0086 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0087 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0088 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0089 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0090 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0091 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0092 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0093 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0094 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0095 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0096 (20 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0097 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0098 (6 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0099 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0100 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0101 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0102 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0103 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0104 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0105 (8 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0106 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0107 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0108 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0109 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0110 (4 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0111 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
WP 0112 (2 pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
Index-1 to Index-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
Back Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
B
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
TECHNICAL MANUAL
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
Washington, D.C., 30 September 2008
TECHNICAL MANUAL
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(INCLUDES REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST)
FOR
SEMITRAILER, TACTICAL, BREAKBULK/CONTAINER
TRANSPORTER, 22-1/2 TON, RESET
M871R (NSN 2330-01-528-6690) (EIC: CAN)
M871A1R (NSN 2330-01-528-6673) (EIC: CAM)
M871A2R (NSN 2330-01-528-6698) (EIC: CAK)
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can help improve this publication. If you find any errors, or if you would like to recommend any improvements to the procedures in this publication, please let us know. The preferred method is to submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) through the Internet, on the Army Electronic Product Support (AEPS) website. The Internet address is https://aeps.ria.army.mil.
The DA Form 2028 is located under the Public Applications section in the AEPS Public Home Page. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this form on the AEPS will enable us to respond quicker to your comments and better manage the DA Form 2028 program. You may also mail, e-mail, or fax your comments or
DA Form 2028 directly to the U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command. The postal mail address is U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LC-LMPP / TECH
PUBS, 1 Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 61299-7630. The e-mail address is [email protected]. The fax number is DSN 793-0726 or Commercial (309) 782-0726.
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
i/(ii Blank)
NOTE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WP S equence No.
Page No.
How to Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix/(x Blank)
Chapter 1 - INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT
DESCRIPTION AND DATA, AND THEORY OF OPERATION
Chapter 2 - OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
Chapter 3 - OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Chapter 4 - ORGANIZATIONAL TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Chapter 5 - OPERATOR PMCS MAINTENANCE
Chapter 6 - ORGANIZATIONAL PMCS MAINTENANCE
Chapter 7 - OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
Chapter 8 - ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
iii
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED
WP S equence No.
Page No.
Chapter 8 - ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE - CONTINUED
iv
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED
WP S equence No.
Page No.
Chapter 8 - ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE - CONTINUED
Chapter 9 - DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
Chapter 10 - PARTS INFORMATION
GROUP 06 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-3
CLEARANCE LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-5
0613 HULL OR CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-9
CONVERTER ASSEMBLY UNIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-9
CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-11
1100 REAR AXLE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-13
BRAKE CAMSHAFT COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-15
SERVICE BRAKE COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-17
1206 MECHANICAL BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-19
SLACK ADJUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-19
1207 ELECTRICAL BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-21
ECU/VALVE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-21
ABS BRAKE POWER HARNESS AND SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-23
AIR LINES AND FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-25
AIR BRAKE CHAMBER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-27
AIR RESERVOIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-29
AIR BRAKE CHAMBER CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-31
v
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED
Page No.
Chapter 10 - PARTS INFORMATION - CONTINUED
GROUP 13 WHEEL AND TRACKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-35
1311 WHEEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-35
WHEEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-37
1313 TIRES, TUBES, TIRE CHAINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-39
GROUP 15 FRAME, TOWING ATTACHMENTS,
DRAWBARS, AND ARTICULATION SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-43
1501 FRAME ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-43
RETRACTABLE TWIST LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-43
LIFTING, TIEDOWN RING, LADDER, COVER PLATE,
AND RELATED PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-47
1504 SPARE WHEEL CARRIER AND TIRE LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-49
SPARE TIRE CARRIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-49
1507 LANDING GEAR, LEVELING JACKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-55
GROUND BOARD ASSEMBLY AND CHOCK BLOCKS. . . . . . . . . . .0078-59
GROUP 16 SPRINGS AND SHOCK ABSORBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-63
GROUP 18 BODY, CAB, HOOD, AND HULL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-67
1801 BODY, CAB, HOOD, AND HULL ASSEMBLIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-67
BULKHEAD AND STOWAGE RACK ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-67
FRONT, SIDE, AND REAR STAKES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-69
SIDE AND REAR BOARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-71
1805 FLOORS, SUBFLOORS, AND RELATED COMPONENTS . . . . . . .0078-77
FLOOR DECKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-77
1808 BULKHEAD, BOXES, STRAPS, CARRYING CASES,
CABLE REELS,HOSE REELS,ETC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-81
STOWAGE BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-81
GROUP 21 BUMPERS, GUARDS, AND MARINE FENDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-85
2101 BUMPERS, BRACKETS, GUARDS, AND
RUBBER DOCK BUMPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0078-85
WP S equence No.
vi
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED
WP S equence No.
Page No.
Chapter 10 - PARTS INFORMATION - CONTINUED
GROUP 22 BODY, CHASSIS AND HULL ACCESSORY ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . 0078-87
2202 ACCESSORY ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-87
REFLECTIVE TAPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-89
2210 DATA PLATES AND INSTRUCTION HOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-93
GROUP 42 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-95
4209 SIGNALING DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-95
ABS WARNING LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-95
GROUP 47 GAGES (NON-ELECTRICAL), WEIGHTING
HUBODOMETER® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-97
GROUP 95 GENERAL USE STANDARDIZED PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0078-101
9501 HARDWARE SUPPLIES AND BULK MATERIEL, COMMON . . . . 0078-101
Chapter 11 - SUPPORTING INFORMATION
vii
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED
WP S equence No.
Page No.
Chapter 11 - SUPPORTING INFORMATION - CONTINUED
viii
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FEATURES OF THIS MANUAL
1.
WARNINGs, CAUTIONs, and NOTEs are as follows:
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a hazard which may result in injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
A CAUTION is a reminder of safety practices or directs attention to usage practices that may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
A NOTE is a statement containing information that will make the procedures easier to perform.
2.
Statements and words of particular interest may be printed in underlined or CAPITAL letters to create emphasis.
3.
Within a procedural step, reference may be made to another work package in this manual or to another manual. These references indicate where you should look for more complete information.
4.
Illustrations are placed after, and as close to, the procedural steps to which they apply. Callouts placed on the art are text or numbers.
5.
Numbers located at lower right corner of art (e.g., 447-0001; 447-0002) are art control numbers and are used for tracking purposes only.
6.
Technical instructions include metric units as well as standard units. For your reference, a Metric Conversion Chart is located on the inside back cover of this manual.
ix/(x blank)
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT
DESCRIPTION AND DATA, AND THEORY OF OPERATION
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION
SCOPE
1.
Type of Manual. This manual is an: Operator’s, Organizational, Direct Support, and General Support
Maintenance Manual (including Repair Parts and Special Tools List).
2.
Equipment Name and Model Number.
a.
M871R, Semitrailer, Tactical, Breakbulk/Container Transporter, 22-1/2 Ton, Reset, NSN 2330-01-528-6690 b.
M871A1R, Semitrailer, Tactical, Breakbulk/Container Transporter, 22-1/2 Ton, Reset, NSN 2330-01-528-6673 c.
M871A2R, Semitrailer, Tactical, Breakbulk/Container Transporter, 22-1/2 Ton, Reset, NSN 2330-01-528-6698
3.
Purpose of Equipment. The semitrailers are used to transport containerized American National Standard Institute/
International Organization for Standardization (ANSI/ISO), breakbulk cargo, or ammunition on highways or off-roads.
0001
MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS
Department of the Army forms and procedures used for the equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by DA PAM
750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) User Manual.
REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)
0001
0001
If your semitrailer needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can tell us what you do not like about your equipment. Let us know why you do not like the design or performance. If you have Internet access, the easiest and fastest way to report problems or suggestions is to go to https://aeps.ria.army.mil/aepspublic.cfm (scroll down and choose the “Submit Quality Deficiency Report” bar). The Internet form lets you choose to submit an EIR, a Product Quality
Deficiency Report (PQDR), or a Warranty Claim Action (WCA). You may also submit your information using an SF Form
368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report). You can send your SF Form 368 via e-mail, regular mail, or facsimile using the addresses/facsimile numbers specified in DA PAM 750-8, TAMMS User Manual. We will send you a reply.
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC)
0001
1.
CPC of Army materiel is a continuing concern. It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in future items.
2.
Corrosion specifically occurs with metals. It is an electrochemical process that causes the degradation of metals. It is commonly caused by exposure to moisture, acids, bases, or salts. An example is the rusting of iron. Corrosion damage in metals can be seen, depending on the metal, as tarnishing, pitting, fogging, surface residue, and/or cracking.
3.
Plastics, composites, and rubbers can also degrade. Degradation is caused by thermal (heat), oxidation (oxygen), solvation (solvents), or photolytic (light, typically UV) processes. The most common exposures are excessive heat or light. Damage from these processes will appear as cracking, softening, swelling, and/or breaking.
4.
SF Form 368, Product Quality Deficiency Report should be submitted to the address specified in DA PAM 750-8,
TAMMS User Manual.
DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE
For destruction of Army materiel to prevent enemy use, refer to TM 750-244-3.
0001
PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT
Refer to WP 0066 for storage and shipment information.
0001
-
0001-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0001
TRANSPORTABILITY
NOTE
Specific tiedown transportability data for rail, truck, and fixed wing air movement can be found in
MTMCTEA PAM 55-19, MTMCTEA PAM 55-20, and MTMCTEA PAM 55-24, respectively.
0001
1.
Reset models are transportable in a C-141 fixed wing aircraft at the load master’s discretion dependant on height of cargo.
NOTE
The bulkhead is removable.
2.
Reset models, loaded/unloaded, are transportable by C-5 and C-5A fixed wing aircraft.
3.
Reset models, loaded/unloaded, are transportable by C-17 fixed wing aircraft.
4.
Reset models, loaded/unloaded, are transportable by rail and with ISO container (CONUS).
5.
Reset models, loaded/unloaded/ are transportable by ship.
6.
Reset models may be stacked, two semitrailers, bulkhead to bulkhead for transport by a prime mover.
7.
Reset models, loaded/unloaded, are transportable by barge as dictated by the length of the semitrailer and barge load capacity.
8.
Reset models, unloaded, are transportable by rotary wing aircraft (CH-47). Refer to FM 10-450-5.
9.
Reset models, unloaded, are transportable in C-130 fixed wing aircraft.
WARRANTY
0001
A one (1) to five (5) year warranty on these RRS semitrailers, the same as identified for the M871A3 semitrailer in TB 9-2330-
326-14, with the exception that the actual semitrailer structure only has a one (1) year warranty. The warranty period begins upon acceptance of the RRS semitrailers by the government (DD250 date) at the manufacturer’s plant.
0001-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0001
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS
NOTE
Refer to ASME Y14.38-1999, Abbreviations and Acronyms, for standard abbreviations.
ABBREVIATION/ACRONYM DEFINITION
AAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional Authorization List
ANSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American National Standard Institute
A/R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As Required
BII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Issue Items
BO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blackout
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centimeters
COEI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Components of End Item
CONUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Continental United States
CPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corrosion Prevention and Control
ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronic Control Unit
EIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Improvement Recommendations
F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fahrenheit
ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . International Organization for Standardization kg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms km . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers kph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers per Hour kW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilowatts
L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters lb-ft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pound-Feet m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Millimeters
MWO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modification Work Order
NATO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North Atlantic Treaty Organization
Nm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newton-Meters
PMCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services
RFID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio Frequency Identification Device
TB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Bulletin
TOE/MTOE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table of Organization and Equipment/Modified Table of Organization and Equipment
UID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unit Identification Device
0001
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0001-3/(4 blank)
14
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES
1.
The semitrailer is easily configured for either breakbulk or containerized cargo.
WARNING
• Do not tow the semitrailer with the M52, M52A1, or M52A2 truck tractor. The M52 series inherent design capabilities are not compatible with the semitrailer, and use would result in a serious compromise to the safety of personnel and equipment.
• When towing the semitrailer with the M818, M931 series, or M932 series tractors, the fifth wheel wedges on the M818 are to be in the locked-in (pushed-in) mode for highway and secondary road use, and in the locked-out (pulled-out) mode for cross-country operation. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
2.
The semitrailer can be towed by the M915 for improved highway use only, or the M818, M931, and M932 for either highway or off-road.
3.
The semitrailer can carry up to 45,000 lb (20,412 kg) of cargo.
4.
The semitrailer’s side racks are easily installed or removed.
WARNING
Under no circumstances shall speeds exceed the following:
• Highway: 55 mph (89 kph)
• Secondary: 35 mph (56 kph)
• Trails: 15 mph (24 kph)
• Rough: 10 mph (16 kph)
Failure to observe this warning may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
0002
-
0002-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS
0002
0002
447-0019
Figure 1. Left-Front View.
6
7
4
5
8
KEY
1
2
Stowage Box
COMPONENT
Conspicuity Tape
3 Landing Legs
Front Lift/Tiedown Points
Kingpin
Manifest Box
Receptacle Converter Box
Bulkhead, Removable
DESCRIPTION
Used to store BII and AAL items. It is a bolt-on box.
Provides highly reflected areas, making the semitrailer more noticeable to enhance safety.
Using the handcrank, the landing legs can be manually extended when the semitrailer is uncoupled from the towing vehicle, and manually retracted when the semitrailer is coupled to the towing vehicle.
Used to lift or tie down the semitrailer. One on each side.
Connects the semitrailer to the fifth wheel of the towing vehicle.
Used to store the cargo manifests.
Contains the electrical connections.
Constructed of steel. When carrying breakbulk cargo with the side and rear panels installed, the bulkhead will keep the load from shifting forward. Can also be used to store the ladder and side and rear panels. Bulkhead is removable.
NOTE
The RFID tag is for shipping purposes only. A mounting bracket may or may not be present.
Mounting locations may vary.
02
0002-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - CONTINUED
0002
447-0020
Figure 2. Left-Rear View.
14
15
16
11
12
13
KEY
9
10
COMPONENT
Floor Deck Boards
Rubber Bumpers
Rear Bumper
Service Lights
Antisail Mud Flaps
Rear Lift/Tiedown Points
Tandem Axles
Frame
17 Air Reservoirs Pressure Release Pull
Cables
DESCRIPTION
Screwed to the frame for easy maintenance.
Prevent damage to the semitrailer and the dock when loading and unloading.
Prevents damage to the suspension when backing the semitrailer into the dock.
Include blackout, clearance, and LED taillights.
Keep mud and water from being splashed off to the rear. Also keep rocks from being thrown off to the rear when traveling on unimproved roads.
Used to lift or tie down the semitrailer. One on each side.
Consist of the suspension system, brake system, axles, and tires.
Constructed of steel. Provides the load-bearing surface and the mounting for the axles, suspension, kingpin, bulkhead, and side racks.
When pulled, opens drain valve and allows air pressure to drain from air reservoir.
02
0002-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - CONTINUED
0002
KEY
18 Handcrank
COMPONENT
19
20
Spare Tire Carrier
Ladder Bracket
447-0085
Figure 3. Right-Front View.
DESCRIPTION
Rotating the handcrank operates the landing gear, which in turn extends or retracts the landing legs.
Carries and secures the spare tire.
Used to hold the ladder in place.
02
0002-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - CONTINUED
0002
447-0199
KEY
21
22
23
24
25
Side Panels
Side Stakes
Side Panels
COMPONENT
Side Stakes w/Loop and Lanyard
Figure 4. Panels and Stakes.
Side Panels (M871R and M871A1R)
DESCRIPTION
Quantity: 2. Size: 23-3/4 x 48 x 1/2 in. (60 x 122 x 1.3 cm). Can be stored in bulkhead.
Quantity: 11. Can be stored in bulkhead.
Quantity: 12. Size: 47-3/4 x 48 x 1/2 in. (121 x 122 x 1.3 cm). Can be stored in bulkhead.
Quantity: 4. Can be stored in bulkhead.
Quantity: 2. Size: 35-3/4 x 48 x 1/2 in. (91 x 122 x 1.3 cm). Can be stored in bulkhead.
02
27
28
29
30
Right-Rear Corner Stake w/Loop and
Handle
Rear Panels in bulkhead.
Quantity: 1. Can be stored in bulkhead.
Quantity: 2. Size 44 x 48 x ½ in. (112 x 122 x 1.3 cm). Can be stored in bulkhead.
Left-Rear Corner Stake w/Loop and Handle Quantity: 1. Can be stored in bulkhead.
Chain Assemblies Quantity: 4. Can be stored in stowage box.
0002-5
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0002
M871R AND M871A1R EQUIPMENT DATA
Semitrailer
0002
0002
Kingpin Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 in. (5.08 cm)
Kingpin to Front of Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 in. (71 cm)
Kingpin to Landing Leg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 in. (254 cm)
Dimensions Overall:
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357.6 in. (908.3 cm)
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 in. (243.8 cm)
Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 in. (262 cm)
Floor Height (empty) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 in. (140 cm)
Floor Height (loaded). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 in. (137 cm)
Upper Fifth Wheel Plate Height (loaded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 in. (117 cm)
Track (tread center-to-center of tires) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 in. (135 cm)
Empty Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,630 lb (7,090 kg)
Payload:
Hard Surface Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45,000 lb (20,412 kg)
Cross Country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45,000 lb (20,412 kg)
Center of Gravity Forward of Suspension:
Loaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 in. (447 cm)
Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 in. (422 cm)
Angle of Departure (loaded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 degrees
Ground Clearance (from bottom of axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 in. (46 cm)
Fording Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 in. (76 cm)
0002-6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0002
M871A2R EQUIPMENT DATA
Semitrailer
0002
0002
Kingpin Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 in. (5.08 cm)
Kingpin to Front of Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 in. (76.2 cm)
Kingpin to Landing Leg (center-to-center) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 in. (299.72 cm)
Dimensions Overall:
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 in. (944.9 cm)
Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 in. (243.8 cm)
Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 in. (261.62 cm)
Floor Height:
Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 in. (139.7 cm)
Loaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 in. (139.16 cm)
Upper Fifth Wheel Plate Height (loaded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 in. (151.92 cm)
Track (tread center-to-center of tires) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.5 in. (187.61 cm)
Empty Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,240 lb (5,552 kg)
Payload:
Hard Surface roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45,000 lb (20,412 kg)
Cross Country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45,000 lb (25,412 kg)
Center of Gravity from Front of Trailer:
Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197.5 in. (501.65 cm)
Angle of Departure (loaded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 degrees
Ground Clearance (from bottom of axle). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 in. (48.26 cm)
Fording Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 in. (76 cm)
0002-7
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0002
M871R, M871A1R, M871A2R EQUIPMENT DATA
Bridge Classification
0002
0002
Empty with Prime Mover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class 14
Empty w/o Prime Mover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class 6
Cross-Country Loaded with Prime Mover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class 25
Cross-Country Loaded w/o Prime Mover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class 18
Highway Loaded with Prime Mover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class 30
Highway Loaded w/o Prime Mover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class 22
HUBODOMETER®
Wheel: Hub-Piloted
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stemco
Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ± 2%
Factory Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibrated to Mid-Life of Tire Available Factory
Preset Mileage on Replacement HUBODOMETER®
Model (part number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50086021
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Wheel
Quantity (including spare) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22.5 x 8.25
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steel
Stud Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Piece
Flange Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 to 500 lb-ft (610 to 678 Nm)
Type of Nut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange, All Right-Hand Threads
Lug Nut Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5/16 in. (3.18 cm)
Tires
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Michelin
Quantity (including spare) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tubeless Radial
Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11R22.5
Ply Rating (actual) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Ply
Load Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
Cold Inflation Pressure (all). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 psi (793 kPa)
Tire Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95.7 lb (43.41 kg)
Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.7 in. (93.22 cm)
Loaded Section Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.0 in. (28 cm)
Tread Depth New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18/32 (9/16 in. [14.3 mm])
0002-8
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0002
M871R, M871A1R, M871A2R EQUIPMENT DATA - CONTINUED
Mission Profile Maximum Speeds
0002
Highway 55 mph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25%
Secondary 35 mph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60%
Trails 15 mph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10%
Rough 10 mph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5%
Axles
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meritor
Number of Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (dual tandem)
Tube Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 in. (12.7 cm)
Tube Wall Thickness (heavy). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/8 in. (15.9 mm)
Model Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TQ4671Q2405TOA
Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167H715ABS
Load Capacity (DOT rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,000 lb (9,072 kg)
Beam Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,000 lb (11,340 kg)
Spindle, Center to Spindle Center Between Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 in. (124.5 cm)
Track, Center to Center of Dual Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71-1/2 in. (181.6 cm)
Brakes
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meritor
Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Q-Plus Series
Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1/2 x 7 in. (42 x 18 cm)
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-Asbestos
Activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air
System Air Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 125 psi (689 to 862 kPa)
Lining and Shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assembled
Brake Drum
Wheel Bearings
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Webb
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sintered Iron Drum Inside
Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1/2 in. (42 cm)
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timken
Part Number, Inner (cone and rollers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HM218248
Part Number, Outer (cone and rollers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HM212049
Grease Seal
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scotseal (Chicago Rawhide)
Lip Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46305 Classic, Triple Sealing Lips
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool with Centering Plug Driven into Hub Bore, Pressfit
0002-9
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0002
M871R, M871A1R, M871A2R EQUIPMENT DATA - CONTINUED
S-Cams
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Meritor
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-9/64 in. (61.5 cm)
No. of Splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Shaft Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1/2 in. (3.8 cm)
Head Bushing Journal Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.62 in. (4.1 cm)
Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1/2 in. (42 cm) Brakes
Hubs
Automatic Slack Adjusters
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Webb
No. of Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABS with Tone Ring Mounted
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Haldex
Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409-10683
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1/2 in. (14 cm)
No. of Splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Air Brake Chambers
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Haldex/Anchorlok
Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.00 in. (7.62 cm)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.2 lb (9.2 kg) each
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long Stroke
Part Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166407
Model Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3030-GC-LS
System Air Pressure:
Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 psi (689 kPa)
Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 psi (793 kPa)
0002-10
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0002
M871R, M871A1R, M871A2R EQUIPMENT DATA - CONTINUED
Landing Legs
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Binkley (Parts Supplier: Fontaine Trailer Co.)
Shoe Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locking Scissors (Fontaine)
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50,000 No Lube
Crank Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1/2 in. (42 cm)
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Speed (high and low)
Retracted Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 in. (102 cm)
Extended Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.5 in. (146.1 cm)
Lifting Capacity (static) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170,000 lb (77,111 kg)
Retracted Ground to Shoe Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 in. (61 cm)
Side Load per Leg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 20,000 lb/leg
Operational Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Range -65 to 250°F (-54 to -121°C)
Enhanced Grease System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cranking Effort Reduced 10 to 15%
High Gear Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 to 1
Low Gear Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.4 to 1
Suspension/Trunnion
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hutchens Industries
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single Point
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H 900-50
Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 per pack, 2 packs
Leaf Width.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 in. (13 cm)
Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50,000 lb (22,680 kg)
Axle Spacing Sprung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-1/2 in. (130.8 cm)
Trunnion Centers (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-1/8 in. (56.4 cm)
Spring Centers (SC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 in. (97 cm)
M871R and M871A1R
0002
Trunnion/Axle Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Overslung (OS) Axles
Overslung (OS) Trunnion:
Trunnion Hanger Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1/2 in. (11.4 cm)
Trunnion Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Polyurethane P/N: 20248-01 Full Orbitration
M871A2R
0002
Trunnion/Axle Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Overslung (OS) Axles Underslung (US) Trunnion
0002-11
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0002
M871R, M871A1R, M871A2R EQUIPMENT DATA - CONTINUED
Converter/Main Electrical System
0002
Manufacturer of Converter Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weldon Technologies, Inc.
Converter Box (military) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid State
Type of Ground System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Negative
System Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12/24V
Tractor/Semitrailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiplexing Capability
Lighting
0002
Blackout Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V
Clearance Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED 12/24V
Stop, Turn, Taillights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED 12/24V
ABS Warning Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12V
ABS System
0002
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meritor WABCO
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4S/2M
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Wheel Sensors, 1 ECU, 2 Modulators
Diagnostic Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Blink Code Adapter
Modulator Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 External, 1 Internal (part of ECU)
ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12V
Hidden Manufacturer’s Serial Number
Registration number is stamped into front deck underside frame between landing legs.
0002
0002-12
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0002
M871R, M871A1R, M871A2R EQUIPMENT DATA - CONTINUED
Component Weight Data
0002
Bulkhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .557 lb (253.4 kg)
Landing Leg with Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200 lb (90.7 kg)
Landing Leg w/o Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180 lb (81.6 kg)
Single Wood Deck Board, 360 in. (914.4 cm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 lb (63.5 kg)
Complete Decking Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,211 lb (549.3 kg)
Steel Stowage Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195 lb (88.5 kg)
Stowage Box Side Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 lb (12.7 kg)
Radial Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 lb (43.5 kg)
Steel Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 lb (37.6 kg)
Radial Tire and Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 lb (81.2 kg)
Complete Single Point Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,142 lb (518.0 kg)
Spring Pack (7 leafs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315 lb (142.9 kg)
Dressed Axle Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731 lb (331.6 kg)
Air Brake Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 lb (9.1 kg))
Air Reservoir Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 lb (10.4 kg)
All Plywood Side Racks, Tarp, and Bows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,150 lb (521.6 kg)
Side Rack Stake (each). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 lb (4.1 kg)
Bow (each) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 lb (3.2 kg)
Maximum Deck Cargo Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45,000 lb (20,412 kg)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0002-13/(14 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
THEORY OF OPERATION
SEMITRAILER SERIES
The semitrailer is made up of the following systems: a.
Electrical System. Connects to the towing vehicle electrical system to activate the 12 or 24V system. Includes 12 and 24V wiring for operating taillights, clearance lights, and LED lights.
b.
Brake System. Air brake system for service and emergency operation. Includes air reservoirs, drain cocks, gladhands, emergency relay valve, multi-function valve, spring brake chambers, lines, fittings, and hoses.
c.
Service Brake System. Air pressure activates the air chambers, which push the slack adjusters. The slack adjusters turn the camshafts, causing the brake shoes to expand against the brake drum.
d.
Suspension System. Includes springs, U-bolts, axles, and trunnion tube for ease of travel on improved and unimproved roads.
0003
END OF WORK PACKAGE
-
0003-1/(2 blank)
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CHAPTER 2
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR’S CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
CAUTION
• Fording: Antilock braking system ECU must not be submerged in water. Rain, sleet, or snow will not affect operation of ECU. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
• Fording: Immediately after fording, apply service brakes to expel water from air brake chamber. If fording in salt water, flush chambers with fresh low-pressure water when mission allows. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
• Fording: Do not exceed fording depth of 30 in. (76.2 cm) or damage to equipment may result.
NOTE
Light Discipline: For light discipline mission requirements, DO NOT change, remove, or disable the electrical system wiring, lighting, or reflectors. Use duct tape to cover the lens on the ABS warning light and reflectors as needed to meet mission requirements.
-
0004-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0004
LANDING LEGS
WARNING
Ensure landing leg scissor assemblies retaining (hitch) pins are installed extending inward. If installed extending outward, they will be a contact hazard and may result in injury to personnel.
1.
Rotating the crank (Figure 1, Item 3) operates the landing gear.
a.
Turning the crank (Figure 1, Item 3) clockwise lowers landing legs (Figure 1, Item 5) for parking semitrailer.
b.
Counterclockwise rotation raises legs (Figure 1, Item 5) to towing position.
2.
Pushing operating shaft (Figure 1, Item 2) in engages low speed gear for ease and speed in raising or lowering legs
(Figure 1, Item 5).
3.
Pulling operating shaft (Figure 1, Item 2) out engages high speed gear for raising or lowering of legs (Figure 1, Item 5).
4.
Crank hanger (Figure 1, Item 4) holds the crank (Figure 1, Item 3) when not in use.
5.
Scissor shoes (Figure 1, Item 6) keep the leg (Figure 1, Item 5) from sinking into the ground.
6.
Landing leg gear box (Figure 1, Item 1) is located on the right side (curbside) of the semitrailer.
7.
Ground boards (Figure 1, Item 7) are described in this work package.
8.
Retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 8) lock scissor shoes (Figure 1, Item 6) in up or down position.
0004
Figure 1. Landing Legs.
447-0028
0004-2
04
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0004
GROUND BOARDS
WARNING
Watch hands and fingers when removing/installing ground boards. Hands/fingers could be pinched or cut if not careful when removing/installing ground boards.
1.
Two ground boards (Figure 2, Item 1) are provided for placing under landing leg feet to keep them from sinking into soft ground.
2.
Stored in brackets (Figure 2, Item 4) welded to frame.
3.
Chain (Figure 2, Item 2) is hooked on frame. Snap hook (Figure 2, Item 3) is provided to take up slack in chain
(Figure 2, Item 2).
4.
As needed, remove ground board (Figure 2, Item 1) for use under axle jack.
0004
Figure 2. Ground Boards.
447-0029
04
0004-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0004
AIR LINES AND ELECTRICAL CABLES CONNECTIONS
0004
WARNING
Service air is identified by blue markings on gladhand; emergency air is identified by red markings on gladhand. Do not cross service/emergency air lines at gladhands. Make sure they are hooked up correctly to meet brake air pressure requirements. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
1.
Service gladhand (Figure 3, Item 4) and emergency gladhand (Figure 3, Item 1) couplings provide the connection between the semitrailer brake system and the towing vehicle air supply system.
2.
Electrical receptacles (Figure 3, Items 2 and 3) provide the connections between the semitrailer lights and the towing vehicle electrical system. Both receptacles use spring-loaded covers to keep foreign matter out when the cables are disconnected. The left (roadside) receptacle (Figure 3, Item 2) is for 12V; the right (curbside) receptacle (Figure 3, Item 3) is for 24V.
M871R M871A1R and M871A2R
Figure 3. Connections.
447-0194
04
0004-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0004
LADDER
1.
Ladder (Figure 4, Item 1) provides easy access to deck of semitrailer.
2.
To install ladder (Figure 4, Item 1), insert stem (Figure 4, Item 2) into bracket (Figure 4, Item 5) and tighten using handle
(Figure 4, Item 4).
0004
3.
Pull down on lever (Figure 4, Item 3) and lower stairs part of ladder (Figure 4, Item 1).
4.
To remove ladder (Figure 4, Item 1), pull down on lever (Figure 4, Item 3) and raise stairs part of ladder.
5.
Loosen using handle (Figure 4, Item 4) and remove ladder (Figure 4, Item 1) from bracket (Figure 4, Item 5).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 4. Ladder.
447-0202
04
0004-5/(6 blank)
16
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Operator
Personnel Required
Two
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS
Preparation for Use, Operation, After Use, Slinging Procedures
PREPARATION FOR USE
0
0
0
0
References
WARNING
• Do not tow M871R, M871A1R, or M871A2R with M52, M52A1, or M52A2 truck tractor. The
M52 five-ton truck tractor’s inherent design capabilities are not compatible with the semitrailer, and if used, would result in a serious compromise to the safety of personnel and equipment.
• Be sure all personnel stand clear of the towing vehicle and semitrailer during coupling operations.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Can be towed by M915 for improved highway use only, or the M818, M931 series, and M932 series for either highway or off-road.
-
0
0
0005
0005-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0005
PREPARATION FOR USE - CONTINUED
NOTE
Reference WP 0091 for more information.
1.
Aligning Semitrailer to Towing Vehicle.
a.
Align towing vehicle with semitrailer kingpin (Figure 1, Item 4).
b.
Slowly back towing vehicle into position. Be sure kingpin (Figure 1, Item 4) is in line with fifth wheel coupler jaws
(Figure 1, Item 1). c.
Stop the towing vehicle just before the kingpin plate (Figure 1, Item 3) of the semitrailer starts to ride up the approach ramps (Figure 1, Item 2) of the towing vehicle.
Figure 1. Towing Vehicle Alignment.
447-0031
05
0005-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
PREPARATION FOR USE - CONTINUED
2.
Connecting Intervehicular Hoses.
WARNING
Service air is identified by blue markings on gladhand; emergency air is identified by red markings on gladhand. Do not cross service/emergency air lines at gladhands. Make sure they are hooked up correctly to meet brake air pressure requirements. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
a.
Connect the two air hoses marked SERVICE and EMERGENCY on towing vehicle to corresponding air hose gladhands (Figure 2, Items 1 and 2). b.
Open air line shut-off valves on towing vehicle. c.
If no air leakage is detected, apply the brakes on the semitrailer from the towing vehicle.
0005
M871R M871A1R and M871A2R
Figure 2. Air Hoses.
447-0195
05
0005-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0005
PREPARATION FOR USE - CONTINUED
3.
Coupling Semitrailer to Towing Vehicle.
a.
Before kingpin plate (Figure 3, Item 4) starts to ride approach ramps (Figure 3, Item 3), ensure the kingpin plate
(Figure 3, Item 4) is above the approach ramps (Figure 3, Item 3). Adjust height as needed by using landing gear.
Make sure towing vehicle fifth wheel coupler jaws (Figure 3, Item 2) are open.
WARNING
When towing the semitrailer with M818, M931 series, or M932 series tractors, the fifth wheel wedges must be in the locked-in (pushed-in) mode for highway and secondary road use, and in the locked-out (pulled-out) mode for cross-country operation. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
b.
Slowly back the towing vehicle until coupler jaws (Figure 3, Item 2) engage kingpin (Figure 3, Item 5). c.
Visually check the coupling. You should not be able to see light between the fifth wheel (Figure 3, Item 1) and the kingpin plate (Figure 3, Item 4).
CAUTION
If coupling operation is not completed and another attempt is to be made, pull towing vehicle forward carefully. Do not exceed the limits of air hoses and electrical cable. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
d.
Check coupling by carefully inching towing vehicle forward. If coupling is not locked, rock towing vehicle back and forth slowly until kingpin (Figure 3, Item 5) is locked in fifth wheel coupler jaws (Figure 3, Item 2).
Figure 3. Towing Vehicle Coupling.
447-0032
05
0005-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
PREPARATION FOR USE - CONTINUED
4.
Connecting Intervehicular Cable.
CAUTION
The semitrailer’s convertor box and electrical system will be damaged if the 12V (7 pin) and 24V
(12 pin) cables are plugged in at the same time. Do not plug both the 12V (7 pin) and 24V (12 pin) cables in at the same time. Failure to comply may result in equipment damage.
a.
Open the cover on the receptacle (Figure 4, Item 1 or 2).
b.
Align slot on cable plug with aligning key of receptacle (Figure 4, Item 1 or 2).
c.
Push cable plug into matching receptacle (Figure 4, Items 1 or 2) and release receptacle cover.
d.
Operate lights from towing vehicle to make certain lights are in working order.
e.
Check the air lines and intervehicular cable to ensure they are supported and will not catch or chafe.
f.
Recheck fifth wheel to kingpin locking by trying to move towing vehicle and semitrailer forward.
0005
M871R
Figure 4. Cables.
M871A1R and M871A2R
447-0196
05
0005-5
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
PREPARATION FOR USE - CONTINUED
5.
Raising Landing Gear.
WARNING
Ensure landing leg scissor assemblies retaining (hitch) pins are installed extending inward. If installed extending outward, they will be a contact hazard and may result in injury to personnel.
a.
Lift crank (Figure 5, Item 1) from crank hanger (Figure 5, Item 2). b.
Raise crank (Figure 5, Item 1) to operating position. Pull crank out for high speed operation.
c.
Turn crank (Figure 5, Item 1) counterclockwise until legs (Figure 5, Item 3) are retracted fully.
d.
Lower crank (Figure 5, Item 1) and secure in crank hanger (Figure 5, Item 2).
e.
Remove and stow ground boards (Figure 5, Item 4), if used.
0005
Figure 5. Landing Legs.
447-0021
0005-6
05
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0005
PREPARATION FOR USE - CONTINUED
6.
Stowing Ground Boards.
WARNING
Watch hands and fingers when removing/installing ground boards. Fingers/hands could be pinched or cut if not careful when removing/installing ground boards.
a.
Position ground board (Figure 6, Item 1) in brackets (Figure 6, Item 2) with handle (Figure 6, Item 6) down.
b.
Connect center snap hook (Figure 6, Item 5) to S-hook (Figure 6, Item 3).
c.
At storage box side (roadside) of semitrailer, connect end snap hook (Figure 6, Item 4) to S-hook (Figure 6, Item 3).
Figure 6. Ground Boards.
447-0033
05
0005-7
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0005
OPERATION
1.
Loading Semitrailer (Containerized Cargo) (M871R and M871A1R).
WARNING
Do not place any part of your body under a container during the loading or unloading operation.
Container may crush, pinch, or pin any body part that is under a container. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
a.
Release handle (Figure 7, Item 3) from latch (Figure 7, Item 2). Push twist lock (Figure 7, Item 1) up.
b.
Turn handle (Figure 7, Item 3) clockwise 90 degrees to rotate twist lock bayonet (Figure 7, Item 4) into loading position. c.
Repeat steps (1a and 1b) for three remaining twist locks. d.
Load cargo container on the semitrailer. e.
Check mating of twist lock bayonets (Figure 7, Item 4) and container fittings. f.
Turn handle (Figure 7, Item 3) clockwise 90 degrees to rotate twist lock bayonet (Figure 7, Item 4) into locked position. g.
Secure handle (Figure 7, Item 3) with latch (Figure 7, Item 2). h.
Repeat steps (1f and 1g) for three remaining twist locks.
0005
Figure 7. Twist Lock Operation (M871R and M871A1R).
WARNING
• Do not tow the semitrailer with an unsecured cargo container. Accident may occur resulting in injury to personnel.
• When transporting the 8-1/2 ft commercial container, the towing vehicle fifth wheel height must not exceed 50.4 in. (1.28 m) to comply with the 157.48 in. (4 m) overall height limit for USAREUR.
The M915 fifth wheel height meets this requirement. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
i.
Visually check to ensure container is securely locked.
447-0261
05
0005-8
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0005
OPERATION - CONTINUED
2.
Loading Semitrailer (Containerized Cargo) (M871A2R).
WARNING
Do not place any part of your body under a container during the loading or unloading operation.
Container may crush, pinch, or pin any body part that is under a container. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
a.
Pull elastic strap (Figure 8, Item 3) from eye bolt (Figure 8, Item 4) and lower handle (Figure 8, Item 2). Push twist lock (Figure 8, Item 1) up.
b.
Turn handle (Figure 8, Item 2) 90 degrees to rotate twist lock bayonet (Figure 8, Item 5) into loading position. c.
Repeat steps (2a and 2b) for three remaining twist locks. d.
Load cargo container on the semitrailer. e.
Check mating of twist lock bayonets (Figure 8, Item 5) and container fittings. f.
Turn handle (Figure 8, Item 2) 90 degrees to rotate twist lock bayonet (Figure 8, Item 5) into locked position. g.
Raise handle (Figure 8, Item 2) and secure elastic strap (Figure 8, Item 3) in eye bolt (Figure 8, Item 4). h.
Repeat steps (2f and 2g) for three remaining twist locks.
447-0035
Figure 8. Twist Lock Operation (M871A2R).
WARNING
• Do not tow the semitrailer with an unsecured cargo container. Accident may occur resulting in injury to personnel.
• When transporting the 8-1/2 ft commercial container, the towing vehicle fifth wheel height must not exceed 50.4 in. (1.28 m) to comply with the 157.48 in. (4 m) overall height limit for USAREUR.
The M915 fifth wheel height meets this requirement. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
i.
Visually check to ensure container is securely locked.
0005-9
05
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0005
OPERATION - CONTINUED
3.
Towing Semitrailer.
WARNING
• When towing the semitrailer with M818, M931 series, or M932 series tractors, the fifth wheel wedges must be in the locked-in (pushed-in) mode for highway and secondary road use, and in the locked-out (pulled-out) mode for cross-country operation.
• Extreme caution must be exercised in all turns, curves, and highway cloverleafs when towing a high center of gravity containerized load as containerized load may fall off of trailer.
• Under no circumstances shall speeds exceed the following:
Highway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 mph (89 kph)
Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 mph (56 kph)
Trails. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 mph (24 kph)
Rough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 mph (16 kph)
• Failure to observe these warnings may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
a.
Driving. When driving the towing vehicle and semitrailer, the overall length of the unit must be kept in mind when passing other vehicles and when turning. Because the unit is hinged in the middle, backing is also affected. The semitrailer’s payload will affect stopping and off-road maneuverability. b.
Turning. When turning corners, allow for the semitrailer wheels turning inside the radius of the towing vehicle. Make a right turn by driving the towing vehicle about halfway into the intersection, then cutting sharply to the right. This will keep the semitrailer off the curb.
447-0036
Figure 9. Turning.
c.
Stopping. The brakes of the towing vehicle and the semitrailer are applied at the same time in normal operation when the driver steps on the brake pedal. Brake pressure should be applied gradually and smoothly. The semitrailer brakes may be applied separately by using the trailer handbrake control lever on the steering column. On steep downgrades or slippery surfaces, slowly apply the semitrailer brakes using the trailer handbrake control lever before you apply the towing vehicle brakes. This will reduce the possibility of jackknifing the semitrailer.
05
0005-10
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0005
OPERATION - CONTINUED d.
Parking. When the towing vehicle and the semitrailer are to be parked and left unattended, set the parking brake on the towing vehicle and apply the brakes on the semitrailer. Turn off the towing vehicle’s engine before leaving the cab. Block the semitrailer wheels with wheel chocks. e.
Backing. When backing, use a helper as a ground guide to direct you. Adjust rear-view mirrors before backing. When backing, the rear of the semitrailer will move in the opposite direction from the towing vehicle’s front wheels. If the wheels are turned to the right, the semitrailer will go left. If the wheels are turned left, the semitrailer will go right.
Figure 10. Backing.
447-0037
05
0005-11
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATION - CONTINUED
4.
Unloading Semitrailer (Containerized Cargo) (M871A2R).
WARNING
Do not place any part of your body under a container during the loading or unloading operation.
Container may crush, pinch, or pin any body part that is under a container. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
a.
Pull elastic strap (Figure 11, Item 3) from eye bolt (Figure 11, Item 4). b.
Turn handle ( Figure 11, Item 2) 90 degrees to rotate twist lock bayonet (Figure 11, Item 5) to unloading position.
c.
Repeat steps (4a and 4b) for three remaining twist locks.
d.
Unload cargo container from semitrailer.
e.
Turn handle ( Figure 11, Item 2) 90 degrees and lower twist lock assembly (Figure 11, Item 1) to stowed position.
f.
Raise handle ( Figure 11, Item 2) and secure elastic strap (Figure 11, Item 3) in eye bolt (Figure 11, Item 4).
g.
Repeat steps (4e and 4f) for three remaining twist locks.
0005
Figure 11. Twist Lock Operation (M871A2R).
447-0038
05
0005-12
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATION - CONTINUED
5.
Unloading Semitrailer (Containerized Cargo) (M871R and M871A1R).
WARNING
Do not place any part of your body under a container during the loading or unloading operation.
Container may crush, pinch, or pin any body part that is under a container. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
a.
Release handle (Figure 12, Item 3) from latch (Figure 12, Item 2).
b.
Turn handle (Figure 12, Item 3) counterclockwise 90 degrees to rotate twist lock bayonet (Figure 12, Item 4). c.
Repeat steps (5a and 5b) for three remaining twist locks. d.
Unload cargo container from the semitrailer. e.
Turn handle (Figure 12, Item 3) counterclockwise 90 degrees and lower twist lock (Figure 7, Item 1). f.
Secure handle (Figure 12, Item 3) to latch (Figure 12, Item 2). g.
Repeat steps (5e and 5f) for three remaining twist locks.
0005
Figure 12. Twist Lock Operation (M871R and M871A1R).
447-0262
05
0005-13
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
AFTER USE
1.
Lowering Landing Gear.
WARNING
• Ensure landing leg scissor assemblies retaining (hitch) pins are installed extending inward. If installed extending outward, they will be a contact hazard and may result in injury to personnel.
• Watch hands and fingers when removing/installing ground boards. Fingers/hands could be pinched or cut if not careful when removing/installing ground boards.
NOTE
Park semitrailer with bulkhead end slightly elevated to allow any water to run off.
a.
If ground is soft, position ground boards (Figure 13, Item 4) under sand shoes of legs (Figure 13, Item 3). b.
Lift crank (Figure 13, Item 1) from crank hanger (Figure 13, Item 2). c.
Raise crank (Figure 13, Item 1) to operating position. Push crank in for low speed operation. d.
Turn crank (Figure 13, Item 1) clockwise until legs (Figure 13, Item 3) are extended. e.
Lower crank (Figure 13, Item 1) and secure in crank hanger (Figure 13, Item 2).
0005
0005
Figure 13. Landing Legs.
447-0021
0005-14
05
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0005
AFTER USE - CONTINUED
2.
Uncoupling Semitrailer from Towing Vehicle.
a.
At towing vehicle, close the air line shut-off valves.
b.
Disconnect the two air hoses from the air hose gladhands (Figure 14, Items 1 and 4) on the semitrailer.
c.
Open cover on receptacle (Figure 14, Item 2 or 3), pull intervehicular cable plug from receptacle, and release cover.
d.
At towing vehicle, open fifth wheel coupler jaws (Figure 14, Item 6) to release semitrailer kingpin.
e.
Slowly drive towing vehicle forward until semitrailer is clear of approach ramps (Figure 14, Item 5).
M871R M871A1R and M871A2R
447-0194
END OF TASK
Figure 14. Uncoupling Trailer.
447-0039
0005-15
05
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
SLINGING PROCEDURES
CAUTION
Do not lift the semitrailer with tarps, side racks, and ladder installed. This will damage tarps, side racks, stakes, and ladder.
NOTE
Tarps, bows, side racks, and ladder should be stowed prior to lifting.
1.
Remove and stow tarps, side racks, stakes, and ladder.
2.
Stow ground boards and wheel chocks.
CAUTION
Be sure that the sling hook point is facing toward the outside of the semitrailer or damage to equipment could result.
3.
Connect sling hooks to the four lift points (Figure 15, Item 1).
WARNING
• Do not get under semitrailer while slinging operations are underway. Do not lift a loaded semitrailer. Failure to observe this warning could result in serious injury or death to personnel and damage to equipment.
• Do not lift the semitrailer without a ground guide, using a 30 ft (9 m) guideline attached to one rear lift point (Figure 15, Item 1). Lack of ground guide steering assistance could result in serious injury or death to personnel and damage to equipment.
4.
Slowly take up all slack, then lift semitrailer.
5.
After loading the semitrailer, remove the sling hooks from four lift points ( Figure 15, Item 1).
0005
0005
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 15. Lift Points.
447-0040
0005-16
05
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS
Extreme Cold, Extreme Heat, Rainy or Humid Conditions,
Salt Water Areas, Snow, Mud or Sand,
Rocky Terrain, Fording
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Operator
References
FM 9-207
0
0
0
0
References - Continued
FM 21-305
FM 90-3
TB 43-0239
EXTREME COLD
0006
1.
Startup.
a.
Be careful when placing the semitrailer in motion after a shutdown. Congealed lubricants can cause part failure.
b.
Tires and ground boards may freeze to the ground or tire flat spotting may occur if tires are underinflated.
c.
Brake shoes may freeze to the brake drums and need to be heated to prevent damage to mating surfaces.
d.
Refer to FM 9-207 and FM 21-305 for special instructions on driving hazards in snow and ice that may be encountered during extreme cold weather conditions.
2.
Shutdown.
a.
For short periods, park in a sheltered spot out of the wind; for longer shutdown periods, if high, dry ground is not available, prepare a footing of planks or brush.
b.
Remove all buildup of ice and snow as soon as possible after shutdown.
c.
Cover and shield the semitrailer with canvas covers if available. Keep the ends of covers off the ground to keep them
from freezing to the ground. Drain air/moisture from air reservoirs (WP 0018).
END OF TASK
EXTREME HEAT
1.
Refer to TB 43-0239 and FM 90-3 for maintenance and operations, respectively, under desert conditions.
2.
Do not park the semitrailer in the sun for long periods of time. Heat and sunlight shorten the life of tires.
3.
Park the semitrailer where it will get maximum protection from heat, sun, and dust.
0006
END OF TASK
RAINY OR HUMID CONDITIONS
Frequently inspect, clean, and lubricate inactive equipment to prevent rust and fungus accumulation.
END OF TASK
0006
SALT WATER AREAS
Salt water will cause rapid corrosion of metal parts. After operation, wash the semitrailer with fresh water. Clean, inspect, and lubricate equipment frequently.
0006
END OF TASK
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0006-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0006
SNOW
Refer to FM 21-305 for special instructions on operation in snow.
END OF TASK
MUD OR SAND
CAUTION
Do not tow, pull, push, or lift semitrailer using rear bumper. This may damage equipment.
1.
If wheels sink into mud/sand, you may need to jack up the mired wheels and put planking or matting under them.
2.
After operation in mud or sand, clean, inspect, and lubricate the semitrailer.
0006
0006
END OF TASK
ROCKY TERRAIN
1.
Before driving over stumps or rocks, make sure the semitrailer can clear them. Such objects can damage parts on the underside of the semitrailer. Beware of low hanging tree limbs that can damage cargo.
2.
Be sure you have a serviceable spare tire because there is a greater chance of tire puncture.
END OF TASK
0006
FORDING
1.
Before Fording.
0006
CAUTION
• Fording: Antilock braking system ECU must not be submerged in water. Rain, sleet, or snow will not affect operation of ECU. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
• Fording: Immediately after fording, apply service brakes to expel water from air brake chamber. If fording in salt water, flush chambers with fresh low-pressure water when mission allows. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
• Fording: Do not exceed fording depth of 30 in. (76.2 cm) or damage to equipment may result.
a.
Before entering water, check bottom surface conditions. If bottom surface is too soft, do not ford.
b.
Protect cables and terminals by spraying with ignition insulation compound.
c.
ABS ECU must not be submerged in water (42 in. [106.7 cm], ECU height).
2.
After Fording.
a.
After coming out of water, apply brakes a few times to help dry out brake linings. Make sure semitrailer brakes are working before driving at normal speeds.
b.
Drain or dry all areas where water has collected, if mission allows.
c.
Lubricate all unpainted surfaces. See lubrication chart, WP 0067, if mission allows.
d.
if mission allows. There is no need to tear down wheel ends or clean and re-pack bearings.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0006-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CHAPTER 3
OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING INTRODUCTION
1.
This chapter provides information for identifying and correcting malfunctions using Operator Troubleshooting.
2.
the proper page in WP 0009 for a troubleshooting procedure.
3.
4.
Before performing troubleshooting, read and follow all safety instructions found in the Warning Summary at the front of this manual.
5.
The Operator Troubleshooting Symptom Index cannot list all malfunctions that may occur, nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions. If a malfunction is not listed, or is not corrected by the listed corrective actions, notify your supervisor.
6.
When troubleshooting a malfunction: a.
Locate the symptom or symptoms in WP 0008 that best describe the malfunction.
b.
Headings at the top of each page show how each troubleshooting procedure is organized: MALFUNCTION, TEST
OR INSPECTION (in step number order), and CORRECTIVE ACTION.
c.
Perform each step in the order listed until the malfunction is corrected. DO NOT perform any maintenance task unless the troubleshooting procedure tells you to do so.
EXPLANATION OF HEADINGS
The headings in WP 0009 are defined as follows:
1.
MALFUNCTION. A visual or operational indication that something is wrong with the equipment.
2.
TEST OR INSPECTION. A procedure to isolate the problem in a system or component.
3.
CORRECTIVE ACTION. A procedure to correct the problem.
0007
END OF WORK PACKAGE
-
0007-1/(2 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX
SYMPTOM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
PAGE NO.
0008
0008
BRAKES
0008
LANDING GEAR
0008
TIRES
0008
END OF WORK PACKAGE
-
0008-1/(2 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Electrical System, Brakes, Landing Gear, Tires
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1.
ALL LIGHTS DO NOT LIGHT.
WARNING
Disconnect electrical power source before performing any troubleshooting on wiring harness, connectors, or lights. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
Step 1.
Step 2.
Step 3.
Turn on towing vehicle lights, including turn signal lights, and stop. (See operator’s manual for towing vehicle.) a.
If towing vehicle lights do not light, notify Organizational Maintenance.
b.
If towing vehicle lights come on, go to step 2.
Check electrical connection at intervehicular cable receptacle. a.
If cable is not properly connected, reconnect electrical cable. b.
If cable is properly connected, go to step 3.
Check intervehicular connectors for dirty, damaged, or corroded pins. a.
If pins are dirty or corroded, clean the pins (WP 0017).
b.
If pins are damaged, notify Organizational Maintenance.
c.
If the above steps do not correct the malfunction, notify Organizational Maintenance.
2.
ONE OR MORE LIGHTS WILL NOT LIGHT.
Step 1.
Step 2.
Step 3.
Check for burned out or defective LEDs.
a.
If LEDs are burned out or defective, notify Organizational Maintenance.
b.
If LEDs are not burned out or defective, go to step 2.
Check for dirty or corroded connectors at back of light.
a.
If connectors are dirty or corroded, clean them (WP 0017).
b.
If connectors are not dirty or corroded, go to step 3.
Check for broken lead wires or loose connections. a.
If lead wires are broken, notify Organizational Maintenance.
b.
If connections are not loose or broken, go to step 4.
-
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0009
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - CONTINUED
2.
ONE OR MORE LIGHTS WILL NOT LIGHT - CONTINUED.
Step 4.
Check light assembly for damage. a.
If light assembly is damaged, notify Organizational Maintenance. b.
If light assembly is not damaged and malfunction is not corrected, notify
Organizational Maintenance.
3.
DIM OR FLICKERING LIGHTS.
Step 1.
Step 2.
Step 3.
Check electrical connectors at light for loose, dirty, or corroded pins. a.
If connectors are loose, tighten.
b.
If connector pins are dirty or corroded, clean pins (WP 0017).
c.
If connectors are tight and clean, go to step 2.
Check for defective LEDs.
a.
If LEDs are defective, notify Organizational Maintenance.
b.
If LEDs are not defective, go to step 3.
Check intervehicular connectors for dirty, damaged, or corroded pins.
a.
If pins are dirty or corroded, clean the pins (WP 0017).
b.
If pins are damaged, notify Organizational Maintenance.
c.
If the above steps do not correct the malfunction, notify Organizational Maintenance.
NOTE
To troubleshoot ABS, refer to WP 0089, Figure 3.
BRAKES
4.
BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE.
Step 1.
Step 2.
If towing vehicle is equipped with air line shut-off valves at the gladhands, check to make sure they are fully open. (See operator’s manual for towing vehicle.) a.
If air line valves are shut off, open them fully.
b.
If air supply is on, go to step 2. c.
If towing vehicle is not equipped with shut-off valves, go to step 2.
Check pressure gage in towing vehicle for a minimum of 90 psi (621 kPa).
a.
If pressure is low, build up air pressure to normal level. b.
If pressure is low and will not build up, notify Organizational Maintenance. c.
If pressure is normal, go to step 3.
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0009
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0.
BRAKES - CONTINUED
4.
BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE - CONTINUED.
Step 3.
Step 4.
Step 5.
Step 6.
Step 7.
Check pressure gage in towing vehicle for a minimum of 90 psi (621 kPa).
a.
If pressure is low, build up air pressure to normal level. b.
If pressure is low and will not build up, notify Organizational Maintenance. c.
If pressure is normal, go to step 3.
Check air line connections at gladhands.
a.
If air lines are not properly connected (Emergency to Emergency, Service to Service), reconnect gladhands.
b.
If air lines are connected properly, go to step 4.
Check for dirty or damaged packing in gladhands.
a.
If packing is dirty, clean packing (WP 0019).
b.
If packing is leaking or missing, notify Organizational Maintenance.
c.
If packing is clean and not damaged, go to step 5.
Inspect air line connections for leaks.
a.
If leaks are evident, notify Organizational Maintenance.
b.
If no leaks are evident, go to step 6.
Check drain cock on each reservoir if stuck open.
a.
If either drain cock is stuck open, notify Organizational Maintenance.
b.
If drain cocks are working properly, notify Organizational Maintenance.
5.
GRABBING BRAKES.
WARNING
Wear protective goggles when opening drain cock and avoid the air stream. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
Check for moisture in air reservoir by opening each drain cock (WP 0018).
a.
If moisture is present, allow to drain.
b.
If reservoirs are dry and malfunction is not corrected, notify Organizational Maintenance.
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0.
LANDING GEAR
6.
LANDING GEAR IS DIFFICULT TO RAISE OR LOWER.
Step 1.
Check for misaligned or broken crank handle.
Step 2.
a.
If handle is misaligned or broken, notify Organizational Maintenance.
b.
If handle is not misaligned or broken, go to step 2.
Check for dirt on lower landing gear leg.
Step 3.
a.
If lower landing gear leg is dirty, clean leg (WP 0020).
b.
If lower landing gear leg is clean, go to step 3.
Check for misaligned, damaged, or bent landing legs.
If legs are misaligned, damaged, or bent, notify Organizational Maintenance.
TIRES
7.
EXCESSIVELY WORN, SCUFFED, OR CUPPED TIRES.
Step 1.
Check that cold tire pressure is 115 psi (793 kPa).
Step 2.
a.
If tire pressure is incorrect, inflate or deflate tires to correct pressure. b.
If tire pressure is correct, go to step 2.
Check for loose, cracked, or broken wheels. a.
If wheels are loose, tighten nuts. b.
If wheel is cracked or broken, notify Organizational Maintenance. c.
If wheel is secure and not cracked or broken, go to step 3.
Step 3.
Step 4.
Check suspension system for damaged springs and loose or missing bolts and nuts. a.
If suspension system is damaged or has loose or missing bolts and nuts, notify
Organizational Maintenance. b.
If suspension system is not damaged and all hardware is complete and secure, go to step 4.
Check tracking for indication of axle misalignment. a.
If axle appears to be misaligned, notify Organizational Maintenance. b.
If the above steps do not correct the malfunction, notify Organizational Maintenance.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0009
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CHAPTER 4
ORGANIZATIONAL TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
ORGANIZATIONAL TROUBLESHOOTING INTRODUCTION
1.
This chapter provides information for identifying and correcting malfunctions using Organizational
Troubleshooting.
2.
you to the proper page in WP 0012 for a troubleshooting procedure.
3.
4.
Before performing troubleshooting, read and follow all safety instructions found in the Warning Summary at the front of this manual.
5.
The Organizational Troubleshooting Symptom Index cannot list all malfunctions that may occur, nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions. If a malfunction is not listed, or is not corrected by the listed corrective actions, notify your supervisor.
6.
When troubleshooting a malfunction: a.
Locate the symptom or symptoms in WP 0011 that best describe the malfunction.
b.
Headings at the top of each page show how each troubleshooting procedure is organized: MALFUNCTION, TEST
OR INSPECTION (in step number order), and CORRECTIVE ACTION.
c.
Perform each step in the order listed until the malfunction is corrected. DO NOT perform any maintenance task unless the troubleshooting procedure tells you to do so.
EXPLANATION OF HEADINGS
00010
The headings in WP 0012 are defined as follows:
1.
MALFUNCTION. A visual or operational indication that something is wrong with the equipment.
2.
TEST OR INSPECTION. A procedure to isolate the problem in a system or component.
3.
CORRECTIVE ACTION. A procedure to correct the problem.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
-
0010-1/(2 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
ORGANIZATIONAL TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX
SYMPTOM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
PAGE NO.
00011
00011
BRAKES
00011
LANDING GEAR
00011
SPRINGS AND SUSPENSION
00011
TIRES AND WHEELS
00011
END OF WORK PACKAGE
-
0011-1/(2 blank)
10
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
ORGANIZATIONAL TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Electrical System, Brakes, Landing Gear, Springs and Suspension, Tires and Wheels
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
WARNING
Disconnect electrical power source before performing any troubleshooting on wiring harness, connectors, or lights. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
1.
ALL LIGHTS DO NOT LIGHT.
Step 1.
Step 2.
Step 3.
Step 4.
Step 5.
Check towing vehicle for power. (See operator’s manual for towing vehicle.) a.
Check towing vehicle TM for power source to convertor box or vehicular cable; if no power, notify
Organizational Maintenance.
b.
Set light switch properly. If there is no power, notify Organizational Maintenance.
c.
If there is power, go to step 2.
Check intervehicular cable receptacles for proper connections. a.
Pull plug out and reinsert fully. b.
If receptacles are not defective, go to step 3.
Check towing vehicle for tripped circuit breakers or blown fuses. (See maintenance manual for towing vehicle.) a.
If circuit breaker is open, reset circuit breaker. b.
If fuse is blown, replace fuse. c.
If circuit breaker is not tripped and fuse is not blown, go to step 4.
Check wiring for bare spots in insulation. a.
Repair wiring, if defective (WP 0024).
b.
If wiring is not defective, go to step 5.
connection. Install nose plate.
2.
ONE OR MORE LIGHTS WILL NOT LIGHT.
Step 1.
Step 2.
Check for burned out LED. a.
Replace LED, if defective (WP 0027).
b.
If LED does not light, go to step 2.
Remove LED and check socket for dirt or corrosion. a.
Clean socket, if dirty or corroded.
b.
If socket is clean, install LED and go to step 3.
-
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0012
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - CONTINUED
2.
ONE OR MORE LIGHTS WILL NOT LIGHT - CONTINUED.
Step 3.
Step 4.
Step 5.
Step 6.
Check for damaged LED light assembly. a.
Replace light assembly, if damaged (WP 0025 thru WP 0027).
b.
If light assembly is not damaged, go to step 4.
Check plug and/or receptacle for dirty or corroded contacts. a.
Clean contacts, if dirty or corroded.
b.
If contacts are not dirty or corroded, go to step 5.
Check for broken or shorted wire in cable or loose connection in plug or receptacle. a.
Tighten, repair, or replace as necessary. b.
If wiring and connections are not damaged, go to step 6.
Remove nose plate (WP 0029) and check for loose or broken ground wire.
a.
If ground wire is broken, repair or replace wire and install nose plate.
b.
If ground wire is loose, tighten connection and install nose plate.
c.
If problem still exists, notify Organizational Maintenance.
BRAKES
3.
BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE.
Step 1.
Step 2.
Step 3.
Step 4.
Check position of brake valve on towing vehicle. (See operator’s manual for towing vehicle.) a.
Move brake valve to release position. b.
If brake valve is correctly positioned, go to step 2.
Check air hoses for proper connection to towing vehicle. a.
If air hoses are not properly connected (Emergency to Emergency, Service to Service), reconnect gladhands. b.
If hoses are properly connected, go to step 3.
If towing vehicle is equipped with air line shut-off valves at the gladhands, check to make sure they are fully open. (See operator’s manual for towing vehicle.) a.
If air line valves are shut off, open them fully. b.
If valves are open, go to step 4. c.
If towing vehicle is not equipped with shut-off valves, go to step 4.
Check air pressure gage on towing vehicle for a minimum of 90 psi (621 kPa). a.
If air pressure is low, build up pressure to normal level. b.
If air pressure is low and will not build up, troubleshoot towing vehicle air system. (See maintenance manual for towing vehicle.) c.
If air pressure gage indicates normal, go to step 5.
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0.
BRAKES - CONTINUED
3.
BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE - CONTINUED.
Step 5.
Step 6.
Test operation of control valves (WP 0040).
a.
If control valve is defective, replace (WP 0040).
b.
If control valves are operating, go to step 6.
Check for restriction in service air and emergency air lines. a.
If air lines or hoses are restricted, replace or repair as required (WP 0037).
b.
If air lines and hoses are free of restrictions, go to step 7.
WARNING
• To prevent injury, keep hands away from brake chamber push rods and slack adjusters. They will move as service brakes are operated, and will automatically apply if system pressure drops.
Fingers/hands could be pinched or cut by moving parts. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
• Disassembly of air brake chambers is NOT authorized. When inspecting or caging air brake chambers, do not position yourself in front of, or in line with, the chamber. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Discarded air brake chambers must be safely and properly disposed of. They should be disarmed prior to disposal. Failure to disarm assembly prior to disposal may, in time, result in spontaneous release of the spring chamber and its contents, causing death, personal injury, and/or property damage.
• Before performing any work on the spring brake system, chock the wheels front and rear to prevent semitrailer movement. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury or death to personnel.
Step 7.
Step 8.
Using soapy water, check spring brake chambers for leaks at clamp bands and hose fittings. a.
If leaks are seen at brake chamber clamp band, replace spring brake chamber (WP 0038).
b.
If leaks are seen at hose fitting, tighten hose fitting or replace hose (WP 0037).
c.
If brake chambers are not leaking, go to step 8.
Remove brake drum (WP 0033) and check for broken brake shoe tension springs.
If brake shoe tension spring is broken, replace (WP 0032).
0012
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0012
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0.
BRAKES - CONTINUED
4.
NO BRAKES OR WEAK BRAKES.
WARNING
A hot brake can cause serious burns. Exercise extreme caution before attempting to touch brake drum after use. Radiated heat will be felt before drum is touched. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
Step 1.
Step 2.
Step 3.
Step 4.
Step 5.
Step 6.
Step 7.
Feel brake drums for abnormal cold.
a.
If cold, check automatic slack adjusters for proper operation (WP 0034).
b.
If hot, go to step 2.
Check air hoses for proper connection to towing vehicle. a.
If air hoses are not properly connected (Emergency to Emergency, Service to Service), reconnect gladhands. b.
If hoses are properly connected, go to step 3.
If towing vehicle is equipped with air line shut-off valves at the gladhands, check to make sure they are fully open. (See operator’s manual for towing vehicle.) a.
If air line valves are shut off, open them fully. b.
If valves are open, go to step 4. c.
If towing vehicle is not equipped with shut-off valves, go to step 4.
Check for open drain valves in semitrailer air reservoirs. a.
If either drain valve is open, close it. b.
If both drain valves are closed, go to step 5.
Check air pressure gage on towing vehicle for a minimum of 90 psi (621 kPa). a.
If air pressure is low, build up pressure to normal level.
b.
If air pressure is low and will not build up, troubleshoot towing vehicle air system. (See maintenance manual for towing vehicle.) c.
If air pressure gage indicates normal, go to step 6.
Check air lines and connectors for restrictions and leaks. a.
Remove any restrictions from hoses and tighten connections. Repair or replace as necessary
b.
If air lines and connections are not restricted or leaking, go to step 7.
Test operation of control valves (WP 0040).
a.
If control valve is defective, replace (WP 0040).
b.
If control valves are operating, go to step 8.
0012-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0012
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0.
BRAKES - CONTINUED
4.
NO BRAKES OR WEAK BRAKES - CONTINUED.
WARNING
To prevent injury, keep hands away from brake chamber push rods and slack adjusters. They will move as service brakes are operated, and will automatically apply if system pressure drops.
Fingers/hands could be pinched or cut by moving parts. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
Step 8.
Have a helper apply and hold the towing vehicle service brakes. Using soapy water, check air brake chambers for leaks at clamp bands and hose fittings. a.
If leaks are seen at brake chamber clamp band, replace air brake chamber (WP 0038).
b.
If leaks are seen at hose fitting, tighten hose fitting or replace hose (WP 0037).
c.
If brake chambers are not leaking, go to step 9.
Step 9.
Check brake adjustment. a.
If brakes are out of adjustment, check operation of automatic slack adjusters (WP 0034). Replace all
defective slack adjusters. b.
If brakes are not out of adjustment, go to step 10.
Step 10.
Remove brake drum (WP 0033) and check for worn/worn out brake lining.
a.
If brake lining is worn out, replace brake shoes (WP 0032).
b.
If brake lining is not worn, go to step 11.
Step 11.
Look for grease or oil on brake lining. a.
If brake lining has grease on it, check camshaft O-ring for damage. Replace O-ring if defective
(WP 0031) and replace brake shoes (WP 0032).
b.
If brake lining has grease or oil on it, check wheel hub grease seal for leakage. Replace grease seal if
leaking (WP 0033) and replace brake shoes (WP 0032).
c.
If brake lining shows no grease or oil, go to step 12.
Step 12.
Visually check for broken or frozen camshaft roller.
If camshaft roller is broken or frozen, replace (WP 0032).
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0.
BRAKES - CONTINUED
5.
SLOW BRAKE APPLICATION OR RELEASE.
Step 1.
Step 2.
Step 3.
Step 4.
Check air pressure gage on towing vehicle for a minimum of 90 psi (621 kPa). a.
If air pressure is low, build up pressure to normal level.
b.
If air pressure is low and will not build up, troubleshoot towing vehicle air system.
(See maintenance manual for towing vehicle.) c.
If air pressure gage indicates normal, go to step 2.
Check air lines and connectors for restrictions and leaks. a.
Remove any restrictions from hoses and tighten connections. Repair or replace as necessary
b.
If air lines and connections are not restricted or leaking, go to step 3.
Check control valves for plugged exhaust ports, (WP 0040).
a.
If exhaust port is plugged, clean valve. b.
If exhaust port is not plugged, go to step 4.
Test operation of control valves (WP 0040).
a.
If control valve is defective, replace (WP 0040).
b.
If control valves are operating, go to step 5.
WARNING
To prevent injury, keep hands away from brake chamber push rods and slack adjusters. They will move as service brakes are operated, and will automatically apply if system pressure drops.
Fingers/hands could be pinched or cut by moving parts. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
Step 5.
Step 6.
Step 7.
Have a helper apply and hold the towing vehicle service brakes. Using soapy water, check air brake chambers for leaks at clamp bands and hose fittings. a.
If leaks are seen at brake chamber clamp band, replace spring brake chamber (WP 0038).
b.
If leaks are seen at hose fitting, tighten hose fitting or replace hose (WP 0037).
c.
If brake chambers are not leaking, go to step 6.
Remove brake drum (WP 0033) and check for broken brake shoe tension spring.
a.
If spring is broken, replace (WP 0032).
b.
If spring is not defective, go to step 7.
Visually check for broken or frozen camshaft roller.
If camshaft roller is broken or frozen, replace (WP 0032).
0012
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0012
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0.
BRAKES - CONTINUED
6.
GRABBING BRAKES.
Step 1.
Check for moisture in air reservoirs.
WARNING
Wear protective goggles when opening drain cock and avoid the air stream. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel. a.
Open drain cocks and allow moisture to drain (WP 0018).
b.
If no moisture is present, close drain cocks and go to step 2.
Step 2.
Step 3.
Step 4.
Step 5.
Step 6.
Step 7.
Check brake adjustment. a.
If brakes are out of adjustment, check operation of automatic slack adjusters (WP 0034). Replace all
defective slack adjusters.
b.
If brakes are not out of adjustment, go to step 3.
Check for loose or worn wheel bearings. a.
If wheel bearings are loose, adjust (WP 0033).
b.
If wheel bearings cannot be adjusted, replace (WP 0033).
c.
If wheel bearings are not loose or worn, go to step 4.
Remove brake drum (WP 0033) and look for grease or oil on brake lining.
a.
If brake lining has grease on it, check camshaft O-ring for damage. Replace O-ring if defective
(WP 0031), and replace brake shoes (WP 0032).
b.
If brake lining has oil on it, check wheel hub oil seal for leakage. Replace oil seal if leaking
(WP 0033), and replace brake shoes (WP 0032).
c.
If brake lining shows no grease or oil, go to step 5.
Visually check for broken or frozen camshaft roller. Look for flat spots on camshaft roller and camshaft. a.
If camshaft roller is broken or frozen, replace (WP 0032).
b.
If camshaft is defective, replace (WP 0031).
c.
If camshaft and roller are not defective, go to step 6.
Check for loose or worn brake lining. a.
If brake lining is loose or worn, replace brake shoes (WP 0032).
b.
If brake lining is not loose or worn, go to step 7.
Check for cracked, scored, or deformed brake drum. a.
If brake drum is cracked or deformed, replace (WP 0033).
b.
If brake drum is scored, notify Direct Support Maintenance.
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0012
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0.
BRAKES - CONTINUED
7.
BRAKES DRAG AND ONE OR MORE BRAKE DRUMS RUNNING HOT.
WARNING
A hot brake can cause serious burns. Exercise extreme caution before attempting to touch brake drum after use. Radiated heat will be felt before drum is touched. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
Step 1.
Step 2.
Step 3.
Step 4.
Check brake adjustment.
a.
If brakes are out of adjustment or adjusted too tightly, check operation of automatic slack adjusters
(WP 0034). Replace all defective slack adjusters.
b.
If brakes are not out of adjustment, go to step 2.
Remove brake drum (WP 0033) and check for broken brake shoe tension spring.
a.
If spring is broken, replace (WP 0032).
b.
If spring is not defective, go to step 3.
Visually check for broken or frozen camshaft roller. Look for flat spots on camshaft roller and camshaft. a.
If camshaft roller is broken or frozen, replace (WP 0032).
b.
If camshaft is defective, replace (WP 0031).
c.
If camshaft and roller are not defective, go to step 4.
Check for cracked, scored, or deformed brake drum. a.
If brake drum is cracked or deformed, replace (WP 0033).
b.
If brake drum is scored, notify Direct Support Maintenance.
8.
HARD PULLING.
Step 1.
Step 2.
Check for dragging brakes (side pull or hot drum).
a.
If brakes are dragging, go to MALFUNCTION 7. BRAKES DRAG AND ONE OR MORE BRAKE
DRUMS RUNNING HOT.
b.
If brakes are not dragging, go to step 2.
Check for loose or worn wheel bearings. a.
If wheel bearings are loose, adjust (WP 0033).
b.
If wheel bearings cannot be adjusted, replace (WP 0033).
c.
If wheel bearings are not loose or worn, go to step 3.
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0012
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0.
BRAKES - CONTINUED
8.
HARD PULLING - CONTINUED.
Step 3.
Step 4.
Check for loose trunnion tube hanger bolts. a.
If trunnion tube hanger bolts are loose, torque to 300 lb-ft (407 Nm).
b.
If trunnion tube hanger bolts are secure, go to step 4.
Check for loose or broken springs.
If springs are loose or broken, notify Direct Support Maintenance.
LANDING GEAR
9.
DIFFICULTY IN TURNING HANDCRANK.
Step 1.
Step 2.
Check for bent lower leg.
a.
If lower leg is bent, replace landing leg (WP 0050).
b.
If lower leg is not bent, go to step 2.
Operate crank and listen for grinding gears or bearings in landing leg gear box.
If gears or bearings grind and legs do not extend or retract properly, replace landing leg with assembled
SPRINGS AND SUSPENSION
10. IMPROPER SPRING ACTION.
Step 1.
Step 2.
Check for loose spring end cap U-bolts. a.
If U-bolts are loose, torque U-bolt locknuts to 300 lb-ft (407 Nm).
b.
If U-bolts are secure, go to step 2.
Check springs for broken or weak spring leaves. If leaves are broken or weak, notify Direct
Support Maintenance.
TIRES AND WHEELS
11. EXCESSIVELY WORN, SCUFFED, OR CUPPED TIRES.
Step 1.
Step 2.
Check that cold tire pressure is 115 psi (793 kPa). a.
If tire pressure is incorrect, inflate or deflate tires to correct pressure.
b.
If tire pressure is correct, go to step 2.
Check for loose wheels. a.
If wheels are loose, tighten wheel lug nuts.
b.
If wheels are secure, go to step 3.
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0012
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0.
TIRES AND WHEELS - CONTINUED
11. EXCESSIVELY WORN, SCUFFED, OR CUPPED TIRES - CONTINUED.
Step 3.
Step 4.
Step 5.
Step 6.
Step 7.
Visually check for bent wheel.
a.
Replace wheel, if bent. b.
If wheel is not bent, go to step 4.
Check dual tires for proper matching according to wear. (See TM 9-2610-200-24 for acceptable limits in matching tires.) a.
If necessary, remove and match tires. b.
If tires are properly matched, go to step 5.
Check for loose or worn wheel bearings.
a.
If wheel bearings are loose, adjust (WP 0033).
b.
If wheel bearings cannot be adjusted, replace (WP 0033).
c.
If wheel bearings are not loose or worn, go to step 6.
Remove wheel (WP 0021) and check for deformed, cracked, or scored brake drum.
a.
If brake drum is cracked or deformed, replace (WP 0033).
b.
If brake drum is scored, notify Direct Support Maintenance.
Check semitrailer tracking.
Notify Direct Support Maintenance.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0012-10
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CHAPTER 5
OPERATOR PMCS MAINTENANCE
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATOR PMCS INTRODUCTION
GENERAL
EXPLANATION OF TABLE ENTRIES
00013
1.
To ensure that the semitrailer is ready for operation at all times, it must be inspected on a regular basis so that defects may be found and corrected before they result in injury, damage, or equipment failure.
2.
to be performed by the operator to keep your equipment in good operating condition and ready for its primary mission.
00013
1.
Item No. Column. Numbers in this column are for reference. When completing DA Form 2404 or DA Form
5988-E (Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet), include the item number for the check/service indicating a fault. Item numbers also appear in the order that you must perform checks and services for the interval listed.
2.
Interval Column. This column tells you when you must perform the procedure in the Procedure column: a.
Before procedures must be done immediately before operating the semitrailer.
b.
During procedures must be done while operating the semitrailer.
c.
After procedures must be done immediately after operating the semitrailer.
d.
Weekly procedures must be done once each week.
e.
Monthly procedures must be done once each month.
3.
Item to Check/Service Column. This column lists the item to be checked or serviced.
NOTE
The WARNINGs and CAUTIONs appearing in your PMCS table should always be observed.
WARNINGs and CAUTIONs appear before applicable procedures. You must observe these
WARNINGs to prevent injury or death to yourself and others, and CAUTIONs to prevent your equipment from being damaged.
4.
Procedure Column. This column gives the procedure you must perform to check or service the item listed in the Item to
Check/Service column, to know if the equipment is ready or available for its intended mission. You must perform the procedure at the time stated in the interval column.
5.
Not Fully Mission Capable If: Column. Information in this column tells you what faults will keep your equipment from being capable of performing its primary mission. If you perform check/service procedures that show faults listed in this column, the equipment is not mission-capable. Follow standard operating procedures for maintaining the equipment or reporting equipment failure.
GENERAL PMCS PROCEDURES
00013
1.
Always perform PMCS in the same order so it gets to be a habit. Once you have had some practice, you will spot anything wrong in a hurry. If the equipment does not perform as required, refer to the appropriate
troubleshooting procedure in Chapter 3.
2.
If anything looks wrong and you cannot fix it, write it on your DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988-E. If you find something seriously wrong, IMMEDIATELY report it to your supervisor.
-
0013-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0013
GENERAL PMCS PROCEDURES - CONTINUED
3.
Before performing preventive maintenance, read all the checks required for the applicable interval and prepare all that is
needed to make all the checks. You will always need a rag (Item 13, WP 0085) or two.
WARNING
Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type III is an environmentally compliant and low toxic material. However, it may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in well-ventilated areas. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Do not use high-pressure water or steam to clean semitrailer. Use only low-pressure water and bristled brushes. Be especially careful when cleaning electrical system components including lighting. Damage or impaired operation could result if this caution is not observed.
a.
Keep Equipment Clean. Dirt, grease, oil, and debris get in the way and may cover up a serious problem. Clean as
corrosion.
b.
Bolts, Nuts, and Screws. Ensure that they are not loose, missing, bent, or broken. Report loose, missing, or damaged bolts, nuts, and screws to your supervisor.
c.
Welds. Look for loose or chipped paint, rust, or gaps where parts are welded together. Report bad welds to your supervisor.
d.
Electrical Wires and Connectors. Look for cracked or broken insulation, bare wires, and loose or broken connectors. Report loose connections and faulty wiring to your supervisor.
e.
Hoses, Lines, and Fittings. Look for wear and damage. Check for loose clamps and fittings. Report any worn, damaged, or loose hoses, lines, and fittings to your supervisor.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0013-2
12
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATOR PMCS
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Operator
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Cleaning compound, solvent, type III (Item 3, WP 0085)
0
Detergent, general purpose, liquid (Item 5, WP 0085)
0
0
Materials/Parts - Continued
Rag, wiping (Item 13, WP 0085)
Personnel Required
Two
References
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0014-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0014
Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS).
LOCATION
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
1 Before
2 Before
3 Before
4 Before
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
Bulkhead
Kingpin
CAUTION
Reference prime mover technical manual. Ensure all operations are adhered to, i.e., coupling, fifth wheel load and position, load capabilities, speeds, on/off road operation, and adverse weather/ road operations. Failure to comply could cause damage to equipment.
NOTE
Perform Weekly as well as Before
PMCS if:
• You are the assigned operator but have not operated the semitrailer since the last Weekly PMCS.
• You are operating the semitrailer for the first time.
a. Check for loose or missing hardware. Loose or missing hardware.
b. Check for serviceability and presence of side panels, tarps, bows, safety ladder, and BII as required by mission.
NOTE
Unserviceable or missing components if required by mission.
Perform the following inspections and checks before connecting the semitrailer to the towing vehicle.
a. Visually inspect kingpin for obvious damage and wear. Make sure kingpin and bolster plate are greased.
Kingpin is damaged or shows obvious wear.
b. Visually inspect bolster plate for obvious damage, bowing, and cracked welds.
Bolster plate is bowed or welds are cracked.
c. Check to make sure bolster plate drain holes are not plugged.
Bolster plate drain holes are plugged.
Converter Box Check for obvious damage or missing hardware.
Damaged or missing hardware.
Voltage
Receptacles
Visually check for damage.
Receptacles are damaged.
0014-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0014
Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
LOCATION
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
5 Before
6 Before
7 Before
8 Before
PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
Gladhands Inspect gladhands for damage, missing or worn/cracked packings, missing hardware, and free swing-away operation.
Gladhands are damaged, packings worn/cracked or missing, missing hardware, and restricted operation.
Ground
Boards
Check for presence and damaged/missing hardware.
Ground boards cannot be safely secured in brackets or retaining hardware/ground boards are missing.
Blocks are not present.
Chock Blocks Check for presence.
Intervehicular
Air Hoses
CAUTION
• After coupling semitrailer with towing vehicle, the scissor shoes at the end of the landing legs must be unlocked, swung up, and locked in the up position to allow for maximum clearance.
• Before uncoupling semitrailer, scissor shoes on the landing legs must be unlocked, swung down, and locked in the down position.
• Chock front and rear of tires prior to coupling/uncoupling.
• Failure to comply could result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
The following checks must be done with the prime mover coupled to the semitrailer. Assistance is required when coupling and checking semitrailer lights.
Connect air lines to semitrailer gladhands.
With tractor engine running, check air lines and gladhands for air leaks.
Air leaks are present.
0014-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0014
Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
LOCATION
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
9 Before
10 Before
11 Before
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
Lights
Reflectors
Light
PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
NOTE
• Check for loose plug-in connectors. Make sure there is no debris between plug and connector and then make sure that plug-in is seated.
• Mission requirements, urgency, safety, and common sense should be considered in determining
NMC status of the semitrailer.
Connect intervehicular cable from tractor to semitrailer. Check lights for damage, proper operation, presence, and missing hardware. Notify Organizational
Maintenance if there are problems in operation or damage is present.
Lights are damaged, do not operate, or missing hardware.
NMC if required for mission.
Look for presence, damage, and missing hardware.
NOTE
Reflectors are missing and required for mission.
• Tractor must be coupled before checking ABS warning light.
• ABS warning light should not stay on when semitrailer is moving above 4 mph (6.4 kph).
• If mission requirements do not allow for troubleshooting of ABS system, continue on with mission until system can be properly diagnosed by Organizational
Maintenance. Only modulation will be affected, not stopping capacity of brake system.
Visually check that ABS warning light does not stay on. Notify Organizational
Maintenance.
ABS light does not come on or stays on.
0014-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0014
Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
LOCATION
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
12 Before
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
Assembly
PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
CAUTION
• Use high gear for rapid lowering/ raising of semitrailer without a load on deck.
• Use low gear for lifting/raising semitrailer with a load on deck.
• Leave landing gear in low gear, in the full up position, when traveling on the road. Low gear will prevent over-the-road vibration from causing legs to wind-down (extend). Make sure crank handle is secure.
• Crank operation: Facing crank, clockwise retracts (raises) legs, and counterclockwise extends
(lowers) legs.
• Push in - high gear, pull out - low gear.
• Make sure landing legs are fully retracted and scissor shoes locked up before moving semitrailer.
• Failure to comply could cause damage to equipment.
a. Engage landing leg crank handle and raise and lower legs. Pull crank and check low-speed operation. Check for binding, damage, unequal leg movement, and missing hardware.
a. Landing leg missing.
b. Leg will not retract or extend.
c. Binds or hard to move.
b. Check that scissor shoes have free movement, hardware is present, and shoes securely lock in place.
Scissor shoes bind, do not lock or unlock, and missing hardware.
0014-5
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0014
Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
LOCATION
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
13 Before and Wheels
PROCEDURE
CAUTION
• Rust near wheel nuts can mean low torque.
• Check wheels (inner/outer) and hubcaps for grease leakage. When leakage is initially found, clean off all grease and recheck after operation. If grease leakage is still evident, notify Organizational
Maintenance.
• Failure to comply could cause damage to equipment.
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
NOTE
• All wheel flange nuts have righthand threads.
• Cold radial tire pressure should be
115 psi (793 kPa) for all tires.
a. Inspect tires, including spare, for proper inflation, unusual tread wear, sidewall damage, cuts, foreign objects, valve stem damage, valve caps, and loose/ missing dust shield plugs on wheels.
Tires are not properly inflated, are damaged, or show unusual wear.
WARNING
Make sure spare tire and wheel assembly is secured in carrier and securing hardware is present.
Failure to secure the spare tire may result in the spare tire falling off of trailer, causing injury or death to personnel. b. Check that spare tire is secure and securing hardware is present.
Securing hardware is unserviceable or missing.
c. Check wheels for damaged rims, and rust.
Wheel rims are damaged or rusty.
d. Check for loose or missing wheel nuts. Notify Organizational Maintenance.
All the nuts must be present and torqued to specifications.
0014-6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0014
Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
LOCATION
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
13
(Con’t)
Before
14 Before
15 Before
PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
Radial Tires and Wheels
Carrier e. Re-torque wheel nuts at first 100, 500,
1,000 miles (161, 805, 1,609 km), and every 6,000 miles (9,656 km) thereafter unless wheel is changed out. Then use re-torque schedule. Notify Organizational
Wheel nuts are loose or missing.
Wheel nuts not torqued.
WARNING
Spare tire and wheel assembly weighs 179 lb (81.2 kg). This requires two people to remove the spare from the carrier or install it on the carrier. Slide the spare from the carrier or onto the carrier.
Refrain from lifting the spare into position. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
When layed in carrier, convex side should be in the up position (stud holes up).
HUBODOME
TER®
Inspect spare tire carrier assembly for worn, loose, or missing securing hardware and cracked/broken welds.
CAUTION
Do not stand on HUBODOME-
TER®. Doing so could result in damage to equipment.
Worn, loose, or missing hardware and cracked/broken welds are found.
a. Inspect hubcaps for damage, loose or missing hardware, and leakage.
Hubcap is leaking grease or hardware is loose or missing.
b. Inspect HUBODOMETER® for missing hardware, damage, and loose mounting bracket or gage.
Hardware is loose or missing.
0014-7
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0014
Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
LOCATION
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
16 Before
17 Before
18 Before
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
Suspension
WARNING
Notify Organizational
Maintenance at first month of new semitrailer operation or first 1,000 miles (1,609 km) (from
HUBODOMETER®) that suspension nuts must be torqued.
Reference Item No. 1 of
Organizational PMCS. Failure to comply could cause loss of suspension/parts which could result in injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
Visually inspect for broken or shifted leaf springs and loose or missing hardware.
Notify Organizational Maintenance.
WARNING
Springs have shifted or are broken and hardware is loose or missing.
Tanks
Wear protective goggles when opening drain cock and avoid the air stream. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
a. Make sure drain valves do not leak air. Drain valves leak air.
b. Inspect air tanks for damage, loose fittings, missing hardware, and any evidence of air leakage.
Any air leaks are present or hardware is missing.
c. Inspect drain valve pull cables for a frayed or broken condition.
and Door
Box Open and close door, make sure hinge does not bind, and all mounting/securing hardware is tight and present. Make sure drain holes are not blocked. Ensure jack is secure and door seal is in good condition.
Keep box clean and serviceable.
Hardware loose or missing.
0014-8
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0014
Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
LOCATION
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
19 Before
20 Before
21 Before
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
Tiedowns
Brakes
PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
CAUTION
Make sure there is no debris in
ISO container lock slots that would prevent twist lock engagement and positive locking.
Failure to comply could cause damage to equipment.
Check to make sure there is no debris in the lock pocket that would interfere with lock operation. Make sure twist locks (all) operate freely and do not bind.
CAUTION
Twist locks are missing and are required for mission.
Deformation of any part of D-ring is not allowed. Notify
Organizational Maintenance.
Failure to comply could cause damage to equipment.
Check all tiedowns for missing hardware, damage, cracked welds, and deformation.
Notify Organizational Maintenance.
Damaged, deformed, and cracked welds are evident.
a. With prime mover coupled, prior to start of mission, have a person observe if trailer brakes are working. Hold brake pedal down and try to slowly move tractor forward. Observe if trailer tires move. If tires move, brakes are not holding. b. Notify Organizational Maintenance,
NMC, if trailer tires move when brakes are applied.
0014-9
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0014
Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
LOCATION
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
22 During
23 During
24 During
25 After
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
Light
Suspension
General
Assembly
PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
NOTE
• If ABS warning light stays on during mission, continue on with mission until system can be properly diagnosed by
Organizational Maintenance.
Braking capacity will not be impaired. The only effect will be no modulation at wheel or wheels that have a fault.
• Trailer is not NMC if during mission ABS is inoperable and there is no time to diagnose problem(s).
• During blackout mode conditions, tape over ABS warning light. Do not remove or otherwise disable light.
Check that ABS warning light does not stay on.
Listen for unusual noises, which are indications of possible problems. Be alert to conditions such as side pull, wandering, tracking of semitrailer, and load shift.
Unusual noises, semitrailer wanders, pulls to either side, or does not track.
Be alert to all conditions that may indicate unsafe operation or improperly secured cargo. Ensure all prime mover TM procedures are adhered to for safe operation, i.e., coupling load limits, speeds, and fifth wheel settings for on/off road operation.
Unsafe conditions are identified.
CAUTION
Do not use high-speed cranking mode for lifting and lowering of landing gear if there is a load on the semitrailer. Failure to comply could cause damage to equipment.
0014-10
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0014
Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
LOCATION
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
25
(Con’t)
After
26 After
27 After
28 After
29 After
PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
Landing Leg
Assembly
Inspect gearbox, braces, and leg assemblies for proper operation and tight mounting hardware. Ensure there is no binding in operation, equal leg movement, and the hand crank is present and can be safely stowed.
WARNING
Legs bind, are unequal in movement, missing hardware, or hand-crank cannot be safely stowed.
A hot brake can cause serious burns. Exercise caution before attempting to touch brake drum after use. Radiated heat will be felt before brake drum is touched.
Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
Cautiously feel brake drums for abnormal heat or cold. An abnormally hot drum indicates a possible dragging or grabbing brake. An abnormally cool drum indicates improper adjustment or a defective brake.
Notify Organizational Maintenance.
Brake drums abnormally hot or cold.
System is not drained of moisture.
Tanks
Plate Check to make sure bolster plate drain
Drain Holes holes are not plugged with grease or debris.
Bolster plate drain holes are plugged.
Semitrailer
Cleanliness a. After operation, especially in mud, salt environment, or fording conditions, flush out axles, axle ends, suspension, landing gear, underside/topside of semitrailer, and stowage box with clean, low-pressure water.
b. Clean and lubricate all parts as
specified in WP 0067 to make sure water/
debris is flushed out of system.
Not accomplished when mission permits or mission completed.
c. Check all electrical connections for corrosion and security.
d. Make sure all painted surfaces are touched up where necessary to prevent rust.
0014-11
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0014
Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
LOCATION
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
30 Weekly
31 Monthly
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
Wheels
Decking
PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
NOTE
Mission requirements, urgency, safety, and common sense should be considered in determining
NMC status of semitrailer.
Check all wheels for handhold cracks, cracks between and around stud holes, rust streaks, and grease stains. Notify
Organizational Maintenance (WP 0100).
Perform a visual inspection of semitrailer for evidence of corrosion and condition of upper and lower deck wood. Visually check all welds for rust and cracks. Notify
Organizational Maintenance if corrosion or deck damage is evident.
Cracks or leakage are evident.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0014-12
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CHAPTER 6
ORGANIZATIONAL PMCS MAINTENANCE
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
ORGANIZATIONAL PMCS INTRODUCTION
GENERAL
EXPLANATION OF TABLE ENTRIES
00015
1.
To ensure that the semitrailer is ready for operation at all times, it must be inspected on a regular basis so that defects may be found and corrected before they result in injury, damage, or equipment failure.
2.
to be performed by Organizational Maintenance to keep your equipment in good operating condition and ready for its primary mission.
00015
1.
Item No. Column. Numbers in this column are for reference. When completing DA Form 2404 or DA Form
5988-E (Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet), include the item number for the check/service indicating a fault. Item numbers also appear in the order that you must perform checks and services for the interval listed.
2.
Interval Column. This column tells you when you must perform the procedure in the Procedure column: a.
Monthly procedures must be done once each month.
b.
Semiannual procedures must be done once every 6 months.
c.
Annual procedures must be done once each year.
d.
Triennial procedures must be done once every 3 years.
e.
Mileage procedures must be done at the intervals specified.
3.
Item to Check/Service Column. This column lists the item to be checked or serviced.
NOTE
The WARNINGs and CAUTIONs appearing in your PMCS table should always be observed.
WARNINGs and CAUTIONs appear before applicable procedures. You must observe these
WARNINGs to prevent injury or death to yourself and others, and CAUTIONs to prevent your equipment from being damaged.
4.
Procedure Column. This column gives the procedure you must perform to check or service the item listed in the Item to
Check/Service column, to know if the equipment is ready or available for its intended mission. You must perform the procedure at the time stated in the interval column.
5.
Not Fully Mission Capable If: Column. Information in this column tells you what faults will keep your equipment from being capable of performing its primary mission. If you perform check/service procedures that show faults listed in this column, the equipment is not mission-capable. Follow standard operating procedures for maintaining the equipment or reporting equipment failure.
-
0015-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0015
GENERAL PMCS PROCEDURES
00015
1.
Always perform PMCS in the same order so it gets to be a habit. Once you have had some practice, you’ll spot anything wrong in a hurry. If the equipment does not perform as required, refer to the appropriate
troubleshooting procedure in Chapter 4.
2.
If anything looks wrong and you cannot fix it, write it on your DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988-E. If you find something seriously wrong, IMMEDIATELY report it to your supervisor.
3.
Before performing preventive maintenance, read all the checks required for the applicable interval and prepare all that is
needed to make all the checks. You will always need a rag (Item 13, WP 0085) or two.
WARNING
Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type III is an environmentally compliant and low toxic material. However, it may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in well-ventilated areas. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to do so may result in injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Do not use high-pressure water or steam to clean semitrailer. Use only low-pressure water and bristled brushes. Be especially careful when cleaning electrical system components including lighting. Damage or impaired operation could result if this caution is not observed.
a.
Keep Equipment Clean. Dirt, grease, oil, and debris get in the way and may cover up a serious problem. Clean as
prevent corrosion.
b.
Bolts, Nuts, and Screws. Ensure that they are not loose, missing, bent, or broken. Report loose, missing, or damaged bolts, nuts, and screws to your supervisor.
c.
Welds. Look for loose or chipped paint, rust, or gaps where parts are welded together. Report bad welds to your supervisor.
d.
Electrical Wires and Connectors. Look for cracked or broken insulation, bare wires, and loose or broken connectors. Report loose connections and faulty wiring to your supervisor.
e.
Hoses, Lines, and Fittings. Look for wear and damage. Check for loose clamps and fittings. Report any worn, damaged, or loose hoses, lines, and fittings to your supervisor.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0015-2
12
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
ORGANIZATIONAL PMCS
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Antiseize compound (Item 1, WP 0085)
Brush, scrub (Item 2, WP 0085)
Cleaning compound, solvent, type III
0
0
0
Detergent, general purpose, liquid (Item 5, WP 0085)
0
Grease, dielectric (silicone) (Item 7, WP 0085)
0
0
0
Materials/Parts - Continued
Rag, wiping (Item 13, WP 0085)
UV wood protector (Item 18, WP 0085)
Personnel Required
Two
References
TB 9-2510-242-40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0016-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0016
Table 1. Organizational Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS).
LOCATION
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
1 First Month or First 1,000
Miles of
Operation
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
Suspension
Initial Torque
PROCEDURE
NOTE
• Perform Operator PMCS prior to, or in conjunction with, Organizational PMCS if there is a delay between daily operation of the equipment and the Organizational
PMCS or regular operator is not assisting/participating.
• Clean axle and suspension system with low-pressure water and fiber brush to allow for careful inspection.
a. Torque suspension nuts to the following in-service DRY torque values:
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
Torque service requirements/ schedule are not met. Nuts or bolts are damaged.
1-1/8 in.-12 UNF . . 880 lb-ft (1,193 Nm)
3/4 in.-16 UNF . . . . . 300 lb-ft (407 Nm)
5/8 in.-18 UNF . . . . . 180 lb-ft (244 Nm) b. New replacement installations/ hardware should have WET (oiled) fasteners. The following wet torque values apply:
1-1/8 in.-12 UNF . . 670 lb-ft (908 Nm)
3/4 in.-16 UNF . . . . 220 lb-ft (298 Nm)
5/8 in.-18 UNF . . . . 130 lb-ft (176 Nm)
0016-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0016
Table 1. Organizational Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
LOCATION
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
2 Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
3 Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
Bolster Plate
Kingpin
PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
CAUTION
• Any bumps, valleys, or warping of the bolster plate will cause uneven loading of the fifth wheel, which could result in damage to the top
• The bolster plate should not bow upward (concave) more than
1/16 in. (1.58 mm) within a 19 in.
(48.26 cm) radius from kingpin.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
• The bolster plate should not bow downward (convex) more than
1/4 in. (6.35 mm) within a 19 in.
(48.26 cm) radius from kingpin or more than 1/8 in. (3.18 mm) at a
10 in. (254 mm) radius from kingpin. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
a. Clean bolster plate and kingpin (WP
0090). Regrease after checks are
completed.
b. Check flatness of bolster plate using a
48 in. (1.22 m) straightedge. Check flat edge in all directions.
a. Inspect kingpin for straightness using
Kingpin is not square.
b. Lube and clean kingpin and plate.
NOTE
• Use kingpin gage to check wear, straightness, and flatness of kingpin and bolster plate.
• Dimensions are for both the mushroom base and cruciform kingpins.
0016-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0016
Table 1. Organizational Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
LOCATION
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
Kingpin
PROCEDURE c. Dimensions and wear: 3
(Con’t)
Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
1. Length: 3.324 + 0.010 to 0.000 in.
(84.43 + 0.25 to 0.00 mm) (new).
2. Wear: upper diameter at the bolster plate should measure:
New: . . . . . . . . . 2.875 in. (73.03 mm)
Wear meets or exceeds maximum.
Worn:. . . . . . Max. 2.75 in. (69.9 mm)
3. The flat surfaces above and below the locking area are allowed no wear.
Wear is evident.
4. Fifth wheel locking area on kingpin should measure:
New: . . . . . . . . . . 2.000 in. (50.8 mm)
Worn:. . . . . . Max. 1.87 in. (47.5 mm)
Wear meets or exceeds maximum.
5. Surface damage criteria: Any burrs, nicks, or gouges that exceed 0.12 in. (3.1 mm) in depth, or burrs that exceed this measurement in height on the upper diameter at bolster plate and/or at the locking area of kingpin, should have kingpin replaced. Notify Direct Support
Maintenance.
Surface damage meets or exceeds criteria.
0016-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0016
Table 1. Organizational Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
LOCATION
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
3
(Con’t)
Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
Kingpin
PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
447-0041
6. No burrs, nicks, or gouges are allowed on the lower collar area of the kingpin below the locking area. Notify
Direct Support Maintenance to replace kingpin.
CAUTION
Direct Support Maintenance:
When replacing kingpin, inspect all supporting structures for rust, broken welds, and proper drainage. Structure area interior must be inspected and protected against rust. Proper drainage must be maintained. Failure to comply could result in damage to equipment.
7. The area against the bolster plate and locking area on the kingpin should have no more than 10 burrs, nicks, or gouges that exceed 0.06 in. (1.5 mm) in depth on the entire surface area. If these criteria are met or exceeded, replace the kingpin. Notify Direct Support
Maintenance.
Damage meets or exceeds criteria.
Damage meets or exceeds criteria.
0016-5
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0016
Table 1. Organizational Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
3
(Con’t)
Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
4 Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
5 Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
6 Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
LOCATION
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
Kingpin
Converter Box Check converter box and internal wiring for damage and connectors for security and corrosion. Use corrosion preventive compounds (dielectric) on all electrical contacts.
Landing Legs Check alignment of landing legs with a square. Legs must be parallel and square with trailer.
Main
Electrical
Harness and
All Electrical
Connections
8. Any burrs, nicks, or gouges that meet or exceed 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) in length will require replacement of the kingpin. Notify Direct Support
Maintenance.
Damage meets or exceeds criteria.
Wiring damaged, not secured, or corroded.
Legs are not parallel or square with trailer.
Check condition of electrical harness for wear, frayed insulation, corrosion, and that connectors are secured. Use corrosion preventive compounds (dielectric) on all electrical contacts.
Harness is worn through, corroded, or unsecured. Electrical connections are loose or corroded.
7 Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
8 Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
Suspension a. Check serviceability of suspension hardware. Check for wear and damage.
Notify Direct Support Maintenance.
Threads are worn or hardware damaged.
b. Torque suspension nuts to the following in-service DRY torque values:
1-1/8 in.-12 UNF 880 lb-ft (1,193 Nm)
Threads are worn or hardware damaged.
3/4 in.-16 UNF . . . . 300 lb-ft (407 Nm)
5/8 in.-18 UNF . . . . 180 lb-ft (244 Nm)
Leaf Springs and Attaching
Parts c. New replacement installations/ hardware should have WET (oiled) fasteners. The following wet torque values apply:
1-1/8 in.-12 UNF . . 670 lb-ft (908 Nm)
Suspension nuts not torqued.
3/4 in.-16 UNF . . . . 220 lb-ft (298 Nm)
5/8 in.-18 UNF . . . . 130 lb-ft (176 Nm) a. Check for missing or damaged hangers, end caps, spring seats, adjustment plates, and hardware.
b. Check for the following:
Leaf spring attachments or hardware is missing.
1. One or more of the leaves in any spring assembly are broken.
Leaf or leaves are not replaced.
0016-6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0016
Table 1. Organizational Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
LOCATION
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
8
(Con’t)
Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
9 Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
10 Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
11 Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
Leaf Springs and Attaching
Parts
HUBODO-
METER®
Hub Caps
Reflectors
PROCEDURE
2. Any leaf or portion of any leaf in any spring assembly is missing or separated.
NOTE
The three bottom leaves of each spring pack are the main leaves in each pack.
3. Any broken main leaf in a spring assembly.
Check HUBODOMETER® bracket and gage for looseness and missing hardware.
Torque gage nut to 15 lb-ft (20.3 Nm) max.
CAUTION
• Do not use paints or solvents on
HUBODOMETER® polycarbonate face.
• Do not stand on HUBODOMETER®.
• Failure to comply could result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
• If HUBODOMETER® has a bent or stripped stud, case damage, improper bracket, or hardware or case tampering, it will not perform properly.
• Inside of hub cap should have a light coat of grease. Do not plug vent hole.
Check hub caps (4 ea.) for leaks, damage, and missing hardware and torque nuts to
15 lb-ft (20.3 Nm) max.
If screws are removed/replaced apply a light coat of antiseize compound to all threads.
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
Leaf is missing or separated.
Main leaf is not replaced.
0016-7
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0016
Table 1. Organizational Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
LOCATION
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
12 Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
13 Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
Air Brake
Chamber
Studs and
Flange Nuts
PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
WARNING
• Disassembly of air brake chambers is NOT authorized.
When inspecting or caging air brake chambers, do not position yourself in front of, or in line with, the chamber. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Discarded air brake chambers must be safely and properly disposed of. They should be disarmed prior to disposal. Failure to disarm assembly prior to disposal may, in time, result in spontaneous release of the spring chamber and its contents, causing death, personal injury, and/or property damage.
• Before performing any work on the spring brake system, chock the wheels front and rear to prevent semitrailer movement. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Discarded air brake chambers must be safely and properly disposed of. They should be disarmed prior to disposal to prevent present and future injury
Clean and visually inspect clamp bands, castings (case), and fasteners for looseness, damage, and missing hardware or leaking air.
Hardware is loose or missing or castings are damaged or leaking air.
a .
C h e c k s t u d s a n d f l a n g e n u t s f o r d a m a g e .
Studs or flange nuts are damaged or loose. Any nuts or studs are missing.
NOTE
All flange nuts and studs have right-hand threads.
0016-8
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0016
Table 1. Organizational Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
LOCATION
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
13
(Con’t)
Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
Studs and
Flange Nuts
PROCEDURE b. Flange nut torque:
14 Semiannual or Every
6,000 Miles
Every 12,000
Miles
Every 12,000
Miles
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
Torque flange nuts to 50 lb-ft
(67.8 Nm) and then tighten to 450 to
500 lb-ft (610 to 678 Nm) using
DRY torque.
c. Torquing sequence is as follows:
Using DRY torque for flange nuts and studs, facing wheel, clockwise sequence
CAUTION
Automatic
Slack
Adjusters
(ASAs)
• Do not use air or electric tools to adjust ASAs.
• Initial adjusting procedures start with measurements, not teardown.
• Failure to comply could cause damage to equipment.
Check for any binding, broken, worn or loose parts, missing hardware, evidence of an out-of-adjustment condition, worn clutch, and release action.
Binding, wear, loose parts, missing hardware, out-ofadjustment conditions are evident.
Axles Check axles for proper alignment (refer to
WP 0111 and TB 9-2510-242-40, Nov 95,
pages 21 to 25). If suspension is damaged, notify Direct Support Maintenance.
Axles are not in alignment.
Board(s) are broken or missing.
Wood Decking
Corrosion
Apply a thin coat of UV wood or linseed oil protector to upper and lower deck surfaces.
0016-9
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0016
Table 1. Organizational Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
LOCATION
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
Every 36,000
Miles
Every 36,000
Miles
Every 36,000
Miles
Every 36,000
Miles
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
Wheel
Bearings
WARNING
• Do not use air pressure or a steel bristle brush to clean cones and rollers. Use kerosene or diesel fuel to clean bearings. Do not use gasoline. Do not rotate bearings using compressed air, as this will damage the polished surfaces.
Bearing failure can cause injury to personnel.
• At triennial brake inspection/ service all brake wheel end components must be cleaned and inspected for wear/damage.
Inspect all linings, springs, pins, rollers, clips, and bushings on each axle end. Make sure seals show no signs of leakage on axle, spider, or wheels. Use all components of replacement kits and balance repairs on both axle ends. Failure to comply can cause injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
Clean, inspect, and repack inner and outer cones and rollers. Replace if damaged or worn.
Components worn or damaged.
Seals
Spindle
Check condition of seals for indicators of problems. When seal is removed, it should be replaced. Use correct seal installation tool to drive/set seal and never reuse a seal.
Seal is damaged, worn, or leaking.
Check spindle for damaged threads and surface area for rust/pitting. Notify Direct
Support Maintenance.
Spindle is damaged.
Brake Drums Check drums for cracking, heat discoloration, grooving, elongated bolt holes, out-of-round, or wear beyond rebore limit on drum. Notify Direct Support
Maintenance concerning wear, re-boring, and out-of-round conditions.
Drum is cracked, severely over- heated, has elongated holes, or is out-of-round.
0016-10
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0016
Table 1. Organizational Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
Every 36,000
Miles
LOCATION
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
Every 36,000
Miles
Every 36,000
Miles
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE PROCEDURE
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
ABS Sensors
CAUTION
Push sensor to tone ring using a wooden rod or by hand. Sensor should be pushed against tone ring and will self-adjust in use. A gap of 0.040 in. (1.02 mm) is allowable. Excessive gap may cause diagnostic fault.
Check that sensor pick-ups are lightly touching tone ring, or have a gap of no more than 0.040 in. (1.02 mm) between the tone ring and pick-up end.
Brake Systems a. Check brake lining thickness, springs, anchor pins, bushings, and rollers for damage and wear.
Linings are worn to limit.
Springs, anchor pins, bushings, and rollers are damaged or worn.
WARNING
Do not allow brake lining to wear to the point that the rivets touch the drum. This condition can cause brake failure, injury to personnel, and damage to equipment.
S-Cams
CAUTION
To ensure a balanced braking system, both brake assemblies on an axle end should have like repairs accomplished at the same time.
Failure to comply could cause damage to equipment.
b. See WP 0067 for lubrication points.
Check for wear and damage to spline, bushings, cam lobes, and retaining brackets. Replace bushings.
Damage/wear affects operation.
0016-11
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0016
Table 1. Organizational Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - Continued.
LOCATION
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
MAN-
HOURS
Every 36,000
Miles
ITEM TO
CHECK/
SERVICE
Hubs
PROCEDURE
WARNING
• The triennial (3 years) 36,000 miles check/service is based on normal operation. Conditions identified such as hot/cold brake drums, leakage/seepage of spindle/hub grease, brake lock-up, wheel end noise/damage, and impact damage will require inspection and repair to be performed when the incident occurs, not at service interval.
Failure to comply can cause injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
• A hot brake can cause serious burns. Exercise extreme caution before attempting to touch brake drum after use. Radiated heat will be felt before drum is touched.
Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
Clean and check hubs for wear and damage, including tone rings. Replace hub with tone ring if damaged or worn.
NOT FULLY MISSION
CAPABLE IF:
Hub or tone ring is worn or damaged.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0016-12
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CHAPTER 7
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS CLEANING
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Operator
0
0
Materials/Parts
Brush, scrub (Item 2, WP 0085)
Detergent, general purpose, liquid (Item 5, WP 0085)
0
0
Rag, wiping (Item 13, WP 0085)
0
0
WARNING
Disconnect electrical power source before performing any cleaning on the electrical system.
Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
1.
Use a rag to remove any buildup of grease and dirt on electrical connectors (Figure 1, Item 1).
2.
Use a brush, detergent, and water to clean metal surfaces.
3.
Allow to dry.
-
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
447-0042
Figure 1. Electrical Connectors.
0017-1/(2 blank)
017
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
AIR RESERVOIRS SERVICE
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Operator
Materials/Parts
Rag, wiping (Item 13, WP 0085)
0
0
0
0
References
1.
Turn off air supply to semitrailer.
2.
Unhook gladhands from air hose couplings (WP 0041 or WP 0042).
WARNING
Wear protective goggles when opening drain valve and avoid the air stream. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
Refer to WP 0002, Figure 2 for location of cables.
3.
Pull cable (Figure 1, Item 1) to open drain valve (Figure 1, Item 2) and allow pressure to drain.
4.
Release cable (Figure 1, Item 1) to close drain valve (Figure 1, Item 2).
-
0
0
0
Figure 1. Drain Valve.
5.
Connect gladhands to air hose couplings (WP 0041 or WP 0042).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0018-1/(2 blank)
447-0259
018
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
GLADHANDS CLEANING
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Operator
0
0
Materials/Parts
Detergent, general purpose, liquid (Item 5, WP 0085)
0
Rag, wiping (Item 13, WP 0085)
0
0
NOTE
For the M871R, the dummy coupling has to be removed.
1.
Remove dust shield from gladhands.
2.
Use a clean rag to remove any buildup of grease and dirt from gladhands (Figure 1, Item 1).
3.
Use a clean rag, detergent, and water to thoroughly clean packings (Figure 1, Item 2).
-
4.
Allow to dry.
5.
Reinstall dust shield clean/seal.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
M871R
Figure 1. Gladhands.
M871A1R and M871A2R
447-0197
019
0019-1/(2 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
LANDING GEAR LEGS CLEANING
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Operator
0
0
Materials/Parts
Brush, scrub (Item 2, WP 0085)
Detergent, general purpose, liquid (Item 5, WP 0085)
0
0
Rag, wiping (Item 13, WP 0085)
0
0
1.
Use a clean rag to remove any buildup of grease and dirt from landing gear leg (Figure 1, Item 1).
2.
Use a brush, water, and detergent to thoroughly clean landing gear leg (Figure 1, Item 1).
-
3.
Allow to dry.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
447-0022
Figure 1. Landing Gear Leg.
0020-1/(2 blank)
020
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
TIRE AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation, Follow-On Tasks
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Operator
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Floor jack
0
Jack stands
0
0
Personnel Required
Two
0
0
0
0
References
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Ground boards emplaced
Tires chocked
Semitrailer disconnected from towing vehicle
WARNING
• Floor jack, if used, must be positioned directly under axle to prevent slippage. Floor jack must be used only on a hard, level surface to prevent shifting of semitrailer. Direct all personnel to stay clear of semitrailer when supported in the air. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment.
• Tire and wheel assembly weighs 179 lb (81 kg). Use two personnel to handle tire and wheel assembly. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
• For service and repair tasks on the semitrailer, the ground boards and tire chocks should be used to ensure safe coupling and prevent semitrailer movement. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
• Replacement in the form of tire and wheel assembly changing is also an operator task. Refer to
WP 0022 to remove the spare tire and wheel assembly from the carrier.
• If floor jack and jack stands are not available, use basic issue 12-ton (10.9-metric-ton) jack.
• There are eight tire and wheel assemblies and they are all replaced the same way. This procedure covers one tire and wheel assembly.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0021-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0021
REMOVAL
1.
Chock tires on axle not being lifted.
2.
Position jack on ground board under axle closest to where tire(s) will be removed, as shown.
3.
Loosen, but do not remove, 10 nuts (Figure 1, Item 1) while tires are in contact with ground. If necessary, use a cheater pipe for additional leverage.
4.
Jack up axle until tire and wheel assemblies (Figure 1, Items 2 and 3) clear the ground.
5.
Remove 10 nuts (Figure 1, Item 1) and 2 tire and wheel assemblies (Figure 1, Items 2 and 3).
6.
Check lugs and wheel studs for damage and replace as needed.
00021
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Tire and Wheel Assembly.
447-0045
021
0021-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0021
INSTALLATION
00021
1.
Using a floor jack or 12-ton jack, raise axle high enough the tire and wheel assemblies (Figure 1, Items 3 and 2) can be mounted on axle.
2.
Install tire and wheel assemblies (Figure 1, Items 3 and 2) and 10 nuts (Figure 1, Item 1). Torque nuts to 50 lb-ft (68 Nm).
WARNING
If nuts cannot be torqued, at first opportunity have Organizational Maintenance torque nuts to proper specifications. If mission allows, stop and check nuts for tightness. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
3.
To ensure secure seating of tire, see WP 0097 for correct torquing sequence.
4.
Lower tires (Figure 1, Items 3 and 2) to the ground and torque 10 nuts (Figure 1, Item 1) to 450 to 500 lb-ft
(610 to 678 Nm).
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Remove all jacks/stands.
2.
Connect semitrailer to towing vehicle (if required).
3.
Raise landing legs (if required).
4.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
5.
Check air pressure for 115 psi (793 kPa).
6.
Ensure proper torque has been applied to nuts.
7.
Store damaged tire and wheel assembly in spare tire carrier and secure (WP 0022).
END OF TASK
00021
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0021-3/(4 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
SPARE TIRE AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Operator
0
0
Personnel Required
Two
0
0
WARNING
Spare tire and wheel assembly weighs 179 lb (81 kg). Use two personnel to remove spare tire and wheel assembly from carrier or install onto carrier. Slide spare tire and wheel assembly from carrier or onto carrier. Refrain from lifting spare tire and wheel assembly. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
REMOVAL
1.
Unhook snap (Figure 1, Item 1) from chain (Figure 1, Item 2).
2.
Pull/slide spare tire and wheel assembly (Figure 1, Item 3) from spare tire carrier (Figure 1, Item 4) and lower to ground with tire resting against tire carrier.
00022
-
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Spare Tire and Wheel Assembly.
447-0046
022
0022-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0022
INSTALLATION
1.
Install spare tire and wheel assembly (Figure 2, Item 3) in spare tire carrier (Figure 2, Item 4).
2.
Route chain (Figure 2, Item 2) through two 1/8 in. diameter holes in spare tire carrier (Figure 2, Item 4).
3.
Bring end of chain (Figure 2, Item 2) through center of spare tire and wheel assembly (Figure 2, Item 3).
4.
Take up slack in chain (Figure 2, Item 2).
5.
Hook snap (Figure 2, Item 1) to chain (Figure 2, Item 2) to secure spare tire and wheel assembly (Figure 2, Item 3).
00022
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 2. Spare Tire and Wheel Assembly.
447-0046
022
0022-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CHAPTER 8
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
GENERAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
General, Work Safety, Cleaning Instructions,
Inspection Instructions, Repair Instructions, Tagging Wires and Hoses,
Corrosion Protection, Electrical Schematic
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Brush, scrub (Item 2, WP 0085)
Cleaning compound, solvent, type III (Item 3, WP 0085)
0
0
Cloth, abrasive (Item 4, WP 0085)
Detergent, general purpose, liquid (Item 5, WP 0085)
0
0
0
Materials/Parts - Continued
Rag, wiping (Item 13, WP 0085)
Rust inhibitor (Item 14, WP 0085)
Tag, marker (Item 16, WP 0085)
UV wood protector (Item 18, WP 0085)
References
TB 9-2510-242-40
TM 9-214
TM 9-247
WARNING
For service and repair tasks on the semitrailer, the ground boards and tire chocks should be used to ensure safe coupling and prevent semitrailer movement. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
GENERAL
00023
1.
This work package contains general shop practices and specific methods you must be familiar with to properly maintain your semitrailer. You should read and understand these practices and methods before performing any maintenance tasks.
2.
Before beginning a task, find out how much repair, modification, or replacement is needed to fix the equipment.
Sometimes the reason for equipment failure can be seen right away, and complete teardown is not necessary. Disassemble equipment only as far as necessary to repair or replace damaged or broken parts.
3.
Resources are not listed in the initial setup unless they apply to the procedure.
4.
All tags and forms attached to equipment must be checked to learn the reason for equipment’s removal from service.
Modification Work Orders (MWOs) and Technical Bulletins (TBs) must also be checked for equipment changes and updates.
5.
In some cases, a part may be damaged by removal. If the part appears to be good, and other parts behind it are not defective, leave it on and continue with the procedure. Here are a few simple rules: a.
Do not remove dowel pins or studs unless loose, bent, broken, or otherwise damaged.
b.
Do not remove bearings or bushings unless damaged. If you need to remove them to access parts behind, pull bearings and bushings out carefully.
c.
Replace all gaskets, seals, preformed packings, lockwashers, cotter pins, and other locking hardware.
d.
Ensure all parts are lubricated as specified in WP 0067.
END OF TASK
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0023-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0023
WORK SAFETY
1.
Observe all WARNINGs, CAUTIONs, and NOTEs. Always use power tools carefully.
2.
Protect yourself against injury. Wear protective gear such as safety goggles or lenses, safety shoes, rubber apron, and gloves.
3.
When lifting heavy parts, have someone help you. Ensure that lifting/stabilizing equipment is working properly, is suitable for the assigned task, and is secure against slipping.
4.
All maintenance should be performed with: a.
Prime mover in Neutral with parking brake engaged, if attached.
b.
Prime mover engine stopped, if attached.
c.
Chocked front and rear of tires.
d.
Ground boards emplaced.
END OF TASK
CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
00023
00023
WARNING
Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents can injure personnel and damage equipment.
CAUTION
1.
General.
Do not use high-pressure water or steam to clean semitrailer. Use only low-pressure water and bristled brushes. Be especially careful when cleaning electrical system components to include lighting. Damage or impaired operation will result if this caution is not observed.
Cleaning instructions will be the same for a majority of parts and components that make up the semitrailer. The following should apply to all cleaning operations: a.
Clean all parts before inspection, after repair, and before assembly.
b.
Keep hands free of grease which can collect dust, dirt, and grit.
c.
After cleaning, all parts should be covered or wrapped to protect them from dust and dirt. Parts that are subject to rust should be lightly oiled.
2.
Castings, Forgings, and Machined Metal Parts.
WARNING
Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type III is an environmentally compliant and low toxic material. However, it may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in well-ventilated areas. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to follow this warning may cause injury or death to personnel.
a.
Clean inner and outer surfaces with solvent cleaning compound.
b.
Remove grease and accumulated deposits with a stiff bristle brush.
0023-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0023
CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUED
WARNING
Particles blown by compressed air are hazardous. DO NOT exceed 15 psi (103 kPa) nozzle pressure when drying parts with compressed air. Use a maximum of 30 psi (207 kPa) when cleaning components. DO NOT direct compressed air against human skin. To prevent injury, user must wear protective goggles or face shield. Make sure air stream is directed away from user and other personnel in the area. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury to personnel.
c.
Clear all threaded holes with compressed air to remove dirt and cleaning fluids.
3.
Grease Seals, Electrical Cables, and Flexible Hoses.
CAUTION
Do not wash grease seals, electrical harnesses, and flexible hoses with solvent cleaning compound or mineral spirits. Serious damage or destruction of material would result.
Wash electrical cables and flexible hoses with a solution of detergent and water and wipe dry with clean rags.
4.
Bearings.
Clean bearings in accordance with TM 9-214.
END OF TASK
INSPECTION INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
All damaged areas should be marked for repair or replacement.
All components and parts must be carefully checked to determine if they are serviceable for use, can be repaired, or must be scrapped.
1.
Inspect drilled and tapped (threaded) holes for the following: a.
Wear, distortion, cracks, and any other damage in or around hole.
b.
Threaded areas for wear, distortion (stretching), and evidence of cross-threading.
2.
Inspect metal lines, flexible lines (hoses), and metal fittings for the following: a.
Metal lines for sharp kinks, cracks, bad bends, and dents.
b.
Flexible lines for fraying, evidence of leakage, and loose metal fittings or connectors.
c.
Metal fittings and connectors for thread damage and worn or rounded hex heads.
3.
Inspect castings, forgings, and machined metal parts for the following: a.
Machined surfaces for nicks, burrs, raised metal, wear, and other damage.
b.
Inner and outer surfaces for breaks and cracks.
4.
Inspect bearings in accordance with TM 9-214.
END OF TASK
00023
0023-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0023
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS
00023
Any repair procedure peculiar to a specific part or component is covered in the section relating to that item. After repair, clean all parts thoroughly to prevent dirt, metal chips, or other foreign material from entering any working parts.
1.
Repair casting, forgings, and machined metal parts using the following instructions: a.
Repair minor cracked casting or forgings in accordance with TB 9-2510-242-40.
WARNING
Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type III is an environmentally compliant and low toxic material. However, it may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in well-ventilated areas. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to follow this warning may cause injury or death to personnel.
b.
Repair minor damage to machined surfaces with a fine mill file or an abrasive cloth dipped in cleaning compound.
c.
Replace any deeply nicked machined surface that could affect the assembly operation.
d.
Repair minor damage to threaded capscrew holes with thread tap of same size to prevent cutting oversize.
2.
After repair, clean all parts thoroughly to prevent dirt, metal chips, or other foreign material from entering any working parts.
END OF TASK
TAGGING WIRES AND HOSES
1.
As soon as the first wire, hose, or tube is disconnected, write number “1” on two tags. Secure one tag to the wire, hose, or tube and the other tag to the terminal, nipple, or fitting. After disconnecting the second wire, hose, or tube, write number “2” on two tags. Secure one tag to the wire, hose, or tube, and the second tag to the terminal, nipple, or fitting. Do the same for all wires, hoses, and tubes.
2.
Note which numbers you used, in pencil, on the illustrations in this manual. This will help you to accurately re-tag, if tags are removed to perform cleaning and maintenance work.
3.
Remove all tags when finished.
00023
END OF TASK
CORROSION PROTECTION
00023
1.
General Instructions.
a.
To ensure a long operational life for the semitrailer, the following is presented to assist maintenance personnel. This is not meant to supersede or replace current support operations or authorized publications. Worldwide operations present many environmental impacts on the semitrailer from salt water to ice/snow melt chemicals.
b.
Areas of conflict have their own ways of ventilating and damaging the semitrailer. All these impacts add up to shortened operational life.
2.
Tips.
a.
Keep the semitrailer clean, which will allow for more complete inspection of welds and components. Use lowpressure water, cleaning detergent, and brushes for cleaning.
b.
Flush out undercarriages, suspensions, and wheel ends with clean, low-pressure water if operating in a salt environment, especially fording, as soon as the mission allows.
c.
Keep debris out of wheel ends and twistlock pockets.
d.
Annually clean deck wood and roll/spray on boiled linseed oil or a good commercial UV wood protector. Apply to top areas of deck wood.
0023-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0023
CORROSION PROTECTION - CONTINUED e.
Protect all exterior areas from rust—clean off rust, prime metal, and paint area.
f.
work when needed.
g.
Keep bolster plate drain holes free of grease and debris so they drain/air out freely to prevent interior corrosion.
3.
Corrosion Protection.
If paint has worn off or damage/repair has taken it off the undercarriage, frame, fillets, gussets, or any other protected area, re-coat with rust inhibitor and CARC paint.
4.
Kingpin and Bolster Plate.
If the kingpin is replaced, inspect the interior structure for rust. Clean and protect the interior with rust inhibitor; do not plug up bolster plate drain holes. Make sure all welds are protected inside and out. Inspect the kingpin and bolster plate in accordance with PMCS requirements.
5.
Protection Scheduling.
It is a good idea to periodically take a look at the paint, especially after off-road operations. The following is suggested: a.
Monthly: Examine the condition of the paint.
b.
Annually: Clean rusted area down to bare metal. Apply rust inhibitor and top coat with CARC paint.
If operating in a salt or road chemical environment, you should wash semitrailer with clean, low-pressure water, dry, prime, and paint unprotected areas if conditions permit.
END OF TASK
0023-5
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
WIRE CONNECTORS REPAIR
Male Connector Repair, Female Connector Repair, Terminal
Replacement, Circuit Marker Band Replacement
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Shop equipment, common No. 1 (Item 1, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Insulating varnish, electrical (Item 8, WP 0085)
0
0
WARNING
Disconnect electrical power source before performing any maintenance on the electrical system.
Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
If necessary, slide marker bands away from the connector.
-
0024-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0024
MALE CONNECTOR REPAIR
1.
Slide shell (Figure 1, Item 1) up wire lead (Figure 1, Item 2) until clear of contact (Figure 1, Item 3) and slotted washer (Figure 1, Item 4).
2.
Remove slotted washer (Figure 1, Item 4).
3.
Slide shell (Figure 1, Item 1) off over contact (Figure 1, Item 3).
NOTE
If replacing shell only, skip steps 4, 5, and 7.
4.
Cut wire lead (Figure 1, Item 2) as close as possible to contact (Figure 1, Item 3).
5.
Strip insulation from wire lead (Figure 1, Item 2) equal to depth of new contact (Figure 1, Item 3).
6.
Slide new shell (Figure 1, Item 1) on wire lead (Figure 1, Item 2).
7.
Slide wire lead (Figure 1, Item 2) end in new contact (Figure 1, Item 3). Crimp contact to wire lead. Apply insulating compound to wire lead.
8.
Place slotted washer (Figure 1, Item 4) on wire lead (Figure 1, Item 2) at contact (Figure 1, Item 3).
9.
Slide shell (Figure 1, Item 1) down wire lead (Figure 1, Item 2) until slotted washer (Figure 1, Item 4) seats.
00024
447-0048
Figure 1. Male Connector.
10. Apply insulating compound to outside of female connector shell. Push connector halves together until seated.
11. Connect power. Test semitrailer lights for proper operation.
END OF TASK
024
0024-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0024
FEMALE CONNECTOR REPAIR
1.
Slide shell (Figure 2, Item 5) and insulator (Figure 2, Item 6) up wire lead (Figure 2, Item 7) until clear of terminal (Figure 2, Item 8).
2.
Cut wire lead (Figure 2, Item 7) as close as possible to terminal (Figure 2, Item 8).
3.
Slide insulator (Figure 2, Item 6) and shell (Figure 2, Item 5) off wire lead (Figure 2, Item 7).
4.
Strip insulation from wire lead (Figure 2, Item 7) l/8 in. from end.
5.
Slide shell (Figure 2, Item 5) and insulator (Figure 2, Item 6) on wire lead (Figure 2, Item 7).
6.
Slide wire lead (Figure 2, Item 7) end in terminal (Figure 2, Item 8). Crimp terminal to wire lead. Apply insulating compound to end of wire lead.
7.
Slide insulator (Figure 2, Item 6) and shell (Figure 2, Item 5) over terminal (Figure 2, Item 8) until seated.
8.
Apply insulating compound to outside of female connector shell (Figure 2, Item 5). Push connector halves together until seated.
00024
Figure 2. Female Connector.
9.
Connect power. Test semitrailer lights for proper operation.
END OF TASK
447-0049
024
0024-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
TERMINAL REPLACEMENT
NOTE
This procedure is typical for ring-type and quick-disconnect terminals. Procedure shown is for ring
(grounding) terminal.
1.
Cut wire lead (Figure 3, Item 9) as close as possible to terminal (Figure 3, Item 10). Discard terminal.
2.
Strip insulation from wire lead (Figure 3, Item 9) equal to depth of new terminal (Figure 3, Item 10).
3.
Slide wire lead (Figure 3, Item 9) end in new terminal (Figure 3, Item 10). Crimp terminal to wire lead.
4.
Connect terminal.
5.
Connect power. Test semitrailer lights for proper operation.
0024
00024
Figure 3. Terminal.
447-0050
024
END OF TASK
CIRCUIT MARKER BAND REPLACEMENT
00024
1.
Using flat-tip screwdriver, open tab ends (Figure 4, Item 11) on marker band (Figure 4, Item 12). Remove from wire lead (Figure 4, Item 13), note circuit number, and discard marker band.
2.
Etch proper number on new marker band (Figure 4, Item 12).
3.
Place new circuit marker band (Figure 4, Item 12) on wire lead (Figure 4, Item 13). Bend tab ends (Figure 4, Item 11) over wire lead.
4.
Connect power.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
447-0051
Figure 4. Circuit Marker Band.
0024-4
024
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
BLACKOUT LIGHTS REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Grease, dielectric (silicone) (Item 7, WP 0085)
0
Lockwasher (4)
0
0
References
Electrical schematic (WP 0023)
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
WARNING
Disconnect electrical power source before performing any maintenance on the electrical system.
Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
• Right and left blackout lights are removed and installed the same way. This procedure covers one blackout light.
•
See WP 0093 for technical data on lighting.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0025-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
REMOVAL
1.
Disconnect two connectors.
2.
Remove two nuts (Figure 1, Item 3), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 2), and blackout light (Figure 1, Item 1).
Discard lockwashers.
0025
00025
447-0052
Figure 1. Blackout Lights.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Install blackout light (Figure 1, Item 1), two new lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 2), and nuts (Figure 1, Item 3).
2.
Apply dielectric grease on pins and then connect two connectors.
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
4.
Connect power source and test blackout lights for proper operation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
025
00025
00025
0025-2
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
CLEARANCE LIGHTS REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Antiseize compound (Item 1, WP 0085)
Grease, dielectric (silicone) (Item 7, WP 0085)
0
0
Screw, self-tapping (20)
0
0
References
Electrical schematic (WP 0023)
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
WARNING
Disconnect electrical power source before performing any maintenance on the electrical system.
Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
• There are nine clearance lights on the semitrailer. The two front clearance lights (Figure 1, Item 2) are held in place with three self-tapping screws. The seven remaining side and rear clearance lights
(Figure 1, Item 1) use two self-tapping screws each. This procedure removes and installs one front clearance light; the remaining clearance lights are removed and installed the same way.
•
See WP 0093 for technical data on lighting.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0026-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
REMOVAL
1.
Disconnect wiring harness from clearance light connector behind bulkhead.
2.
Remove self-tapping screws (Figure 1, Item 3) and clearance light (Figure 1, Item 1 or 2). Discard screws.
0026
00026
447-0053
Figure 1. Clearance Lights.
026
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Apply antiseize compound to self-tapping screws. Install clearance light (Figure 1, Item 1 or 2) and three new self- tapping screws (Figure 1, Item 3).
2.
Apply dielectric grease to wiring harness pins. Connect wiring harness connector to clearance light connector behind bulkhead.
00026
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Connect power source and test clearance lights for proper operation.
END OF TASK
00026
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0026-2
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
LED TAILLIGHTS REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Antiseize compound (Item 1, WP 0085)
Grease, dielectric (silicone) (Item 7, WP 0085)
0
0
Screw, self-tapping (12)
0
0
References
Electrical schematic (WP 0023)
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
WARNING
Disconnect electrical power source before performing any maintenance on the electrical system.
Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
• There are four taillights and they are removed and installed the same way. This procedure covers one taillight.
•
See WP 0093 for technical data on lighting.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0027-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Only the two outer taillights have ground wires.
1.
Disconnect taillight connector from wiring harness connector behind bulkhead.
2.
Disconnect ground wire from taillight behind bulkhead, if necessary.
3.
Remove three self-tapping screws (Figure 1, Item 2) and taillight (Figure 1, Item 1). Discard screws.
0027
00027
447-0004
Figure 1. Taillight.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Use a light coat of antiseize compound on screws. Install taillight (Figure 1, Item 1) with three new self-tapping screws (Figure 1, Item 2).
2.
Connect ground wire to taillight, if necessary.
3.
Use dielectric grease on pins. Connect taillight connector to wiring harness connector behind bulkhead.
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
4.
Connect power source and test taillights for proper operation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
027
00027
00027
0027-2
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
RECEPTACLE CONVERTER BOX REPLACEMENT (M871R AND M871A1R)
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Grease, dielectric (silicone) (Item 7, WP 0085)
0
Screw, self-tapping (4)
0
0
References
Electrical Schematic (WP 0023)
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
WARNING
Disconnect electrical power source before performing any maintenance on the electrical system.
Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
CAUTION
The semitrailer’s converter box and electrical system will be damaged if the 12 V (7 pin) and 24V
(12 pin) cables are plugged in at the same time. Do not plug both the 12V (7 pin) and 24V (12 pin) cables in at the same time. Failure to comply may result in equipment damage.
NOTE
See WP 0089 for technical data on the receptacle converter box.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0028-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
REMOVAL
1.
Remove four self-tapping screws (Figure 1, Item 1) and pull out receptacle converter box (Figure 1, Item 2) from semitrailer. Discard self-tapping screws.
0028
00028
447-0203
M871R M871A1R
Figure 1. Receptacle Converter Box.
2.
Disconnect cable (Figure 2, Item 3) from semitrailer wiring harness and remove receptacle converter box
(Figure 2, Item 2) from semitrailer.
3.
Remove cable (Figure 2, Item 3) from receptacle converter box (Figure 2, Item 2).
028
447-0204
Figure 2. Cable.
028
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
00028
1.
Install cable (Figure 2, Item 3) on receptacle converter box (Figure 2, Item 2).
2.
Connect cable (Figure 2, Item 3) to semitrailer wiring harness and position receptacle converter box (Figure 2, Item 1) on semitrailer.
3.
Install four new self-tapping screws (Figure 1, Item 1) securing receptacle converter box (Figure 1, Item 2) to semitrailer.
END OF TASK
0028-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
4.
Connect power source and test receptacle converter box for proper operation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0028
00028
0028-3/(4 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
RECEPTACLE CONVERTER BOX AND NOSE PLATE REPLACEMENT (M871A2R)
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Grease, dielectric (silicone) (Item 7, WP 0085)
0
Locknut (4)
0
Screw, self-tapping (6)
0
0
References
Electrical schematic (WP 0023)
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
WARNING
Disconnect electrical power source before performing any maintenance on the electrical system.
Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
CAUTION
The semitrailer’s converter box and electrical system will be damaged if the 12V (7 pin) and 24V
(12 pin) cables are plugged in at the same time. Do not plug both the 12V (7 pin) and 24V (12 pin) cables in at the same time. Failure to comply may result in equipment damage.
NOTE
See WP 0089 for technical data on the receptacle converter box.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0029-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Two of the six self-tapping screws also secure the gladhands.
1.
Remove six self-tapping screws (Figure 1, Item 1) and pull out nose plate (Figure 1, Item 2) as a unit. Discard self-tapping screws.
0029
00029
447-0001
Figure 1. Nose Plate.
2.
Remove nut (Figure 2, Item 8) and disconnect ground wire (Figure 2, Item 6).
3.
Disconnect hoses (Figure 2, Item 3 and 7).
4.
Disconnect cable (Figure 2, Item 5) from wiring harness (Figure 2, Item 4) and remove nose plate (Figure 2, Item 2) as a unit.
029
447-0002
Figure 2. Ground Wire/Wiring Harness/Hoses.
0029-2
029
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0029
REMOVAL - CONTINUED
5.
Remove cable (Figure 3, Item 5) from receptacle converter box (Figure 3, Item 9).
6.
Remove four locknuts (Figure 3, Item 10), bolts (Figure 3, Item 11), and receptacle converter box (Figure 3, Item 9) from nose plate (Figure 3, Item 2). Discard locknuts.
447-0003
Figure 3. Receptacle Converter Box and Cable.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Install receptacle converter box (Figure 3, Item 9), four bolts (Figure 3, Item 11), and new locknuts (Figure 3,
Item 10) on nose plate (Figure 3, Item 2).
2.
Install cable (Figure 3, Item 5) on receptacle converter box (Figure 3, Item 9).
3.
Connect cable (Figure 2, Item 5) to wiring harness (Figure 2, Item 4).
4.
Connect hoses (Figure 2, Items 7 and 3) if disconnected.
5.
Connect ground wire (Figure 2, Item 6) and install nut (Figure 2, Item 8).
6.
Install nose plate (Figure 1, Item 2) as a unit and install six new self-tapping screws (Figure 1, Item 1).
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
4.
Connect power source and test receptacle converter box for proper operation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
029
00029
00029
0029-3/(4 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
WIRING HARNESSES REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Grease, dielectric (silicone) (Item 7, WP 0085)
0
0
References
Electrical schematic (WP 0023)
0
0
0
References - Continued
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Electrical power disconnected from semitrailer
0
Tires chocked
0
Ground boards emplaced
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
WARNING
Disconnect electrical power source before performing any maintenance on the electrical system.
Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
CAUTION
Use dielectric grease on all electrical connection(s) and grounds to prevent corrosion. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
See WP 0105 for technical data on ABS/ECU brake system.
-
0030-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0030
REMOVAL (REAR TO FRONT)
00030
1.
Remove two wiring harnesses (Figure 1, Item 1) from taillights, side clearance lights, and rear wiring harness
(Figure 1, Item 4).
2.
Remove wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 2) from two BO lights and BO socket wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 6).
3.
Remove wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 3) from rear clearance lights and rear wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 4).
4.
Remove ABS main wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 5) from ABS warning light, rear wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 4), and main wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 10).
NOTE
Excess wire is stored in left-front underside pocket (refer to WP 0041, Figure 1) for M871R.
Excess wire is stored in receptacle converter box compartment (refer to WP 0028, Figure 1) for
M871A1R. Excess wire is stored in nose plate box compartment (refer to WP 0029, Figure 1) for
M871A2R.
5.
Remove midturn ABS wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 7) from two midside clearance lights and main wiring harness
(Figure 1, Item 10).
6.
Remove two PL10 wiring harnesses (Figure 1, Item 9) from front clearance lights and two PL10 marker wiring harnesses
(Figure 1, Item 8).
7.
Remove two PL10 marker wiring harnesses (Figure 1, Item 8) from BO socket wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 6).
8.
Remove BO socket wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 6) and main wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 10).
9.
Remove damaged grommets (Figure 1, Items 11 thru 13), as necessary.
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Wiring Harnesses.
0030-2
447-0054
030
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0030
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Excess wire is stored in left-front underside pocket (refer to WP 0041, Figure 1) for M871R.
Excess wire is stored in receptacle converter box compartment (refer to WP 0028, Figure 1) for
M871A1R. Excess wire is stored in nose plate box compartment (refer to WP 0029, Figure 1) for
M871A2R.
1.
Replace any damaged grommets (Figure 1, Items 11 thru 13), as necessary.
00030
NOTE
Use dielectric grease on all pins.
2.
Install BO socket wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 6) and main wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 10).
3.
Install two PL10 marker wiring harnesses (Figure 1, Item 8) to BO socket wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 6).
4.
Install two PL10 wiring harnesses (Figure 1, Item 9) to two front marker lights and two PL10 marker wiring harnesses
(Figure 1, Item 8).
5.
Install midturn ABS wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 7) to two midside clearance lights and main wiring harness
(Figure 1, Item 10).
6.
Install ABS main wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 5) to ABS warning light, rear wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 4), and main wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 10).
7.
Install wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 3) to rear clearance lights and rear wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 4).
8.
Install wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 2) to two BO lights and BO light wiring harness (Figure 1, Item 6).
9.
Install two wiring harnesses (Figure 1, Item 1) to taillights, side clearance lights, and rear wiring harness
(Figure 1, Item 4).
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
4.
Check to ensure lighting system is operational.
END OF TASK
00030
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0030-3/(4 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
SERVICE BRAKES - S-CAMSHAFT REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Jack stands
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Grease, automotive and artillery (GAA)
Lockwasher (4)
O-ring (2)
Retaining ring
0
0
0
0
0
References
Equipment Conditions
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Axles supported by jack stands
Tires and wheels removed (WP 0021)
WARNING
• Before performing any work on the spring brake system, chock the wheels front and rear to prevent semitrailer movement. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury or death to personnel.
• All brake chambers must be caged before working on the brake system to prevent serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
• The axle must be firmly supported to prevent shifting of the semitrailer. Shifting may cause serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
• Clean and check all S-camshaft brake components for wear and damage. Replace worn or damaged parts. At Triennial Service replace all O-rings, bushings, retainers, snap rings, lockwashers, and brackets on each axle end. Failure to comply could cause injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
NOTE
• There are four brake S-camshafts (two left and two right) and they are removed and installed the same way. Right and left does not mean left and/or right side. Left or right S-camshaft is specific to
S-camshaft rotation in operation (see WP 0107). This procedure covers one brake S-camshaft.
•
S-camshafts and related parts are to be lubricated in accordance with WP 0067.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0031-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0031
REMOVAL
1.
Remove snap ring (Figure 1, Item 7) and retaining ring (Figure 1, Item 8) from S-camshaft (Figure 1, Item 1).
Discard retaining ring.
2.
Remove S-camshaft (Figure 1, Item 1), washer (Figure 1, Item 2), two washers (Figure 1, Item 3), washer
(Figure 1, Item 6), spacer (Figure 1, Item 10), and washer (Figure 1, Item 9) from bushing retainer (Figure 1, Item 4).
3.
Remove four screws (Figure 1, Item 5) and bushing retainer (Figure 1, Item 4).
4.
Remove four screws (Figure 1, Item 11), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 12), washers (Figure 1, Item 13), retainer bushing
(Figure 1, Item 15), bushing bracket (Figure 1, Item 17), two O-rings (Figure 1, Item 16), and retainer bushing
(Figure 1, Item 18). Discard lockwashers and O-rings. Check for worn bushings.
5.
Remove lubrication fitting (Figure 1, Item 14) from retainer bushing (Figure 1, Item 15).
00031
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Service Brakes - S-Camshaft.
447-0055
031
0031-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0031
INSTALLATION
1.
Install lubrication fitting (Figure 1, Item 14) on retainer bushing (Figure 1, Item 15).
2.
Lube zerk fittings (see WP 0067).
3.
Install retainer bushing (18), bushing bracket (Figure 1, Item 17), two new O-rings (Figure 1, Item 16), and retainer bushing (Figure 1, Item 15) onto S-camshaft (Figure 1, Item 1) with four new lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 12), washers
(Figure 1, Item 13), and screws (Figure 1, Item 11).
4.
Install bushing retainer (Figure 1, Item 4) and four screws (Figure 1, Item 5).
5.
Lightly lube S-camshaft lobes with GAA grease. Wipe off excess grease.
6.
Install S-camshaft (Figure 1, Item 1) with washer (Figure 1, Item 2), two washers (Figure 1, Item 3), washer
(Figure 1, Item 6), spacer (Figure 1, Item 10), and washer (Figure 1, Item 9).
7.
Install S-camshaft (Figure 1, Item 1), snap ring (Figure 1, Item 7), and new retaining ring (Figure 1, Item 8).
00031
END OF TASK
FOLLOW -ON TASKS
1.
Install brake shoes (WP 0032).
2.
3.
Install tire and wheel (WP 0021).
4.
Remove jack stands from axles.
5.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
6.
Road test to check for safe operation.
END OF TASK
00031
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0031-3/(4 blank)
10
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
SERVICE BRAKES - SHOES AND LINING REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation, Dust Shield Removal and Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Jack stands
0
0
Materials/Parts
Grease, automotive and artillery (GAA) (Item 6, WP
0
0
0
0
References
Equipment Conditions
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires and wheels removed (WP 0021)
Ground boards emplaced
WARNING
Clean and check service brakes and all brake components for wear and damage. Replace worn or damaged parts. At triennial service replace all springs, pins, rollers, clips, and bushings on each axle end. Failure to comply may cause injury to personnel and damage to the equipment.
CAUTION
Do not allow lining surfaces to become contaminated with any lubrication. Failure to comply could cause damage to equipment.
NOTE
• There are four brake shoe assemblies and they are removed and installed the same way. This procedure covers one brake shoe assembly.
• Balance repairs on both axle ends.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0032-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0032
WARNING
• Jack must be positioned directly under axle to prevent slippage. Direct all personnel to stay clear of semitrailer when semitrailer is supported in the air. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment.
• To prevent shifting of semitrailer, floor jack should be used only on a hard, level surface. Use ground boards, if necessary. Chock tires. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
REMOVAL
00032
1.
Support axle on both sides with jack stands.
2.
Push S-camshaft end of lower shoe and lining (Figure 1, Item 10) down. Pull lower roller retainer (Figure 1, Item 3) to remove roller (Figure 1, Item 2) and retainer.
3.
Lift S-camshaft end of upper shoe and lining (Figure 1, Item 10). Pull upper roller retainer (Figure 1, Item 3) to remove top roller (Figure 1, Item 2) and retainer.
4.
Lift free end of lower shoe and lining (Figure 1, Item 10) and remove return spring (Figure 1, Item 4).
5.
Swing free end of lower shoe and lining (Figure 1, Item 10) away from S-camshaft to release tension on retaining springs
(Figure 1, Item 11).
6.
Remove two retaining springs (Figure 1, Item 11) and shoes and linings (Figure 1, Item 10).
7.
Remove two anchor pins (Figure 1, Item 5).
8.
Use a hammer and suitable driver to remove two bushings (Figure 1, Item 6) from spider.
0032-2
REMOVAL - CONTINUED
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0032
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Service Brakes - Shoes and Lining.
447-0056
032
0032-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0032
INSTALLATION
00032
1.
Drive two new bushings (Figure 2, Item 6) into spider.
2.
3.
Place upper shoe and lining (Figure 2, Item 10) in position on top anchor pin (Figure 2, Item 5).
4.
Install new anchor pins (Figure 2, Item 2), retainers (Figure 2, Item 3), and springs (Figure 2, Items 4 and 11) at each shoe and lining replacement.
5.
Hold lower shoe and lining (Figure 2, Item 10) against bottom anchor pin (Figure 2, Item 5) and install two retainer springs (Figure 2, Item 4).
6.
Swing free end of lower shoe and lining (Figure 2, Item 10) to S-camshaft, pull shoe and lining up, and install return spring (Figure 2, Item 4) on both shoe and lining (Figure 2, Item 10) pins.
7.
Install roller retainer (Figure 1, Item 3) on bottom roller (Figure 2, Item 2).
8.
Install S-camshaft end of lower shoe and lining (Figure 1, Item 10) down.
9.
Squeeze sides of roller retainer (Figure 2, Item 3) together so it fits between lower shoe and lining (Figure 2, Item 10) webs. Position bottom roller (Figure 2, Item 2) on webs and push roller retainer (Figure 2, Item 3) between shoe and lining webs until it locks into web holes.
10. Install roller retainer (Figure 2, Item 3) on top roller (Figure 2, Item 2).
11. Pull S-camshaft end of upper shoe and lining (Figure 2, Item 10) up.
12. Squeeze sides of roller retainer (Figure 2, Item 3) together so it fits between upper shoe and lining webs. Position top roller (Figure 2, Item 2) on webs and push roller retainer (Figure 2, Item 3) between shoe and lining webs.
13. Adjust automatic slack adjusters manually as required.
0032-4
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0032
END OF TASK
Figure 2. Service Brakes - Shoes and Lining.
447-0056
032
0032-5
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
DUST SHIELD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1.
Remove the drum or move it outboard of the brake spider.
0032
00032
447-0057
Figure 3. Drum.
2.
Assemble the filler plate onto the brake spider as shown. The tab on the filler plate must be hooked over the edge of the brake spider.
032
Figure 4. Filler Plate.
447-0058
032
0032-6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
DUST SHIELD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
3.
Install the two self-tapping bolts to secure the filler plate on the brake spider.
0032
Figure 5. Self-Tapping Screws.
447-0059
4.
Assemble the large C-section of the dust shield onto the brake spider and over the filler plate studs. Install the two selftapping bolts to hold the C-section onto the brake spider.
032
447-0060
Figure 6. C-Section of Dust Shield.
032
0032-7
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0032
DUST SHIELD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
5.
Install the two nuts onto the filler plate studs to secure the filler plate to the C-section of the dust shield.
6.
Reposition the brake drum tight against the hub flange and check for any dust shield interferences. If there are any light interference conditions, the dust shield can be slightly displaced by using a small pry bar between the drum and dust shield in the area where they are rubbing.
Figure 7. Filler Plate.
7.
Ensure plugs (Figure 8, Item 12) are installed.
447-0061
032
END OF TASK
Figure 8. Plugs.
447-0198
032
0032-8
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
2.
Install tire and wheel (WP 0021).
3.
Remove jack stands.
4.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
5.
Raise landing legs.
6.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
7.
Road test to check for proper/safe operation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0032
00032
0032-9/(10 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
HUBS AND DRUMS REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Shop equipment, automotive maintenance and
0
0
Torque wrench, 0 to 200 lb-in. (0 to 22.6 Nm)
0
Floor jacks
Jack stands
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Oil, lubricating (Item 11, WP 0085)
Gasket (4)
Keeper arm
0
0
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts - Continued
Lockwasher (24)
Seal (4)
References
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires and wheels removed (WP 0021)
Ground boards emplaced
WARNING
• Jack must be positioned directly under axle to prevent slippage. Direct all personnel to stay clear of semitrailer when semitrailer is supported in the air. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment.
• To prevent shifting of semitrailer, floor jack should be used only on a hard, level surface. Use ground boards, if necessary. Chock tires. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
• ABS tone ring is part of hub assembly not a separate item of supply.
• There are four sets of hub and drums on the semitrailer. This procedure removes and installs one complete set.
• Repair, turning, and final disposition of drums are Direct Support tasks.
•
Brake drums may be re-bored at Direct Support. Reference WP 0106.
•
See WP 0067, WP 0097, WP 0102, WP 0105, and WP 0108 for technical data on brakes.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0033-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0033
REMOVAL
1.
Remove brake drum (Figure 1, Item 14) and 10 wheel studs (Figure 1, Item 4) from hub (Figure 1, Item 3).
2.
Remove six screws (Figure 1, Item 13), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 12), hubcap (Figure 1, Item 11), and gasket
(Figure 1, Item 10) from hub (Figure 1, Item 3). Discard lockwashers and gasket.
3.
keeper arm.
4.
Remove outer cone and rollers (Figure 1, Item 1), inner tapered roller cup (Figure 1, Item 2), hub (Figure 1, Item 3), tapered cup (Figure 1, Item 5), cone and rollers (Figure 1, Item 6), and seal (Figure 1, Item 7). Discard seal.
00033
447-0062
Figure 1. Hub and Drum.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Seal is tool-installed, pressed into hub, and must not be cocked or distorted. Spindle must be clean.
Failure to comply could cause damage to equipment.
NOTE
Grease seal is installed in hub. Use of a seal installation tool is the best method for installation of seal.
1.
Install new seal (Figure 1, Item 7), cone and rollers (Figure 1, Item 6), tapered cup (Figure 1, Item 5), hub (Figure 1, Item 3), tapered roller cup (Figure 1, Item 2), and cone and rollers (Figure 1, Item 1) onto spindle.
2.
00033
033
0033-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0033
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
NOTE
Tighten hubcap fasteners to 15 lb-ft (20.3 Nm).
3.
Install new gasket (Figure 1, Item 10) and hubcap (Figure 1, Item 11) onto hub (Figure 1, Item 3) using six new lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 12) and screws (Figure 1, Item 13). Gasket should be dry.
WARNING
Do not get oil on mounting face of drum or wheel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
• All flange nuts and studs are right-hand threads.
• Apply two drops of oil between nut and flange.
• Apply two drops of oil to last two or three threads at end of each stud.
• Using oil, lightly lubricate pilots on hub to ease wheel and removal and installation.
4.
Seat brake drum (Figure 1, Item 14) onto hub (Figure 1, Item 3) using 10 wheel studs (Figure 1, Item 4) as guides. Do not damage threads.
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Install tires and wheels (WP 0021).
2.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
3.
Raise landing legs.
4.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
5.
Road test to check for safe operation.
END OF TASK
00033
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0033-3/(4 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
AUTOMATIC SLACK ADJUSTERS MAINTENANCE
Removal, Installation, Adjustment
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Jack stands
0
0
References
0
0
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
WARNING
Do not use any great with Teflon, over 3% molysulfide content, or “white” great in the automatic slack adjusters. These lubricants will adversely affect the friction clutch and cause it not to hold the adjustment, resulting in premature failure, injury to personnel, and damage to equipment.
CAUTION
• Electrical or pneumatic tools shall not be used for slack adjustment.
• Initial adjustments procedure starts with measurement not tear-down.
• Failure to comply could cause damage to equipment.
NOTE
There are four slack adjusters and they are removed and installed the same way. This procedure covers one slack adjuster.
0
0
0
0
0
-
0034-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0034
REMOVAL
1.
See WP 0110 for technical data on automatic slack adjuster.
2.
Remove nut (Figure 1, Item 4), bracket (Figure 1, Item 5), stud (Figure 1, Item 3), and bushing (Figure 1, Item 2) from slack adjuster (Figure 1, Item 1).
00034
447-0063
Figure 1. Automatic Slack Adjuster.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Install bushing (Figure 1, Item 2), stud (Figure 1, Item 3), bracket (Figure 1, Item 5), and nut (Figure 1, Item 4) on slack adjuster (Figure 1, Item 1).
2.
See WP 0110 for technical data on automatic slack adjustment.
END OF TASK
ADJUSTMENT
END OF TASK
034
00034
00034
0034-2
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Remove wheel chocks.
2.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
3.
Raise landing legs.
4.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
5.
Road test to ensure proper operation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0034
00034
0034-3/(4 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
ECU VALVE REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Jack stands
0
0
Materials/Parts
Sealing compound (Item 15, WP 0085)
0
0
0
0
References
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Electrical power disconnected
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked on both sides of vehicle
Ground boards emplaced
Air reservoirs drained (WP 0018)
WARNING
Wear protective goggles when underneath semitrailer. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
CAUTION
Do not use Teflon tape. Doing so could cause damage to equipment.
NOTE
See WP 0105 for technical data on air brake system.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0035-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
REMOVAL
1.
Disconnect four sensor cables from ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 2).
2.
Disconnect electrical cables from ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 2).
3.
Remove two hoses and two elbows from curbside of ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 2).
4.
Remove two pipe plugs (Figure 1, Item 3) from rear of ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 2).
5.
Remove two elbow fittings and two hoses from roadside of ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 2).
6.
Remove pipe nipple (Figure 1, Item 1) from front air reservoir and pull away ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 2) from front air reservoir.
0035
00035
447-0064
Figure 1. ECU Valve.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Apply sealing compound to threads of elbows, pipe plugs (Figure 1, Item 3), and nipple (Figure 1, Item 1). Do not use Teflon tape.
2.
Install two elbow fittings, hoses, pipe plugs (Figure 1, Item 3), and pipe nipple (Figure 1, Item 1) on ECU valve
(Figure 1, Item 2).
3.
Install ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 2) and nipple (Figure 1, Item 1) on front air reservoir.
4.
Install two elbows and hoses on curbside of ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 2).
5.
Connect all electrical cables to ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 2).
6.
Connect four sensor cables to ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 2).
END OF TASK
035
00035
0035-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
4.
Road test to check for air leaks and warning light operation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0035
00035
0035-3/(4 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
ABS BRAKE POWER CONNECTIONS REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Tiedown strap (Item 17, WP 0085)
Locknut (4)
0
0
0
References
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Electrical power disconnected
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
Air reservoirs drained (WP 0018)
WARNING
Wear protective goggles when underneath semitrailer. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
See WP 0105 for technical data on air brake system.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0036-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0036
REMOVAL
00036
1.
Remove four sensor clips (Figure 1, Item 10) from four sensors on inside hub of four inner wheels.
2.
Remove four sensors (Figure 1, Item 9) from inside hub of four inner wheels. Hand-install sensors or lightly push into clip using a wooden dowel rod.
3.
Disconnect four sensor cables (Figure 1, Item 8) from four sensors (Figure 1, Item 9).
4.
Disconnect four sensor cables (Figure 1, Item 8) from ECU valve.
5.
Disconnect diagnostic tool (Figure 1, Item 1) from power/diagnostic cable (Figure 1, Item 7).
6.
Disconnect power/diagnostic cable (Figure 1, Item 7) from ECU valve, power supply, and mounting bracket
(Figure 1, Item 3), removing four screws (Figure 1, Item 4), eight washers (Figure 1, Item 5), and four locknuts
(Figure 1, Item 6). Discard locknuts.
447-0065
Figure 1. ABS Brake Power Connections.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Connect diagnostic/power cable (Figure 1, Item 7) to ECU valve, power supply, and mounting bracket (Figure 1,
Item 3) with four screws (Figure 1, Item 4), eight washers (Figure 1, Item 5), and four new locknuts (Figure 1,
Item 6).
2.
Connect diagnostic tool (Figure 1, Item 1) to diagnostic/power cable (Figure 1, Item 7).
3.
Connect four sensor cables (Figure 1, Item 8) to ECU valve.
4.
Connect four sensor cables (Figure 1, Item 8) to four sensors (Figure 1, Item 9).
5.
Install four sensors (Figure 1, Item 9) on inside hubs of the four inner wheels.
6.
Secure four sensors (Figure 1, Item 9) to wheel hubs with sensor clips (Figure 1, Item 10).
036
00036
0036-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
CAUTION
Sensor cables must be strapped at the 12 o’clock or 3 o’clock position on the axle (top or rearward side of axle) to protect them during off-road operation. Use as many tiedown straps as required to ensure the cables are tightly secured to the axle ends. Failure to do so could result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
Attach nylon tiedown straps to axle allowing for easy replacement. Locking tab shall be situated within 90 degrees of axle top.
7.
Secure sensor cables (Figure 2, Item 8) to axle with nylon tiedown straps (Figure 2, Item 11).
0036
Figure 2. Sensor Cables.
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
4.
Road test to check for ABS warning light operation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
447-0066
036
00036
0036-3/(4 blank)
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
AIR LINES AND FITTINGS REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Jack stands
0
0
0
0
References
0
0
0
References - Continued
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
Air reservoirs drained (WP 0018)
WARNING
• Wear protective goggles when underneath trailer. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
• Pressurized air (100 psi/690 kPa) may cause injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
• Do not overtighten hose end brass fittings. The fittings should be installed finger tight with an additional 1 to 1-1/2 turns using a wrench. Do not twist hoses. Check for air leaks. Failure to follow this warning may cause the fittings to fail, brake lock-up, and possible injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
See WP 0096 and WP 0105 for technical data on air brake system.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0037-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0037
REMOVAL
00037
1.
Remove hose clips (Figure 1, Item 13) and hose clamps (Figure 1, Item 14) as necessary.
2.
Remove two adapters (Figure 1, Item 17) from two gladhands and remove two hoses (Figure 1, Item 16), adapters
(Figure 1, Item 15), tube adapters (Figure 1, Item 1), and tubes (Figure 1, Items 2 and 8).
3.
Remove adapter (Figure 1, Item 1) from air reservoir.
4.
Remove pipe tee (Figure 1, Item 12) from ECU valve, elbow (Figure 1, Item 3) from front air reservoir, and remove adapter (Figure 1, Item 15).
5.
Remove two elbows (Figure 1, Item 3) from front and rear air reservoirs and remove tube (Figure 1, Item 2).
6.
Remove adapter (Figure 1, Item 1) from front air reservoir.
7.
Remove tube (Figure 1, Item 8) from elbow (Figure 1, Item 3), pipe coupling (Figure 1, Item 5), and hose assembly
(Figure 1, Item 6).
8.
Remove elbow (Figure 1, Item 3), hose (Figure 1, Item 8), adapter (Figure 1, Item 1), and pipe tee (Figure 1, Item 9) from air brake chambers.
9.
Remove two elbows (Figure 1, Item 7), hose assemblies (Figure 1, Item 6), pipe couplings (Figure 1, Item 5), and elbows
(Figure 1, Item 4).
10. Remove two elbows (Figure 1, Item 3) from ECU valve and two tubes (Figure 1, Item 2).
11. Remove elbow (Figure 1, Item 3), tube (Figure 1, Item 8), adapter (Figure 1, Item 1), and pipe tee (Figure 1, Item 9) from air brake chamber.
12. Remove three elbows (Figure 1, Item 7), hose assemblies (Figure 1, Item 6), and pipe bushings (Figure 1, Item 10).
13. Remove two elbows (Figure 1, Item 7) from ECU valve.
14. Remove elbow (Figure 1, Item 7).
15. Remove two pipe plugs (Figure 1, Item 11) from control valve (WP 0040).
16. Remove two pipe plugs (Figure 1, Item 11) from ECU valve (WP 0035).
0037-2
REMOVAL - CONTINUED
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0037
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Air Lines and Fittings.
447-0067
0037-3
037
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0037
INSTALLATION
1.
Install two pipe plugs (Figure 2, Item 11) in ECU valve (WP 0035).
2.
Install two pipe plugs (Figure 2, Item 11) in control valve (WP 0040).
3.
Install elbow (Figure 2, Item 7).
4.
Install two elbows (Figure 2, Item 7) in ECU valve.
5.
Install three pipe bushings (Figure 2, Item 7), hose assemblies (Figure 2, Item 1), and elbows (Figure 2, Item 2).
6.
Install pipe tee (Figure 2, Item 9), adapter (Figure 2, Item 1), tube (Figure 2, Item 8), and elbow (Figure 2, Item 3) in air brake chamber. Do not twist hoses.
7.
Install two elbows (Figure 2, Item 3) onto ECU valve and two tubes (Figure 2, Item 2).
8.
Install two elbows (Figure 2, Item 4), pipe couplings (Figure 2, Item 5), hose assemblies (Figure 2, Item 6), and elbows
(Figure 2, Item 7) in two tubes (Figure 2, Item 8).
9.
Install pipe tee (Figure 2, Item 9), adapter (Figure 2, Item 1), hose (Figure 2, Item 8), and elbow (Figure 2, Item 3) on air brake chambers.
10. Install hose assembly (Figure 2, Item 6), pipe coupling (Figure 2, Item 5), and elbow (Figure 2, Item 4) on tube
(Figure 2, Item 8).
11. Install adapter (Figure 2, Item 1) on front air reservoir.
12. Install two elbows (Figure 2, Item 3) on front and rear air reservoirs and install tube (Figure 2, Item 2).
13. Install pipe tee (Figure 2, Item 1) on ECU valve and elbow (Figure 2, Item 3) on front air reservoir and install tube
(Figure 2, Item 15).
14. Install adapter (Figure 2, Item 22) on air reservoir.
15. Install two adapters (Figure 2, Item 1) on two gladhands and install tubes (Figure 2, Items 2 and 8).
16. Install hose clamps (Figure 2, Item 14) and hose clips (Figure 2, Item 13) as necessary.
00037
0037-4
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0037
END OF TASK
Figure 2. Air Lines and Fittings.
447-0067
0037-5
037
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
4.
Pressurize system and check for leaks.
5.
Road test system to ensure proper operation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0037
00037
0037-6
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
AIR BRAKE CHAMBERS REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Jack stands
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Cotter pin (4)
Locknut (8)
0
0
0
References
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
Air reservoirs drained (WP 0018)
WARNING
• Disassembly of air brake chambers in NOT authorized. When inspecting or caging air brake chambers, do not position yourself in front of, or in line with, the chamber. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury or death to personnel..
• Discarded air brake chambers must be safely and properly disposed of. They should be disarmed prior to disposal. Failure to disarm assembly prior to disposal may, in time, result in spontaneous release of the spring chamber and its contents, causing death, personal injury, and/or property damage.
• Before performing any work on the spring brake system, chock the wheels front and rear to prevent semitrailer movement. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Wear protective goggles when underneath trailer. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
• All brake chambers must be caged before working on the brake system to prevent serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
NOTE
•
See WP 0096 for technical data on air brake system. See WP 0110 for technical data on automatic
slack adjusters.
• There are four air brake chambers and they are removed and installed the same way. This procedure covers one air brake chamber.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0038-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0038
REMOVAL
1.
Loosen jamnut (Figure 1, Item 5). Remove cotter pin, pin, and yoke assembly (Figure 1, Item 4), and jamnut.
Discard cotter pin.
2.
Remove two locknuts (Figure 1, Item 3), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and air brake chamber (Figure 1, Item 1). Discard locknuts.
00038
447-0068
Figure 1. Air Brake Chamber.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Install air brake chamber (Figure 1, Item 1), two washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and new locknuts (Figure 1, Item 3).
2.
Install jamnut (Figure 1, Item 5), yoke assembly, pin, and new cotter pin (Figure 1, Item 4). Tighten jamnut.
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Remove tire chocks.
3.
Raise landing legs.
4.
Remove/store ground boards.
5.
Pressurize system.
6.
Check system for air leaks.
7.
Road test to check for safe opeation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
038
00038
00038
0038-2
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
AIR RESERVOIRS REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Jack stands
0
0
Materials/Parts
Locknut (8)
0
0
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
Air reservoirs drained (WP 0018)
WARNING
Wear protective goggles when underneath semitrailer. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0039-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0039
REMOVAL
1.
Remove four locknuts (Figure 1, Item 2), washers (Figure 1, Item 4), hex screws (Figure 1, Item 5), two rubber pads (Figure 1, Item 3), and front air reservoir (Figure 1, Item 1) from mounts. Discard locknuts.
2.
Remove drain valve (Figure 1, Item 7) and pipe plug (Figure 1, Item 8) from front air reservoir (Figure 1, Item 1).
3.
Remove four locknuts (Figure 1, Item 2), washers (Figure 1, Item 4), hex screws (Figure 1, Item 5), two rubber pads
(Figure 1, Item 3), and rear air reservoir (Figure 1, Item 6) from mounts. Discard locknuts.
4.
Remove two pipe plugs (Figure 1, Item 9), drain valve (Figure 1, Item 7), and pipe plug (Figure 1, Item 8) from rear air reservoir (Figure 1, Item 6).
00039
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Air Reservoirs.
0039-2
447-0069
039
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0039
INSTALLATION
1.
Install two pipe plugs (Figure 1, Item 9), drain valve (Figure 1, Item 7), and pipe plug (Figure 1, Item 8) on rear air reservoir (Figure 1, Item 6).
2.
Install rear air reservoir (Figure 1, Item 6) on mounts using four hex screws (Figure 1, Item 5), washers (Figure 1, Item 4), two rubber pads (Figure 1, Item 3), and four new locknuts (Figure 1, Item 2).
3.
Install drain valve (Figure 1, Item 7) and pipe plug (Figure 1, Item 8) on front air reservoir (Figure 1, Item 1).
4.
Install front air reservoir (Figure 1, Item 1) on mounts using four hex screws (Figure 1, Item 5), washers
(Figure 1, Item 4), two rubber pads (Figure 1, Item 3), and four new locknuts (Figure 1, Item 2).
00039
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Install ECU control valve on rear tank (WP 0035).
2.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
3.
Remove tire chocks.
4.
Raise landing legs.
5.
Remove/store ground boards.
6.
Pressurize system.
7.
Check for air leaks.
8.
Road test to ensure safe operation.
END OF TASK
00039
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0039-3/(4 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
AIR BRAKE CHAMBER CONTROL VALVE REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
References
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
Air reservoirs drained (WP 0018)
WARNING
Wear protective goggles when underneath trailer. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
• Retain plugs and save after removal.
• The air lines connected to the air brake chamber control valve must be removed prior to this
procedure. See WP 0037 for technical data on air lines and fittings.
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0040-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
REMOVAL
1.
Remove air brake chamber control valve (Figure 1, Item 3) with nipple (Figure 1, Item 1) attached from front air reservoir.
2.
Remove nipple (Figure 1, Item 1) and two pipe plugs (Figure 1, Item 2) from air brake chamber control valve
(Figure 1, Item 3).
0040
00040
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Install nipple (Figure 1, Item 1) in air brake chamber control valve (Figure 1, Item 3) at RES port. Install two pipe plugs (Figure 1, Item 2).
2.
Install air brake chamber control valve (Figure 1, Item 3) with nipple (Figure 1, Item 1) in front air reservoir.
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Couple semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Remove tire chocks from both sides and store.
3.
Raise landing legs.
4.
Remove/store ground boards.
5.
Check for air leakage.
6.
Road test to check for proper/safe operation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
447-0070
Figure 1. Air Brake Chamber Control Valve.
040
00040
00040
0040-2
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
GLADHANDS REPLACEMENT (M871R)
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Screw, self-tapping (6)
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
NOTE
• Gladhands are removed and installed in the same way. This procedure is for one gladhand.
• Packing for service gladhand is blue and packing for emergency gladhand is red.
• Hose for service gladhand is blue and hose for emergency gladhand is red.
REMOVAL
1.
Remove two self-tapping screws (Figure 1, Item 1) and cover plate (Figure 1, Item 2). Discard self-tapping screws.
0
0
0
0
0
-
00041
Figure 1. Cover Plate.
447-0205
0041-1
041
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0041
REMOVAL - CONTINUED
2.
Disconnect hose (Figure 2, Item 3) from gladhand (Figure 2, Item 7).
3.
Remove three self-tapping screws (Figure 2, Item 5), washer (Figure 2, Item 6), and gladhand (Figure 2, Item 7). Discard self-tapping screw.
4.
Remove packing (Figure 2, Item 4) from gladhand (Figure 2, Item 7).
447-0206
Figure 2. Gladhand.
041
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Install packing (Figure 2, Item 4) in gladhand (Figure 2, Item 7).
2.
Install gladhand (Figure 2, Item 7), washer (Figure 2, Item 6), and three new self-tapping screws (Figure 2, Item 5).
3.
Connect hose (Figure 2, Item 3) to gladhand (Figure 2, Item 7).
4.
Install cover plate (Figure 3, Item 2) and two new self-tapping screws (Figure 3, Item 1).
00041
END OF TASK
Figure 3. Cover Plate.
0041-2
447-0205
041
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
4.
Check for air leaks.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0041
00041
0041-3/(4 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
GLADHANDS REPLACEMENT (M871A1R AND M871A2R)
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Oil, lubricating (Item 11, WP 0085)
Screw, self-tapping (7)
0
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
NOTE
• Gladhands are removed and installed in the same way, except service gladhand has three selftapping screws and emergency gladhand has four self-tapping screws. This procedure is for the service gladhand.
• Packing for service gladhand is blue and packing for emergency gladhand is red.
• Hose for service gladhand is blue and hose for emergency gladhand is red.
0
0
0
0
0
-
0042-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0042
REMOVAL
1.
Remove packing (Figure 1, Item 3) from gladhand (Figure 1, Item 4).
2.
Remove three self-tapping screws (Figure 1, Item 2) and pull out gladhand (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard self-tapping screws.
3.
Disconnect hose (Figure 1, Item 1) and remove gladhand (Figure 1, Item 4).
00042
Figure 1. Gladhands.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Connect hose (Figure 1, Item 1) to gladhand (Figure 1, Item 4).
2.
Install gladhand (Figure 1, Item 4) and three new self-tapping screws (Figure 1, Item 2).
3.
Install packing (Figure 1, Item 3) on gladhand (Figure 1, Item 4).
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Lubricate swing arm with 10-wt. oil.
2.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
3.
Raise landing legs.
4.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
5.
Check for air leaks.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
44-0009
0042-2
042
00042
00042
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
DOCK BUMPERS REPLACEMENT (M871R AND M871A1R)
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Nut, self-locking (8)
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
WARNING
Chock tires to prevent semitrailer movement. Failure to do so could result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
• There are four dock bumpers and they are removed and installed the same way. The following procedure covers one dock bumper.
• The M871R uses self-locking nuts; the M871A1R uses nuts.
0
0
0
0
0
-
0043-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0043
REMOVAL
Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), bolts (Figure 1, Item 4), four washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and bumper
(Figure 1, Item 3). Discard self-locking nuts.
00043
447-0200
Figure 1. Dock Bumper.
043
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
Install bumper (Figure 1, Item 3), four washers (Figure 1, Item 2), two bolts (Figure 1, Item 4), and new self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 1).
00043
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
00043
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0043-2
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
DOCK BUMPERS REPLACEMENT (M871A2R)
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Locknut (8)
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
WARNING
Chock tires to prevent semitrailer movement. Failure to do so could result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
There are two dock bumpers and they are removed and installed the same way. This procedure covers one dock bumper.
REMOVAL
00044
Remove four locknuts (Figure 1, Item 1), bolts (Figure 1, Item 4), washers (Figure 1, Item 3), and bumper (Figure 1, Item 2).
Discard locknuts.
0
0
0
0
0
-
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Dock Bumper.
447-0071
0044-1
044
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0044
INSTALLATION
Install bumper (Figure 2, Item 2), four washers (Figure 2, Item 3), bolts (Figure 2, Item 4), and new locknuts
(Figure 2, Item 1).
00044
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 2. Dock Bumper.
447-0071
044
00044
0044-2
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
RETRACTABLE TWIST LOCKS MAINTENANCE (M871R AND M871A1R)
Removal, Disassembly, Repair,
Assembly, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Oil, lubricating (Item 11, WP 0085)
Pin (8)
0
0
0
References
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
NOTE
• Ensure retractable twist lock pocket is clean and free of debris.
• Socket cup is welded in. This task is accomplished at Direct Support maintenance.
• There are four retractable twist locks and they are removed and installed the same way. This procedure covers one retractable twist lock.
•
See WP 0023 for additional service requirements.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0045-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0045
REMOVAL
1.
Lower twist lock.
2.
Drive out pin (Figure 1, Item 1) and remove lower assembly (Figure 1, Item 2) by turning clockwise. Discard pin.
3.
Remove upper assembly (Figure 1, Item 3), taking care not to separate locator block and bayonet.
00045
END OF TASK
447-0263
Figure 1. Retractable Twist Lock.
045
0045-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
DISASSEMBLY
CAUTION
Take care in separating locator block and bayonet to prevent loss of springs and balls.
1.
Remove setscrew (Figure 2, Item 1), spring (Figure 2, Item 2), and ball (Figure 2, Item 3).
2.
Separate locator block (Figure 2, Item 4) and bayonet (Figure 2, Item 5).
3.
Remove ball (Figure 2, Item 6) and spring (Figure 2, Item 7).
0045
00045
Figure 2. Upper Assembly.
447-0264
4.
Remove and discard pin (Figure 3, Item 1).
5.
Remove handle (Figure 3, Item 2) from base cap (Figure 3, Item 3).
045
END OF TASK
Figure 3. Lower Assembly.
447-0265
0045-3
045
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
REPAIR
Repair is by replacement of assembly only.
END OF TASK
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install handle (Figure 4, Item 2) to base cap (Figure 4, Item 3).
2.
Install new pin (Figure 4, Item 1).
Figure 4. Lower Assembly.
447-0265
3.
Place spring (Figure 5, Item 7) and ball (Figure 5, Item 6) into position.
4.
Install locator block (Figure 5, Item 4) to bayonet (Figure 5, Item 5).
5.
Install ball (Figure 5, Item 3), spring (Figure 5, Item 2), and setscrew (Figure 5, Item 1).
045
0045
00045
00045
END OF TASK
Figure 5. Upper Assembly.
447-0264
0045-4
045
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INSTALLATION
1.
Install upper assembly (Figure 6, Item 3).
2.
Install lower assembly (Figure 6, Item 2). Turn clockwise and align holes for pin (Figure 6, Item 1).
3.
Install new pin (Figure 6, Item 1).
0045
00045
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Lubricate twist lock with 10-wt. oil.
2.
Make sure twist lock operates freely with no binding.
3.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
4.
Raise landing legs.
5.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
447-0263
Figure 6. Retractable Twist Lock.
0045-5/(6 blank)
045
00045
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
RETRACTABLE TWIST LOCKS REPLACEMENT (M871A2R)
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Oil, lubricating (Item 11, WP 0085)
Pin (8)
0
0
0
References
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
NOTE
• Ensure retractable twist lock pocket is clean and free of debris.
• Item 8 (socket) is welded in. This task is accomplished at Direct Support maintenance.
• There are four retractable twist locks and they are removed and installed the same way. This procedure covers one retractable twist lock.
•
See WP 0023 for additional service requirements.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0046-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0046
REMOVAL
1.
Remove elastic strap (Figure 1, Item 4) from eye bolt (Figure 1, Item 5). Lower handle (Figure 1, Item 1) to vertical position.
2.
Remove elastic strap (Figure 1, Item 4) from handle (Figure 1, Item 1).
3.
Lower twist lock (Figure 1, Item 2) in socket (Figure 1, Item 8) to access pin (Figure 1, Item 3).
4.
Drive pin (Figure 1, Item 3) from twist lock (Figure 1, Item 2) and remove twist lock from socket (Figure 1, Item 8).
Discard pin.
5.
Remove nut (Figure 1, Item 7), eye bolt (Figure 1, Item 5), and nut (Figure 1, Item 6).
00046
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Retractable Twist Lock.
447-0010
0046-2
046
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0046
INSTALLATION
1.
Install nut (Figure 1, Item 6), eye bolt (Figure 1, Item 5), and nut (Figure 1, Item 7).
2.
Install twist lock (Figure 1, Item 2) in socket (Figure 1, Item 8) and drive new pin (Figure 1, Item 3) into twist lock.
3.
Install elastic strap (Figure 1, Item 4) on handle (Figure 1, Item 1).
4.
Lift end of handle (Figure 1, Item 1) and secure elastic strap (Figure 1, Item 4) to eye bolt (Figure 1, Item 5).
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Lubricate twist lock with 10-wt. oil.
2.
Make sure twist lock operates freely with no binding.
3.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
4.
Raise landing legs.
5.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
00046
00046
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0046-3/(4 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
TIEDOWN RINGS MAINTENANCE
Removal, Modification,
Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Locknut (20)
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
0
0
0
0
0
-
0047-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0047
REMOVAL
NOTE
There are 10 tiedown rings and they are removed and installed the same way. This procedure covers one tiedown ring.
Remove two locknuts (Figure 1, Item 5), screws (Figure 1, Item 1), strap (Figure 1, Item 3), and tiedown ring (Figure 1,
Item 2) from frame (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard locknuts.
00047
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Tiedown Rings.
447-0011
047
0047-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0047
MODIFICATION
00047
NOTE
There are different configurations of the tiedown rings. Check that the strap bolt holes align with the holes in the recessed mounting plate. If the holes do not align, a hole will have to be drilled as shown in Modification in this work package. If the holes align, proceed to Installation in this work package.
1.
Align new hole center to the centerline of the existing holes (Figure 2, Item A).
2.
Locate new hole center 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) on the recessed mounting plate toward the outside of the side rail (Figure 2, Item B).
447-0207
Figure 2. Location of Hole to be Drilled.
3.
Drill 7/16 in. (11 mm) hole (Figure 3, Item C) in the recessed mounting plate.
047
END OF TASK
447-0208
Figure 3. Drilling New Hole.
0047-3
047
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INSTALLATION
NOTE
The OEM hole (Figure 4, Item D) in the recessed mounting plate toward the inside of the side rail is not used.
Install tiedown ring (Figure 4, Item 2), strap (Figure 4, Item 3), two screws (Figure 4, Item 1), and new locknuts
(Figure 4, Item 5). Tighten locknuts to 20 to 28 lb-ft (27 to 38 Nm).
0047
00047
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 4. Tiedown Rings.
447-0209
047
00047
0047-4
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
SPARE TIRE CARRIER MAINTENANCE
Removal, Disassembly, Repair,
Assembly, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Lockwasher (6)
Nut, self-locking (3)
0
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
NOTE
Some semitrailers have welded-on spare tire carriers. If spare tire carrier is welded to semitrailer, notify Direct Support Maintenance to replace welded-on spare tire carrier with bolt-on spare tire carrier.
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0048-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0048
REMOVAL
00048
1.
Support spare tire carrier (Figure 1, Item 12).
2.
At inside bracket (Figure 1, Item 3), remove two nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 2), screws
(Figure 1, Item 5), and washers (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard lockwashers.
3.
At two outside brackets (Figure 1, Item 9), remove four nuts (Figure 1, Item 10), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 11), screws
(Figure 1, Item 8), washers (Figure 1, Item 7), and spare tire carrier (Figure 1, Item 12). Discard lockwashers.
447-0012
Figure 1. Spare Tire Carrier.
048
END OF TASK
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Remove chain (Figure 1, Item 6) from spare tire carrier (Figure 1, Item 12).
2.
Remove three self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 14) and screws (Figure 1, Item 13) and separate sections of spare tire carrier (Figure 1, Item 12). Discard self-locking nuts.
00048
END OF TASK
REPAIR
Repair is limited to replacement of chain (Figure 1, Item 6).
END OF TASK
00048
0048-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0048
ASSEMBLY
1.
Connect sections of spare tire carrier (Figure 1, Item 12) and install three screws (Figure 1, Item 13) and new self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 14).
2.
Install chain (Figure 1, Item 6) in spare tire carrier (Figure 1, Item 12).
END OF TASK
00048
INSTALLATION
1.
Position and support spare tire carrier (Figure 1, Item 12).
2.
At two outside brackets (Figure 1, Item 9), install four washers (Figure 1, Item 7), screws (Figure 1, Item 8), new lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 11), and nuts (Figure 1, Item 10).
3.
At inside bracket (Figure 1, Item 3), install two washers (Figure 1, Item 4), screws (Figure 1, Item 5), new lockwashers
(Figure 1, Item 2), and nuts (Figure 1, Item 1).
00048
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
2.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
3.
Raise landing legs.
4.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
00048
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0048-3/(4 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
WHEEL CHOCKS REPAIR
Disassembly, Assembly
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
There are four wheel chocks and they are stowed in the stowage box located on the left (road) side of the semitrailer.
Remove two clips (Figure 1, Item 1) and chain (Figure 1, Item 2) from two wheel chocks (Figure 1, Item 3).
-
0
0
0
0
0
00049
447-0014
Figure 1. Wheel Chocks.
END OF TASK
ASSEMBLY
Install two clips (Figure 1, Item 1) and chain (Figure 1, Item 2) on two wheel chocks (Figure 1, Item 3).
END OF TASK
049
00049
0049-1
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0049
00049
0049-2
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
LANDING GEAR REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Jack stands
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Oil, lubricating (Item 11, WP 0085)
Nut, self-locking (8)
Locknut (22)
Rivet, pop (4)
0
0
0
0
0
Personnel Required
Four
References
Equipment Conditions
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Semitrailer blocked on jack stands
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
WARNING
Landing gear weighs 200 lb (91 kg). Use four personnel to replace landing gear. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
See WP 0094 for technical data.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0050-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Step 1 applies only to the M871R and M871A1R semitrailers.
1.
Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 5), eight washers (Figure 1, Item 3), four screws (Figure 1, Item
4), and two brackets (Figure 1, Item 2). Discard self-locking nuts.
0050
00050
447-0201
Figure 1. Brackets (M871R and M871A1R Only).
050
2.
Remove two bolts (Figure 2, Item 6) and self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 9) from cross drive shaft (Figure 2, Item 7).
Discard self-locking nuts.
3.
Remove eight bolts (Figure 2, Item 21) and locknuts (Figure 2, Item 22) from landing leg upper bracket. Discard locknuts.
4.
Remove three bolts (Figure 2, Item 21) and locknuts (Figure 2, Item 22) from landing leg lower bracket and remove landing leg (Figure 2, Item 1) from semitrailer. Discard locknuts.
5.
Remove hex screw (Figure 2, Item 12), self-locking nut (Figure 2, Item 9), and pin (Figure 2, Item 11) from landing gear shoe assembly. Discard self-locking nut.
6.
Remove two hitch pins (Figure 2, Item 20), washers (Figure 2, Item 19), ties (Figure 2, Item 14), pins (Figure 2, Item 15), front shoe assembly (Figure 2, Item 13), and rear shoe assembly (Figure 2, Item 18) from landing leg (Figure 2, Item 1).
7.
Remove two pop rivets (Figure 2, Item 17) and lanyards (Figure 2, Item 16) from landing leg (Figure 2, Item 1). Discard pop rivets (if required).
8.
Repeat steps 3 thru 7 for remaining landing leg.
9.
Remove bolt (Figure 2, Item 6), two washers (Figure 2, Item 8), and self-locking nut (Figure 2, Item 9) from landing leg crank (Figure 2, Item 10) and remove crank. Discard self-locking nut.
0050-2
REMOVAL - CONTINUED
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0050
END OF TASK
Figure 2. Landing Gear.
0050-3
447-0072
050
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0050
INSTALLATION
00050
1.
Install two lanyards (Figure 3, Item 16) into landing leg (Figure 3, Item 1) using two new pop rivets (Figure 3,
Item 17).
2.
Install front shoe assembly (Figure 3, Item 13) on rear shoe assembly (Figure 3, Item 18) using two hitch pins (Figure 3,
Item 20), washers (Figure 3, Item 19), ties (Figure 3, Item 14), and pins (Figure 3, Item 15).
3.
Install shoe assembly on landing leg (Figure 3, Item 1) using pin (Figure 3, Item 11), hex screw (Figure 3, Item 12), and new self-locking nut (Figure 3, Item 9).
4.
Install landing leg (Figure 3, Item 1) onto landing leg upper bracket using eight bolts (Figure 3, Item 21) and new locknuts
(Figure 3, Item 22).
5.
Install landing leg (Figure 3, Item 1) onto landing leg lower bracket using three bolts (Figure 3, Item 21) and new locknuts
(Figure 3, Item 22).
6.
Repeat steps 1 thru 5 for remaining landing leg.
7.
Install landing leg (Figure 3, Item 1) onto cross drive shaft (Figure 3, Item 7) using two bolts (Figure 3, Item 6) and new self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 9).
8.
Install landing leg crank (Figure 3, Item 10) onto landing leg (Figure 3, Item 1) using bolt (Figure 3, Item 6), two washers
(Figure 3, Item 8), and new self- locking nut (Figure 3, Item 9).
0050-4
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0050
Figure 3. Landing Gear.
0050-5
447-0072
050
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0050
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
NOTE
Step 9 applies only to the M871R and M871A1R semitrailers.
9.
Install two brackets (Figure 4, Item 2), four screws (Figure 4, Item 4), eight washers (Figure 4, Item 3), and four new selflocking nuts (Figure 4, Item 5).
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Lubricate with 10-wt. oil.
2.
Retract/extend landing legs to ensure smooth operation.
3.
Emplace ground boards.
4.
Lower landing legs.
5.
Remove jack stands.
6.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
7.
Raise landing legs.
8.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
447-0201
Figure 4. Brackets (M871R and M871A1R Only).
0050-6
050
00050
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
GROUND BOARDS REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Cotter pin (4)
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
WARNING
Watch hands and fingers when removing/installing ground boards. Hands/fingers could be pinched or cut if not careful when removing/installing ground boards.
NOTE
There are two ground boards and they are removed and installed the same way. This procedure covers one ground board.
REMOVAL
00051
1.
Remove two cotter pins (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and pin (Figure 1, Item 3) from semitrailer bracket. Discard cotter pins.
2.
Remove clip (Figure 1, Item 4) and chain link (Figure 1, Item 5) from chain and remove ground board (Figure 1, Item 6) from semitrailer.
0
0
0
0
-
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Ground Boards.
447-0073
0051-1
051
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0051
INSTALLATION
1.
Install ground board (Figure 2, Item 6) onto semitrailer and install clip (Figure 2, Item 4) and chain link (Figure
2, Item 5).
2.
Install two new cotter pins (Figure 2, Item 1), washers (Figure 2, Item 2), and one pin (Figure 2, Item 3) on semitrailer bracket.
00051
447-0073
Figure 2. Ground Boards.
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Secure ground board (Figure 2, Item 6) using clip (Figure 2, Item 4) to take up slack in chain. Pull on handle to ensure ground board will not slide out during operation.
2.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
3.
Remove tire chocks.
4.
Raise landing legs.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
051
00051
0051-2
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
BULKHEAD REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Suitable lifting device, 850-lb capacity
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Lockwasher (4)
Self-locking nut (4)
0
0
0
Personnel Required
Two
References
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
Manifest box removed (WP 0058)
WARNING
Bulkhead weighs 557 lb (253 kg). Use suitable lifting device and two personnel to replace bulkhead. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0052-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0052
REMOVAL
1.
Attach lifting device to bulkhead (Figure 1, Item 1).
2.
Remove four bolts (Figure 1, Item 4), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 3), and nut/plates (Figure 1, Item 2).
Discard lockwashers.
00052
447-0015
Figure 1. Bulkhead.
3.
Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 7), washers (Figure 2, Item 6), bolts (Figure 2, Item 5), and bulkhead
(Figure 2, Item 1). Discard self-locking nuts.
052
END OF TASK
Figure 2. Bulkhead.
447-0016
0052-2
052
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INSTALLATION
1.
Install bulkhead (Figure 2, Item 1), four bolts (Figure 2, Item 5), washers (Figure 2, Item 6), and new selflocking nuts (Figure 2, Item 7).
2.
Install four nut/plates (Figure 1, Item 2), new lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 3), and bolts (Figure 1, Item 4).
3.
Remove lifting device from bulkhead (Figure 1, Item 1).
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Install manifest box (WP 0058).
2.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
3.
Raise landing legs.
4.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
5.
Install conspicuity tape (WP 0064).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0052
00052
00052
0052-3/(4 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
CORNER AND SIDE STAKES REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Rivet (17)
0
0
References
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Side and rear panels removed
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
NOTE
Refer to WP 0004 for position of corner and side stakes.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0053-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0053
REMOVAL
1.
Remove two links (Figure 1, Item 3), rivets (Figure 1, Item 4), lanyards (Figure 1, Item 5), and corner stakes
(Figure 1, Item 2). Discard rivets.
2.
Remove 15 links (Figure 1, Item 8), rivets (Figure 1, Item 6), lanyards (Figure 1, Item 7), and side stakes (Figure 1,
Item 1). Discard rivets.
00053
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Corner and Side Stakes.
447-0074
053
0053-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0053
INSTALLATION
00053
WARNING
Ensure retaining hardware is present and serviceable. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
1.
Install two corner stakes (Figure 1, Item 2) using links (Figure 1, Item 3), new rivets (Figure 1, Item 4), and lanyards (Figure 1, Item 5).
2.
Install 15 side stakes (Figure 1, Item 1) using links (Figure 1, Item 8), new rivets (Figure 1, Item 6), and lanyards
(Figure 1, Item 7).
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Install side/rear/front panels.
2.
Ensure all stakes and panels are secured.
3.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
4.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
5.
Raise landing legs.
END OF TASK
00053
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0053-3/(4 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
ANTISAIL MUD FLAPS REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
0
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Locknut (8)
0
0
NOTE
There are two mud flaps and they are removed and installed the same way. This procedure covers one mud flap.
REMOVAL
Remove four locknuts (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), screws (Figure 1, Item 5), antisail bracket (Figure 1,
Item 4), and mud flap (Figure 1, Item 3) from semitrailer. Discard locknuts.
00054
-
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Antisail Mud Flaps.
0054-1
447-0075
054
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INSTALLATION
Secure antisail bracket (Figure 2, Item 4) and mud flap (Figure 2, Item 3) to semitrailer using four new locknuts
(Figure 2, Item 1), washers (Figure 2, Item 2), and screws (Figure 2, Item 5).
0054
00054
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/secure chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 2. Antisail Mud Flaps.
447-0075
054
00054
0054-2
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
FLOOR DECK BOARDS REPLACEMENT (M871R AND M871A1R)
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Shop equipment, common No. 1 (Item 1, WP 0082)
0
Bit, hex, insert, (Item 10, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Rust inhibitor (Item 14, WP 0085)
UV wood protector (Item 18, WP 0085)
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0055-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0055
REMOVAL
1.
Measure board (Figure 1, Item 1) to be replaced.
2.
Remove screws (Figure 1, Item 2) as needed to free board (Figure 1, Item 1).
3.
Lift board (Figure 1, Item 1) away from frame.
4.
Repeat as needed for any other boards needing replacement.
5.
Grind flush all screws that have not been removed from crossmembers.
6.
Properly dispose of screws and boards.
END OF TASK
00055
INSTALLATION
1.
If paint has worn off crossmembers, re-coat with rust inhibitor and CARC paint.
NOTE
• Lift and tilt boards so they properly fit in the ship-lapped grooves and rails as shown in Figure 1.
• Because all decks are not the same, MINOR trimming of boards may be required. However, DO
NOT MODIFY a board to make it fit — follow Figure 1 and the ship-lap positioning.
• If necessary, pre-mark (Figure 1, Item A) crossmembers so their location can be identified after boards have been laid in place.
2.
Place boards (Figure 1, Item 1) into position.
NOTE
• If a finger-joint in the board overlays a crossmember, screws may be installed though the fingerjoint. DO NOT try to cut the board so the finger-joint does not lay over a crossmember.
• Steps 3 and 4 can be accomplished in one operation by using self-tapping deck screws.
3.
Drill boards and crossmembers at the same time with 9/32-in. holes to ensure matchup of holes. Countersink holes in boards.
4.
Drive screws (Figure 1, Item 2) through boards into crossmembers using two screws per crossmember that board overlays.
5.
Repeat steps 2 thru 4 for other boards that were removed.
6.
Treat new boards with boiled linseed oil or a UV wood protector.
00055
0055-2
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0055
Figure 1. Floor Deck Boards.
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
447-0212-1
055
00055
0055-3/(4 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
FLOOR DECK BOARDS REPLACEMENT (M871A2R)
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Shop equipment, common No. 1 (Item 1, WP 0082)
0
Bit, hex, insert, (Item 10, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Rust inhibitor (Item 14, WP 0085)
UV wood protector (Item 18, WP 0085)
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0056-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0056
REMOVAL
1.
Measure board (Figure 1, Item 1) to be replaced.
2.
Remove screws (Figure 1, Item 2) as needed to free board (Figure 1, Item 1).
3.
Lift board (Figure 1, Item 1) away from frame.
4.
Repeat as needed for any other boards needing replacement.
5.
Grind flush all screws that have not been removed from crossmembers.
6.
Properly dispose of screws and boards
INSTALLATION
1.
If paint has worn off crossmembers, re-coat with rust inhibitor and CARC paint.
NOTE
• Lift and tilt boards so they properly fit in the ship-lapped grooves and rails as shown in Figure 1.
• Because all decks are not the same, MINOR trimming of boards may be required. However, DO
NOT MODIFY a board to make it fit — follow Figure 1 and the ship-lap positioning.
• If necessary, pre-mark (Figure 1, Item A) crossmembers so their location can be identified after boards have been laid in place.
2.
Place boards (Figure 1, Item 1) into position.
NOTE
• If a finger-joint in the board overlays a crossmember, screws may be installed though the fingerjoint. DO NOT try to cut the board so the finger-joint does not lay over a crossmember.
• Steps 3 and 4 can be accomplished in one operation by using self-tapping deck screws.
3.
Drill boards and crossmembers at the same time with 9/32-in. holes to ensure matchup of holes. Countersink holes in boards.
4.
Drive screws (Figure 1, Item 2) through boards into crossmembers using two screws per crossmember that board overlays.
5.
Repeat steps 2 thru 4 for other boards that were removed.
6.
Treat new boards with boiled linseed oil or a UV wood protector.
00056
00056
0056-2
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0056
Figure 1. Floor Deck Boards.
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
447-0213-1
056
00056
0056-3/(4 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
STOWAGE BOX REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Suitable lifting device, 300-lb capacity
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Oil, lubricating (Item 11, WP 0085)
Locknut (8)
Nonmetallic seal (A/R)
Personnel Required
Two
0
0
0
0
0
0
References
TM 9-237
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
Stowage box emptied
WARNING
Stowage box weighs 195 lb (88 kg). Use suitable lifting device and two personnel to replace stowage box. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0057-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
REMOVAL
1.
Remove 8 locknuts (Figure 1, Item 3), 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and 8 bolts (Figure 1, Item 1) from stowage box (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard locknuts.
2.
Remove stowage box (Figure 1, Item 4) from side panel brackets (Figure 1, Item 6).
0057
00057
447-0080
Figure 1. Stowage Box.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
•
Replacement of stowage box side panels is a Direct Support function (see WP 0070). See TM 9-237
for welding instructions.
• Paint entire box before installation of nonmetallic seal if necessary.
1.
Place stowage box (Figure 1, Item 4) on side panel brackets (Figure 1, Item 6). Set on side, slide in box, and then bolt.
2.
Install stowage box (Figure 1, Item 4), 8 bolts (Figure 1, Item 1), 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and 8 new locknuts
(Figure 1, Item 3).
3.
Install new nonmetallic seal (Figure 1, Item 5) as needed onto exterior lip of storage box (Figure 1, Item 4).
END OF TASK
00057
057
0057-2
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Lubricate hinges with oil.
2.
Replace BII items in stowage box and secure.
3.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
4.
Raise landing legs.
5.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0057
00057
0057-3/(4 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
MANIFEST BOX REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Locknut (4)
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
REMOVAL
Remove four locknuts (Figure 1, Item 3), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), bolts (Figure 1, Item 4), and manifest box
(Figure 1, Item 1) from semitrailer. Discard locknuts.
0
0
0
0
0
-
00058
447-0081
Figure 1. Manifest Box.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
Install manifest box (Figure 1, Item 1), four bolts (Figure 1, Item 4), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and new locknuts
(Figure 1, Item 3).
END OF TASK
058
00058
0058-1
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0058
00058
0058-2
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
LADDER BRACKET REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Locknut (4)
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
REMOVAL
Remove four locknuts (Figure 1, Item 1), bolts (Figure 1, Item 2), eight washers (Figure 1, Item 3), and bracket
(Figure 1, Item 4). Discard locknuts.
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
00059
447-0214
Figure 1. Ladder Bracket.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
Install bracket (Figure 1, Item 4), eight washers (Figure 1, Item 3), four bolts (Figure 1, Item 2), and new locknuts
(Figure 1, Item 1).
END OF TASK
059
00059
0059-1
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
2.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
3.
Raise landing legs.
4.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0059
00059
0059-2
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
REFLECTORS REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Antiseize compound (Item 1, WP 0085)
Self-tapping screw (8)
0
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
REMOVAL
NOTE
There are four amber reflectors and four red reflectors and they are all removed and installed the same way. This procedure covers one reflector.
Remove self-tapping screw (Figure 1, Item 2) and amber or red reflector (Figure 1, Item 1) from semitrailer. Discard selftapping screw.
00060
0
0
0
0
0
-
447-0082
Figure 1. Reflectors.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
Apply antiseize compound to new self-tapping screw (Figure 1, Item 2) and install amber or red reflector
(Figure 1, Item 1).
END OF TASK
060
00060
0060-1
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0060
00060
0060-2
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
DECALS AND DATA PLATES REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation, Decals and Data Plates
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Rivet (8)
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
REMOVAL
NOTE
Transcribe pertinent information onto new decals and data plates.
1.
Drill out/chisel four rivets (Figure 2, Item 9) and remove lifting/tiedown data plate (Figures 2, 3, and 5, Item 10) and lubrication data plate (Figures 2 and 5, Item 8) from semitrailer. Discard rivets.
2.
Remove automatic slack adjusters notice decal (Figures 1 and 4, Item 5), hubs information/warning decal
(Figures 1 and 4, Item 6), two UID decals (Figures 1, 4, and 5, Item 3), inspection decal (Figures 1 and 4, Item 2), gross axle weight rating decal (Figures 1 and 5, Item 4), final inspection decal (Figures 1 and 4, Item 1), and torque decal
(Figures 2 and 5, Item 7) from semitrailer. Discard labels.
00061
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Install new torque decal (Figures 2 and 5, Item 7), final inspection decal (Figures 1 and 4, Item 1), gross axle weight rating decal (Figures 1 and 5, Item 4), inspection decal (Figures 1 and 4, Item 2), two UID decals (Figures
1, 4, and 5, Item 3), hubs information/warning decal (Figures 1 and 4, Item 6), and automatic slack adjusters notice decal
(Figures 1 and 4, Item 5) on semitrailer.
2.
Install lubrication data plate (Figures 2 and 5, Item 8) and lifting/tiedown data plate (Figures 2, 3, and 5, Item 10) using eight new rivets (Figure 2, Item 9).
00061
END OF TASK
0
0
0
0
0
-
0061-1
DECALS AND DATA PLATES
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0061
00061
Figure 1. Decals.
0061-2
447-0266
061
DECALS AND DATA PLATES - CONTINUED
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0061
Figure 2. Decal, Data Plates, and Rivets.
0061-3
447-0267
061
DECALS AND DATA PLATES - CONTINUED
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0061
Figure 3. Data Plates.
447-0268
061
0061-4
DECALS AND DATA PLATES - CONTINUED
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0061
Figure 4. Location of Decals and Data Plates.
447-0024
061
Figure 5. Location of Decals and Data Plates.
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
447-0025
0061-5/(6 blank)
061
00061
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
ABS WARNING LIGHT REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Grease, dielectric (silicone) (Item 7, WP 0085)
0
Grommet
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
WARNING
Disconnect electrical power source before performing any maintenance on the electrical system.
Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
REMOVAL
1.
Remove grommet (Figure 1, Item 2) from ABS warning light (Figure 1, Item 1). Discard grommet.
2.
Disconnect connectors from back of ABS warning light (Figure 1, Item 1) and remove ABS warning light
(Figure 1, Item 1) from semitrailer.
0
0
0
0
0
-
00062
END OF TASK
Figure 1. ABS Warning Light.
447-0083
0062-1
062
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INSTALLATION
1.
Apply dielectric grease on pins and then connect connectors to back of ABS warning light (Figure 2, Item 1).
2.
Install new grommet (Figure 2, Item 2) and ABS warning light (Figure 2, Item 1) at semitrailer bracket.
0062
00062
Figure 2. ABS Warning Light.
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
4.
Road test to ensure proper operation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
4447-0083
062
00062
0062-2
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
HUBODOMETER® REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Nut assembly
0
0
References
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
CAUTION
Do not stand on HUBODOMETER®. Doing so could cause damage to equipment.
NOTE
•
See WP 0109 for technical data.
• When ordering a new HUBODOMETER®, specify the mileage from the old HUBODOMETER®.
REMOVAL
Remove nut assembly (Figure 1, Item 2) and HUBODOMETER® (Figure 1, Item 1) from vehicular bracket (Figure 1,
Item 3). Discard nut assembly.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
00063
-
END OF TASK
447-0084
Figure 1. HUBODOMETER®.
0063-1
063
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INSTALLATION
Install HUBODOMETER® (Figure 2, Item 1) and new nut assembly (Figure 2, Item 2) on vehicular bracket
(Figure 2, Item 3). Tighten nut assembly to 15 lb-ft (20 Nm).
0063
00063
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
4.
Road test to ensure proper operation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
447-0084
Figure 2. HUBODOMETER®.
063
00063
0063-2
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
CONSPICUITY TAPE REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Tape, conspicuity (A/R)
0
0
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
REMOVAL
Remove conspicuity tape (Figure 1 or 2, Item 1, 2, or 3) from semitrailer as necessary. Discard conspicuity tape.
0
0
0
0
0
-
00064
Figure 1. Conspicuity Tape (Sides and Rear).
447-0018
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• Make sure surface area to be taped is clean and dry.
• There are two widths of rolled conspicuity tape. Be certain to apply appropriate conspicuity tape only to the locations indicated below.
1.
Apply 2 in. (5.1 cm) red/white conspicuity tape (Figure 1, Item 2) to both sides of semitrailer as shown.
2.
Apply 1-1/2 in. (3.8 cm) red/white conspicuity tape (Figure 1, Item 1) along full width of semitrailer rear.
3.
Apply 1-1/2 in. (3.8 cm) red/white conspicuity tape (Figure 1, Item 1) along full width of rear bumper.
00064
064
0064-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
4.
Apply 2 in. (5.1 cm) white conspicuity tape (Figure 2, Item 3) to both sides of bulkhead as shown.
0064
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 2. Conspicuity Tape (Bulkhead).
447-0215
064
00064
0064-2
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
SERVICE UPON RECEIPT
General, Inspection Instructions, Servicing Instructions
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Cleaning compound, solvent, type III
Rag, wiping (Item 13, WP 0085)
0
0
0
References
DA PAM 750-8
GENERAL
INSPECTION INSTRUCTIONS
00065
When a new, used, or reconditioned semitrailer is first received, determine whether it has been properly prepared for service and is in condition to perform its mission. Follow the inspection instructions and servicing instructions specified in this work package.
00065
1.
Read and follow all instructions on DD Form 1397 attached to conspicuous part of semitrailer.
2.
Remove all straps, plywood, tape, seals, and wrappings.
WARNING
Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type III is an environmentally compliant and low toxic material. However, it may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in well-ventilated areas. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to follow this warning may cause injury or death to personnel.
3.
Remove rust-preventive compound from coated exterior parts of semitrailer using solvent cleaning compound and rags.
4.
Inspect semitrailer for damage incurred during shipment. Also check to see if equipment has been modified.
5.
Check equipment against packing list to ensure that shipment is complete. Report any discrepancies in accordance with instructions in DA PAM 750-8.
6.
END OF TASK
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0065-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS
1.
0016). Schedule next PMCS on DD Form 314.
2.
Lubricate all lubrication points as described in WP 0067 regardless of interval.
3.
Report any problems on DA Form 2407.
4.
Perform a break-in road test of 25 miles (40 km) at a maximum speed of 50 mph (80 kph).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0065
00065
0065-2
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Organizational
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
References
DA PAM 710
DA PAM 750-8
SB 740-98-1
0
0
0
0
References - Continued
TB 43-0209
TM 43-0139
TM 55-200
TM 55-601
TM 743-200-1
GENERAL
00066
1.
This work package contains requirements and procedures for administrative storage of equipment that is issued to and in use by Army activities worldwide.
2.
The requirements specified herein are necessary to maintain equipment in administrative storage in such a way as to achieve the maximum readiness condition.
3.
Equipment that is placed in administrative storage should be capable of being readied to perform its mission within a
24-hour period, or as otherwise may be prescribed by the approving authority. Before equipment is placed in administrative storage, current PMCS must be completed and deficiencies corrected.
4.
Report equipment in administrative storage as prescribed for all reportable equipment.
5.
Perform inspections, maintenance services, and lubrication as specified herein.
6.
Records and reports to be maintained for equipment in administrative storage are those prescribed by DA PAM 750-8 for equipment in use.
7.
A 10 percent variance is acceptable on time, running hours, or mileage used to determine the required maintenance actions.
8.
Accomplishment of applicable PMCS, as mentioned throughout this work package, will be on a quarterly basis.
DEFINITION OF ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE
00066
The placement of equipment in administrative storage can be for short periods of time when a shortage of maintenance effort exists. Items should be ready for use within the time factors as determined by the directing authority. During the storage period, appropriate maintenance records will be kept.
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0066-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0066
PREPARATION OF EQUIPMENT FOR ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE
Storage Site
1.
Select the best available site for administrative storage. Separate stored equipment from equipment in use.
Conspicuously mark the area “ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE.”
2.
Covered space is preferred. When sufficient covered space for all items to be stored is not available, priority should be given to items which are most susceptible to deterioration from the elements. SB 740-98-1 should be used as a guide for establishing which items are most susceptible to deterioration.
3.
Open sites should be improved hardstand, if possible. Unimproved sites should be firm, well-drained, and kept free of excessive vegetation.
00066
00066
Storage Plan
1.
Store equipment so as to provide maximum protection from the elements and to provide access for inspection, maintenance, and exercising. Anticipate removal or deployment problems and take suitable precautions.
2.
Take into account environmental conditions, such as extreme heat or cold, high humidity, blowing sand or loose debris, soft ground, mud, and heavy snow, and take adequate precautions.
3.
Establish a fire plan and provide for adequate fire fighting equipment and personnel.
Maintenance Services and Inspection
00066
00066
1.
Prior to storage, perform the next scheduled Organizational PMCS (WP 0016).
2.
Inspect and approve the equipment prior to storage. Do not place equipment in storage in a nonmission capable condition.
3.
Lubricate equipment in accordance with applicable lubrication instructions located in WP 0067.
END OF TASK
BII AND AAL ITEMS
00066
1.
Process BII and AAL items simultaneously with the major item to which they are assigned.
2.
If possible, store BII and AAL items with the major item.
3.
If stored apart from the major item, mark BII and AAL items with tags indicating the major item, its registration or serial number, and location, and store in protective-type closures. In addition, place a tag or list indicating the location of the removed items in a conspicuous place on the major item.
END OF TASK
CORRECTION OF SHORTCOMINGS AND DEFICIENCIES
Correct all shortcomings and deficiencies prior to storage, or obtain a waiver from the approving authority.
END OF TASK
00066
GENERAL CLEANING, PAINTING, AND PRESERVATION
CAUTION
Do not direct water or steam, under pressure, against electrical wires or any exterior opening.
Failure to follow this caution may result in damage to equipment.
1.
Clean all equipment of dirt, grease, and other contaminants in accordance with applicable provisions of this manual. Do not use vapor degreasing. Remove foreign objects that are wedged in tire treads.
00066
0066-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0066
GENERAL CLEANING, PAINTING, AND PRESERVATION - CONTINUED
2.
Remove rust and damaged paint by scraping, wire brushing, sanding, or buffing. Sand to a smooth finish and spot paint as necessary. Refer to TM 43-0139 and TB 43-0209.
3.
NOTE
Air circulation under draped covers reduces deterioration from moisture and heat.
4.
Place equipment and provide blocking or framing to allow ventilation and water drainage. Support cover away from item surfaces, which may rust, rot, or mildew.
END OF TASK
CARE OF EQUIPMENT IN ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE
Maintenance Services
00066
00066
After equipment has been placed in administrative storage, inspect, service, and exercise as specified in this manual. Refer to
DA PAM 710.
Inspection
00066
Inspection will usually be visual and must consist of at least a walk-around examination of all equipment to detect any deficiencies. Inspect equipment in open storage weekly and equipment in covered storage monthly. Inspect all equipment immediately after any severe storm or environmental change. The following are examples of things to look for during a visual inspection:
1.
Low or flat tires.
2.
Condition of preservatives, seals, and wraps.
3.
Corrosion or other deterioration.
4.
Missing or damaged parts.
5.
Water in components.
6.
Any other readily recognizable shortcomings or deficiencies.
Repair During Administrative Storage
00066
Keep equipment in an optimum state of readiness. Accomplish the required services and repairs as expeditiously as possible.
Whenever possible, perform all maintenance on-site.
0066-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0066
CARE OF EQUIPMENT IN ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE - CONTINUED
Exercising
00066
Exercise equipment in accordance with Table 1 and the following instructions:
1.
Vehicle Major Exercise. Depreserve equipment by removing only that material restricting exercise. Close all drains, remove blocks, and perform all before-operation checks. Couple semitrailer to towing vehicle, and drive for at least 25 miles (40 km). Make several right and left 90 degree turns. Make several hard braking stops without skidding. Do the following during exercising when it is convenient and safe: operate all other functional components and perform all during- and after-operation checks.
2.
Scheduled Services. Scheduled services will include inspection per Inspection in this work package, and will be
conducted in accordance with Table 1. Lubricate in accordance with instructions in WP 0067.
3.
Corrective Action. Immediately take action to correct shortcomings and deficiencies noted. Record inspection and exercise results on DA Form 2404/DA Form 5988/E. Record and report all maintenance actions on DA Form 2407. After exercising, restore the preservation to the original condition.
Weeks
066
2
066
4
066
Table 1: Exercise Schedule.
6
066
8
066
10
066
12
066
14
066
16
066
18
066
20
066
22
066
24
066
PMCS
Scheduled
Services
Major Exercise
066
066
066
X X
X
X X X
X
X
Rotation
To ensure utilization of all assigned materiel, rotate items in accordance with rotational plan that will keep equipment in operational condition and reduce maintenance efforts.
END OF TASK
00066
PROCEDURES FOR COMMON COMPONENTS AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
Tires
00066
00066
Visually inspect tires during each walk-around inspection. This inspection includes checking tires with a tire gage. Inflate, repair, or replace as necessary those found to be low, damaged, or excessively worn. Mark inflated and repaired tires with a crayon for checking at the next inspection.
Seals
00066
Seals may develop leaks during storage, or shortly thereafter. If leaking persists, refer to the applicable maintenance section in this manual for corrective maintenance procedures.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT FROM ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE
Activation
Servicing
Resume the maintenance service schedule in effect at the commencement of storage, or service the equipment before the scheduled dates in order to produce a staggered maintenance workload.
END OF TASK
00066
00066
00066
0066-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0066
PREPARATION OF EQUIPMENT FOR SHIPMENT
00066
Refer to TM 55-200, TM 55-601, and TM 743-200-1 for additional instructions on processing, storage, and shipment of materiel.
Semitrailers that have been removed from storage for shipment do not have to be reprocessed if they will reach their destination within the administrative storage period. Reprocess only if inspection reveals any corrosion, or if anticipated intransit weather conditions make it necessary.
When a semitrailer is received that has already been processed for domestic shipment, as indicated on DD Form 1397, the semitrailer does not have to be reprocessed for storage unless corrosion and deterioration are found during the inspection upon receipt. List on SF 364 all discrepancies found because of poor preservation, packaging, packing, marking, handling, loading, storage, or excessive preservation. Repairs that cannot be handled by the receiving unit must have tags attached listing needed repairs. A report of these conditions will be submitted by the unit commander for action by an ordnance maintenance unit.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0066-5/(6 blank)
8
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS
GENERAL
This work package contains lubrication instructions, showing location, intervals, and proper materials for lubricating the semitrailer. These instructions are mandatory.
DETAILED LUBRICATION INFORMATION
1.
Clean lubrication points, grease fittings, and surrounding areas before applying lubricant. Clean all lubrication points after lubricating to prevent accumulation of foreign matter. Clean and lubricate bearings as specified in
TM 9-214.
2.
Maintain a record of vehicle lubrication and report any discrepancies noted during lubrication. Refer to DA PAM 750-8 for maintenance forms and procedures to record and report any findings.
00067
00067
SPECIFIC LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS
1.
Keep all lubricants in closed containers and store in a clean, dry place away from extreme heat. Keep container covers clean and do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign material to mix with lubricants. Keep all lubrication equipment clean and ready for use.
00067
WARNING
Wipe excess lubricant from area of brake shoe linings to prevent any contamination of linings.
Replace linings that have been contaminated with lubricant. Failure to follow this warning may cause brakes to malfunction, resulting in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Grease streaks on the outside or inside of the wheel may indicate overpacking of the grease, an improperly installed grease seal, damage to the axle end, loose hardware, or gasket damage.
2.
Keep all external parts of equipment not requiring lubrication clean of lubricants.
3.
Refer to FM 9-207 for lubrication instructions in cold weather.
4.
After operation in mud, sandy, or dusty conditions, or when mission allows, clean and inspect all points of lubrication for fouled lubricants. Change lubricants as required.
END OF TASK
-
0067-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
LUBRICATION CHART AND DIAGRAMS
1.
Refer to Table 1 for the lubrication chart. Intervals are based on normal operation. Adjust to compensate for abnormal and severe conditions or contaminated lubricants. During inactive periods, intervals may be extended commensurate with adequate preservation. Locations of lubrication points on semitrailer are shown in Figure 1.
WARNING
Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type III is an environmentally compliant and low toxic material. However, it may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in well-ventilated areas. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to do so may result in injury or death to personnel.
2.
Before lubrication, clean fittings using cleaning compound. Dry before lubricating.
3.
Re-lubricate after washing or fording as necessary.
0067
00067
Table 1. Lubrication Chart.
LUBRICATION POINTS INTERVAL
LUBRICATION TYPE/
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS/
MAINTENANCE LEVEL ()
ABS Sensor Body and
Spring Clip
When replaced or removed from clip GAA, light coat on sensor body, wipe off excess. When removed from spring clip, clean off old grease and apply a new light coat. (O)
Automatic Slack Adjuster Semiannually or every
6,000 miles (9,656 km)
Semiannually or every
6,000 miles (9,656 km)
GAA, zerk fittings. (O)
Stowage Box and Padlocks Monthly or every 1,000 miles (1,609 km) OE/HDO-10, hinge/latch, oil can points.
(C)
Twist Locks (8)
OE/HDO-10, hinge/latch, oil can points.
(O)
Monthly or every 1,000 miles (1,609 km) Clean, oil can point
OE/HDO-10 for housing. (C)
GAA, zerk fittings. (O)
Tiedown Rings Monthly or every 1,000 miles (1,609 km) OE/HDO-10, oil can points. (C)
Cargo (36)
Ammo (4)
Lift/Tiedown (10)
Landing Gear Shoes, Swing
Pins, and Crank Handle
Monthly or every 1,000 miles (1,609 km) OE/HDO-10, oil can points. (C)
All Receptacle Pins and Connectors
Kingpin and Bolster Plate
Sling Eye Pockets (M871R and M871A1R)
When taken apart/replaced Dielectric grease. Clean and apply a thin coat. (O)
Monthly or every 1,000 miles (1,609 km) GAA, clean, then apply thin coat on kingpin and bolster plate. (C) Make sure drain holes are not plugged.
Quarterly or every 3,000 miles (4,827 km) GAA. (C)
0067-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
LUBRICATION CHART AND DIAGRAMS - CONTINUED
0067
LUBRICATION POINTS
Sling Eye Locking Latches
(M871R and M871A1R)
Gladhand Springs and
Bracket
Wheel Bearings and Seals
Table 1. Lubrication Chart - Continued.
INTERVAL
Monthly or every 1,000 miles
(1,609 km)
Monthly or every 1,000 miles
(1,609 km)
Triennial or every 36,000 miles
(57,935 km)
LUBRICATION TYPE/
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS/
MAINTENANCE LEVEL ()
GAA. (C)
OE/HDO-10, oil can points. (C)
GAA, clean, inspect, and repack with clean
GAA. (O) Replace seals. (O). Never reuse seals.
GAA, light coat, wipe off excess. (O) Brake Bushings, Rollers,
Anchor Pins, S-Camshaft
Lobes, Spider Face, Splines
Triennial or every 36,000 miles
(57,935 km)
S-Camshaft Support Bracket Semiannually or every 6,000 miles
(9,656 km)
Spindles, Cam Follower
Shaft, Journals
Triennial or every 36,000 miles
(57,935 km)
GAA, zerk fittings. (O)
GAA, light coat, wipe off excess. (O)
NOTE
Do not lubricate suspension system.
Figure 1. Lubrication Diagram.
0067-3
447-0169
067
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
LUBRICATION CHART AND DIAGRAMS - CONTINUED
0067
DETAIL 1
447-0170
DETAIL 2
447-0171
DETAIL 3
447-0172
Figure 2. Lubrication Points.
DETAIL 4
447-0173
067
0067-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
LUBRICATION CHART AND DIAGRAMS - CONTINUED
0067
DETAIL 5
447-0174
DETAIL 6 (M871A1R and M871A2R)
447-0175
DETAIL 7
447-0176
DETAIL 8 (M871R and M871A1R)
447-0210
Figure 3. Lubrication Points.
067
0067-5
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
LUBRICATION CHART AND DIAGRAMS - CONTINUED
0067
DETAIL 9 447-0177
DETAIL 10
Figure 4. Lubrication Points.
END OF TASK
LUBRICANTS
Table 2 lists lubricants to be used in all temperature ranges.
Table 1. Lubricants Key.
EXPECTED TEMPERATURES*
ABOVE +15°F
(ABOVE -9°C)
+40°F to -15°F
(+4° to -26°C)
+40°F to -65°F
(+4°C to -54°C) LUBRICANTS
OE/HDO
(MIL-PRF-2104)
Lubricating Oil, Internal Combustion
Engine, Tactical Service
OEA
(MIL-L-46167)
Lubricating Oil, Internal Combustion
Engine, Arctic
GAA
(MIL-PRF-10924G)
Grease, Automotive and Artillery
*For arctic operation, refer to FM 9-207.
OE/HDO-30 OE/HDO-30
All Temperatures
OEA
447-0211
067
00067
END OF TASK
0067-6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0067
COLD OPERATION
00067
For operation of equipment in extended cold temperatures below -15°F (-26°C), remove lubricants prescribed in the key for temperatures above -15°F (-26°C). Re-lubricate with lubricants specified in the key for temperatures below -15°F (-26°C). If
OEA lubricant is required to meet the temperature changes prescribed in the key, OEA lubricant is to be used in place of OE/
HDO lubricant for all temperature ranges where OE/HDO lubricant is specified in the key.
END OF TASK
S-CAMSHAFT (SPECIFIC)
1.
When the wheels and hubs are removed, place a light film of lubricant on cam roller follower shafts, journals, and the top and bottom surface of the S-camshaft. Wipe off any excess lubricant.
2.
Observe the following warning and caution when lubricating automatic slack adjusters.
WARNING
Do not use any grease with Teflon, over 3% molysulfide content, or “white” grease in the automatic slack adjusters. These lubricants will adversely affect the friction clutch and cause it not to hold the adjustment, resulting in premature failure, injury to personnel, and damage to equipment.
CAUTION
It is important not to overfill wheel-end cavity with lubricant. Do not exceed grease level indicated.
Also, make sure excess grease is wiped away since it can contaminate brake linings and cause poor brake performance.
END OF TASK
00067
BEARINGS/HUBS
1.
Pack bearing cones with grease by forcing grease into the cavities between rollers and cage from the large end of the cone. The use of a pressure packer is recommended; otherwise pack the bearings by hand.
2.
Apply a light coat of grease to the spindle bearing journals and wipe off excess.
3.
Fill the hub cavity with grease to the outer cap’s smallest diameter.
4.
At the top of the spindle and as far back as possible, pump additional grease until it appears that the grease will run out.
Install the outer bearing cone quickly.
5.
Hub cavity will be filled approximately 1/3 full of grease (from the 4 to the 8 o’clock positions). This will involve installation of approximately 1-1/2 lb (0.7 kg) of grease.
6.
Install the wheel retention hardware. Place a dab of grease across the face of the locknut for identification that hub cavity has been greased if caps are not to be immediately installed.
00067
CAUTION
Brush a thin layer of GAA on the inside of the hub cap. Do not cover vent with grease. Do not pack the hub cap with grease. Do not coat the cap mounting flange with grease. Coating the cap vent will result in seepage of lubricant and may clog the vent. Failure to comply can cause damage to equipment.
7.
When brake shoes are replaced, apply an even coat of lubricant between contact face of anchor pin bushing, brake shoe area, and spider faces. Coat anchor pin completely. Wipe off all excess grease.
END OF TASK
0067-7
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0067
SUSPENSION
Hutchens suspension does not require lubrication, but new replacement suspension hardware (nuts/threads) should be oiled before assembly and a wet torque applied. In-service torque values should have dry torque values applied.
00067
END OF TASK
GENERAL SEMITRAILER LUBRICATION REQUIREMENTS
00067
NOTE
High-pressure or steam wash is not authorized for the semitrailer.
1.
The oil requirements for the semitrailer consist of only two types of lubricant, OEA and OE/HDO, for oil can points. Variants of the lubricating oil are authorized only due to temperature variations.
2.
The grease requirements for the semitrailer consists of only GAA. Current GAA stocks are 100% synthetic and allow for extended service intervals as long as seals and gaskets are not leaking grease.
3.
All fittings and lubrication points should be wiped clean prior to being lubed.
4.
If a padlock is used, make sure it is lubricated and operational.
5.
Reference TM 43-0139 for semitrailer painting and TB 43-0209 for stencil identification marking.
END OF TASK
FORDING OPERATIONS
00067
1.
Use common sense. If the mission/situation does not allow for after-fording inspection, inspect the semitrailer when the mission allows.
2.
Snub the brakes three or four times to dry them out after fording.
3.
If hubs were hot prior to fording there is a good chance water may have been sucked in through the hub cap. If cold or warm to touch they should be all right.
4.
If hubs and seals showed any signs of leakage prior to fording they may be contaminated by water after fording semitrailer.
5.
When mission allows, carefully remove hub caps to inspect for water contamination. If gasket is damaged, it must be replaced.
6.
Use low-pressure fresh water to flush out all salt contamination, including road salt, from semitrailer to prevent corrosion.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0067-8
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
TORQUE LIMITS
SCOPE
This work package lists standard torque values and provides general information for applying torque. Special torque values and tightening sequences are indicated in the maintenance procedures for applicable components.
GENERAL
00068
00068
1.
Always use torque values listed in Tables 2 and 3 when a maintenance procedure does not give a specific torque value.
a.
Table 2 provides torque limits for SAE standard fasteners.
b.
Table 3 provides torque limits for metric fasteners.
2.
Unless otherwise indicated, standard torque tolerance shall be
± 10%.
3.
Torque values listed are based on clean, dry threads. Reduce torque by 10% when engine oil is used as a lubricant. Reduce torque by 20% if new plated capscrews are used.
CAUTION
If replacement capscrews are of higher grade than originally supplied, use torque specifications for the original. This will prevent equipment damage due to overtorquing.
TIGHTENING METAL FASTENERS
00068
When torquing a fastener, select a wrench whose range fits the required torque value. A torque wrench is most accurate from
25 to 75% of its stated range. A wrench with a stated range of 0 to 100 lb-ft (0 to 136 Nm) will be most accurate from 25 to
75 lb-ft (34 to 102 Nm). The accuracy of readings will decrease as you approach 0 lb-ft or 100 lb-ft (136 Nm). The following ranges are based on this principle.
-
Table 1. Metal Fasteners.
STATED RANGE
0 to 200 lb-in.
0 to 600 lb-ft
0 to 170 lb-ft
15 to 75 lb-ft
(0 to 23 Nm)
(0 to 813 Nm)
(0 to 230 Nm)
(20 to 102 Nm)
MOST EFFECTIVE RANGE
50 to 150 lb-in.
50 to 150 lb to ft
44 to 131 lb-ft
30 to 60 lb-ft
(6 to 17 Nm)
(68 to 610 Nm)
(60 to 178 Nm)
(41 to 81 Nm)
0068-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
TIGHTENING METAL FASTENERS - CONTINUED
0068
00068
Figure 1. Torque Wrench Formula.
447-0269
068
END OF TASK
Figure 2. Torque Wrench Adapter Setups.
447-0270
068
0068-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0068
INSTALLATION AND TORQUING
00068
1.
Matching Nuts. Matching nuts require a minimum height equal to the basic diameter of the bolt. The same is true of tapped holes. In tapped softer materials, the depth of the tapped hole should be 1-1/2 times the basic diameter of the bolt.
2.
Threaded Protrusion. In all installations, bolts, studs, and screws must extend through the nut at least a length equivalent to two complete threads. This applies to both self-locking and plain nuts.
3.
Torquing Self-Locking Nuts. To obtain the correct recommended torque value on self-locking nuts, the nut must be tightened until it is one turn from the beginning of seating. At this point, if the torque is less than 1/3 of the recommended torque, it should be disregarded and the nut tightened to the recommended torque value. If the torque is
1/3 or more of the recommended torque, it should be added to the recommended torque. Example: The recommended torque is 50 to 70 lb-in. (6 to 8 Nm). The torque at one turn from seating is 30 lb-in. (3 Nm). The correct torque wrench reading would be 80 to 100 lb-in. (9 to 11 Nm).
4.
Retorquing Fasteners. Procedures intended for installing metal fasteners can cause incorrect reading when used to check or retorque already installed fasteners during maintenance. Before checking or retorquing an already installed threaded fastener, first mark the fastener and its companion components so the marks are in line. Second, back it off a 1/4 turn to loosen it. Torque it to the specification with an even steady pull on the torque wrench. The marks should be in line; if not, the marks will indicate the fastener was under- or over-torqued.
5.
Standard Torque Charts. Standard torque charts have been established for dry and wet torque conditions. Surface variations such as thread roughness, scale paint, lubrication (oil, grease, etc.), hardening, and plating may alter these values considerably. Tables 2 and 3 are standard torque charts.
6.
To find the grade of the screw that is to be installed, match the markings on the head to the correct picture of CAPSCREW
HEAD MARKINGS on tables 2 and 3. Manufacturer’s marks may vary.
0068-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0068
INSTALLATION AND TORQUING - CONTINUED
Table 2. Torque Limits - SAE Standard Fasteners.
QUALITY OF
MATERIAL
SAE Grade Number
Capscrew Head Markings
Manufacturer’s marks may vary
These are all SAE Grade 5
(3 line)
INDETERMINATE
1 or 2
MINIMUM
COMMERCIAL
5
MEDIUM
COMMERCIAL
6 or 7
BEST
COMMERCIAL
8
CAPSCREW BODY
SIZE IN. - THREAD
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
11
18
10
16
13
20
12
18
9
14
8
14
16
24
14
20
20
28
18
24
TORQUE
LB-FT (NM)
83
95
105
115
39
41
51
55
160
175
235
250
18
20
28
30
5
6
11
13
(53)
(56)
(69)
(75)
(113)
(129)
(142)
(156)
(7)
(8)
(15)
(18)
(24)
(27)
(38)
(41)
(217)
(237)
(319)
(339)
TORQUE
LB-FT (NM)
150
170
270
295
75
85
110
120
395
435
590
660
31
35
49
55
8
10
17
19
(102)
(115)
(149)
(163)
(203)
(231)
(366)
(400)
(11)
(14)
(23)
(26)
(42)
(47)
(66)
(75)
(536)
(590)
(800)
(895)
280
440
660
55
85
120
167
19
34
TORQUE
LB-FT (NM)
10 (14)
(26)
(46)
(75)
(115)
(163)
(226)
(380)
(597)
(895)
TORQUE
LB-FT (NM)
210
240
375
420
105
120
155
170
605
675
910
990
44
49
70
78
12
14
24
27
(142)
(163)
(210)
(231)
(285)
(325)
(508)
(569)
(16)
(19)
(33)
(37)
(60)
(66)
(95)
(106)
(820)
(915)
(1,234)
(1,342)
0068-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INSTALLATION AND TORQUING - CONTINUED
Table 3. Torque Limits - Metric Fasteners.
0068
THREAD
DIAMETER-PITCH
M6
M8
M8 x 1
M10
M10 x 1.25
M12
M12 x 1.5
M14
M14 x 1.5
M16
M16 x 1.5
M18
M18 x 1.5
M20
M20 x 1.5
M22
M22 x 1.5
M24
M24 x 2
M27
M27 x 2
M30
M30 x 2
CLASS 8.8 BOLT
CLASS 8 NUT
Torque: lb-ft (Nm)
5 (7)
12 (16)
13 (18)
24 (33)
27 (37)
42 (57)
43 (58)
66 (89)
72 (98)
103 (140)
110 (149)
147 (199)
165 (224)
208 (282)
213 (313)
283 (384)
315 (427)
360 (488)
392 (531)
527 (715)
569 (771)
715 (969)
792 (1,074)
CLASS 10.9 BOLT CLASS 10 NUT
Torque: lb-ft (Nm)
7 (9)
17 (23)
18 (24)
34 (46)
38 (52)
60 (81)
62 (84)
95 (129)
103 (140)
148 (201)
157 (213)
203 (275)
229 (310)
288 (390)
320 (434)
392 (531)
431 (584)
498 (675)
542 (735)
729 (988)
788 (1,068)
990 (1,342)
1,096 (1,486)
* All plated and unplated fasteners should be coated with oil before installation.
† Use these torque values if either the bolt or nut is lubricated or plated (zinc-phosphate conversion-coated, cadmium-plated, or waxed).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0068-5/(6 blank)
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CHAPTER 9
DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
General, Work Safety, Cleaning Instructions,
Inspection Instructions, Repair Instructions, Tagging Wires and Hoses,
Corrosion Protection
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Direct Support/General Support
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Brush, scrub (Item 2, WP 0085)
Cleaning compound, solvent, type III
Cloth, abrasive (Item 4, WP 0085)
Detergent, general purpose, liquid
0
0
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts - Continued
Rag, wiping (Item 13, WP 0085)
Rust inhibitor (Item 14, WP 0085)
Tag, marker (Item 16, WP 0085)
UV wood protector (Item 18, WP 0085)
References
TB 9-2510-242-40
TM 9-214
TM 9-247
WARNING
For service and repair tasks on the semitrailer, the ground boards and tire chocks should be used to ensure safe coupling and prevent semitrailer movement. Failure to comply could cause injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
GENERAL
00069
1.
This work package contains general shop practices and specific methods you must be familiar with to properly maintain your semitrailer. You should read and understand these practices and methods before performing any maintenance tasks.
2.
Before beginning a task, find out how much repair, modification, or replacement is needed to fix the equipment.
Sometimes the reason for equipment failure can be seen right away, and complete teardown is not necessary. Disassemble equipment only as far as necessary to repair or replace damaged or broken parts.
3.
Resources are not listed in the initial setup unless they apply to the procedure.
4.
All tags and forms attached to equipment must be checked to learn the reason for equipment’s removal from service.
Modification Work Orders (MWOs) and Technical Bulletins (TBs) must also be checked for equipment changes and updates.
5.
In some cases, a part may be damaged by removal. If the part appears to be good, and other parts behind it are not defective, leave it on and continue with the procedure. Here are a few simple rules: a.
Do not remove dowel pins or studs unless loose, bent, broken, or otherwise damaged.
b.
Do not remove bearings or bushings unless damaged. If you need to remove them to access parts behind, pull bearings and bushings out carefully.
c.
Replace all gaskets, seals, lockwashers, cotter pins, and other locking hardware.
d.
Ensure all parts are lubricated as specified in WP 0067.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0069-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0069
WORK SAFETY
1.
Observe all WARNINGs and CAUTIONs. Always use power tools carefully.
2.
Protect yourself against injury. Wear protective gear such as safety goggles or faceshield, safety shoes, rubber apron, and gloves.
3.
When lifting heavy parts, have someone help you. Ensure that lifting/stabilizing equipment is working properly, is suitable for the assigned task, and is secure against slipping.
4.
All maintenance should be performed with: a.
Semitrailer parking brake engaged.
b.
Prime mover in neutral with parking brake engaged, if attached.
c.
Prime mover engine stopped, if attached.
d.
Front and rear of tires chocked.
e.
Ground boards emplaced.
END OF TASK
CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
00069
00069
WARNING
Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents can injure personnel and damage equipment.
CAUTION
Do not use high-pressure water or steam to clean semitrailer. Use only low-pressure water and bristled brushes. Be especially careful when cleaning electrical system components to include lighting. Damage or impaired operation will result if this caution is not observed.
General
00069
Cleaning instructions will be the same for a majority of parts and components that make up the semitrailer. The following should apply to all cleaning operations:
1.
Clean all parts before inspection, after repair, and before assembly.
2.
Keep hands free of grease which can collect dust, dirt, and grit.
3.
After cleaning, all parts should be covered or wrapped to protect them from dust and dirt. Parts that are subject to rust should be lightly oiled.
Castings, Forgings, and Machined Metal Parts
00069
WARNING
Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type III is an environmentally compliant and low toxic material. However, it may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in well-ventilated areas. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to do so may result in injury or death to personnel.
1.
Clean inner and outer surfaces with solvent cleaning compound.
2.
Remove grease and accumulated deposits with a stiff bristle brush.
0069-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUED
WARNING
Particles blown by compressed air are hazardous. DO NOT exceed 15 psi (103 kPa) nozzle pressure when drying parts with compressed air. Use a maximum of 30 psi (207 kPa) when cleaning components. DO NOT direct compressed air against human skin. To prevent injury, user must wear protective goggles or face shield. Make sure air stream is directed away from used for clearing restrictions should never exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Wear protective clothing (goggles/ shield, gloves, etc.) and use caution to avoid injury to personnel.
3.
Clear all threaded holes with compressed air to remove dirt and cleaning fluids.
Grease Seals, Electrical Cables, and Flexible Hoses
CAUTION
Do not wash grease seals, electrical harnesses, and flexible hoses with solvent cleaning compound or mineral spirits. Serious damage or destruction of material would result.
Wash electrical cables and flexible hoses with a solution of detergent and water and wipe dry.
Bearings
Clean bearings in accordance with TM 9-214.
END OF TASK
INSPECTION INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
All damaged areas should be marked for repair or replacement.
1.
All components and parts must be carefully checked to determine if they are serviceable for use, can be repaired, or must be scrapped.
2.
Inspect drilled and tapped (threaded) holes for the following: a.
Wear, distortion, cracks, and any other damage in or around holes.
b.
Threaded areas for wear, distortion (stretching), and evidence of cross-threading.
3.
Inspect metal lines, flexible lines (hoses), and metal fittings for the following: a.
Metal lines for sharp kinks, cracks, bad bends, and dents.
b.
Flexible lines for fraying, evidence of leakage, and loose metal fittings or connectors.
c.
Metal fittings and connectors for thread damage and worn or rounded hex heads.
4.
Inspect castings, forgings, and machined metal parts for the following: a.
Machined surfaces for nicks, burrs, raised metal, wear, and other damage.
b.
Inner and outer surfaces for breaks and cracks.
5.
Inspect bearings in accordance with TM 9-214.
END OF TASK
0069
00069
00069
00069
0069-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0069
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS
1.
Any repair procedure peculiar to a specific part or component is covered in the section relating to that item. After repair, clean all parts thoroughly to prevent dirt, metal chips, or other foreign material from entering any working parts.
2.
Repair casting, forgings, and machined metal parts using the following instructions: a.
Repair minor cracked casting or forgings in accordance with TB 9-2510-242-40.
00069
WARNING
Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type III is an environmentally compliant and low toxic material. However, it may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in well-ventilated areas. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to do so may result in injury or death to personnel.
b.
Repair minor damage to machined surfaces with a fine mill file or an abrasive cloth dipped in cleaning compound.
c.
Replace any deeply nicked machined surface that could affect the assembly operation.
d.
Repair minor damage to threaded capscrew holes with thread tap of same size to prevent cutting oversize.
3.
After repair, clean all parts thoroughly to prevent dirt, metal chips, or other foreign material from entering any working parts.
END OF TASK
TAGGING WIRES AND HOSES
1.
As soon as the first wire, hose, or tube is disconnected, write number “1” on two tags. Secure one tag to the wire, hose, or tube and the other tag to the terminal, nipple, or fitting. After disconnecting the second wire, hose, or tube, write number “2” on two tags. Secure one tag to the wire, hose, or tube, and the second tag to the terminal, nipple, or fitting. Do the same for all wires, hoses, and tubes.
2.
Note which numbers you used, in pencil, on the illustrations in this manual. This will help you to accurately re-tag, if tags are removed to perform cleaning and maintenance work.
3.
Remove all tags when finished.
00069
END OF TASK
CORROSION PROTECTION
General Instructions
00069
00069
1.
To ensure a long operational life for the semitrailer, the following is presented to assist maintenance personnel.
This is not meant to supersede or replace current support operations or authorized publications.
2.
Worldwide operations present many environmental impacts on the semitrailer from salt water to ice/snow melt chemicals.
Areas of conflict have their own ways of ventilating and damaging the semitrailer. All these impacts add up to shortened operational life.
Tips
00069
Keep the semitrailer clean, which will allow for more complete inspection of welds and components. Use low-pressure water, detergent, and brushes for cleaning.
a.
Flush out undercarriages, suspensions, and wheel ends with clean low-pressure water if operating in a salt environment, especially fording, as soon as the mission allows.
b.
Keep debris out of wheel ends and twistlock pockets.
0069-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0069
CORROSION PROTECTION - CONTINUED c.
Annually clean deck wood and roll/spray on boiled linseed oil or a good commercial UV wood protectorate. Apply to top areas of deck wood.
d.
Protect all exterior areas from rust — clean off rust, prime metal, and paint area.
e.
work when needed.
f.
Keep bolster plate drain holes free of grease and debris so they drain/air out freely.
Corrosion Protection
Kingpin and Bolster Plate
00069
If paint has worn off or damage/repair has taken it off the undercarriage, frame, fillets, gussets, or any other protected area, recoat with rust inhibitor and CARC paint.
00069
If the kingpin is replaced, inspect the interior structure for rust. Clean and protect the interior with rust inhibitor; do not plug up bolster plate drain holes. Make sure all welds are protected inside and out. Inspect the kingpin and bolster plate in accordance with PMCS requirements.
Protection Scheduling
00069
1.
It is a good idea to periodically take a look at the undercarriage, especially after off-road operations. The following is suggested:
Monthly: Visually inspect the undercarriage for rust and damage. Touch up paint as required.
2.
If operating in a salt or road chemical environment, you should inspect/protect these areas as soon as possible and wash these areas with clean water as soon as possible after operation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0069-5/(6 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
STOWAGE BOX SIDE PANELS REPLACEMENT
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Direct Support
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Hydraulic floor jack
0
Suitable lifting device, 300-lb capacity
0
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Cleaning compound, solvent, type III
Cloth, abrasive (Item 4, WP 0085)
Oil, lubricating (Item 11, WP 0085)
Rag, wiping (Item 13, WP 0085)
Locknut (4)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Personnel Required
Two
References
TM 9-247
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Ground boards emplaced
Tires chocked
BII removed from stowage box
WARNING
Stowage box weighs 195 lb (88 kg). Use suitable lifting device and two personnel to replace stowage box. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0070-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0070
REMOVAL
welding of side panel brackets (Figure 1, Item 5) to frame and rail.
00070
447-0026
Figure 1. Stowage Box Side Panel.
070
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
00070
1.
Ensure all bare metal is painted.
2.
Insert bolt (Figure 1, Item 1) with washer (Figure 1, Item 2) through side panel (Figure 1, Item 5) mounting hole and stowage box (Figure 1, Item 4). Place another washer on bolt inside stowage box and tighten bolt down with locknut
(Figure 1, Item 3); repeat for other three mounting locations.
3.
Position side panel brackets (Figure 1, Item 5), with stowage box (Figure 1, Item 4) installed, in place at frame (beam) and rail.
4.
Tack weld both side panel brackets (Figure 1, Item 5) in place at frame (beam) and rail.
5.
Remove locknuts (Figure 1, Item 3), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), bolts (Figure 1, Item 1), and stowage box
(Figure 1, Item 4), leaving side panels (Figure 1, Item 5) tack-welded in place at frame (beam) and rail. Discard locknuts.
6.
Use a continuous weld on each side panel bracket (Figure 1, Item 5) to weld brackets solidly to frame (beam) and rail.
7.
Insert bolt (Figure 1, Item 1) with washer (Figure 1, Item 2) through side panel (Figure 1, Item 5) mounting hole and stowage box (Figure 1, Item 4). Place another washer on bolt inside stowage box and tighten bolt down with new locknut
(Figure 1, Item 3); repeat for other three mounting locations.
8.
Lubricate padlocks and hinges to ensure smooth, rust-free operation. Periodically lubricate padlocks and hinges to maintain serviceability.
END OF TASK
0070-2
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Secure BII in stowage box.
2.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
3.
Raise landing legs.
4.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0070
00070
0070-3/(4 blank)
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
SUSPENSION REPLACEMENT (M871R AND M871A1R)
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Direct Support
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Shop equipment, automotive maintenance and
0
Floor jack
Jack stands
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Locknut (32)
0
0
0
0
Personnel Required
Four
References
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Rear of semitrailer supported by jack stands
Tires and wheels removed (WP 0021)
Hubs and brake drums removed (WP 0033)
WARNING
• Jack must be positioned directly under axle to prevent slippage. Direct all personnel to stay clear of semitrailer when supported in the air. Failure to comply could result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment.
• To prevent shifting of semitrailer, floor jack should be used only on a hard, level surface. Use ground boards, if necessary. Check tires. Failure to comply could result in injury or death to personnel.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0071-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0071
REMOVAL
1.
Remove eight bolts (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 24), and locknuts (Figure 1, Item 23) from trunnion center support. Discard locknuts.
2.
Remove four hex bolts (Figure 1, Item 2) and hex nuts (Figure 1, Item 6) from two bottom brackets of trunnion center support.
00071
WARNING
The trunnion must be firmly supported with jack stands or floor jacks prior to performing steps 3 and 4. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
3.
Remove four hex nuts (Figure 1, Item 22), washers (Figure 1, Item 21), and top plate (Figure 1, Item 9) from two trunnion
U-bolts (Figure 1, Item 10) and separate lower trunnion hub (Figure 1, Item 20) from upper trunnion hub
(Figure 1, Item 18).
4.
Repeat step 3 on opposite side of semitrailer.
WARNING
The trunnion tube weighs 100 lb (45.4 kg) and requires two persons to lift. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
5.
Remove two washers (Figure 1, Item 3) and bushings (Figure 1, Item 19) from both sides of trunnion tube
(Figure 1, Item 4) and remove trunnion tube from suspension.
WARNING
The axles must be firmly supported with jack stands or floor jacks prior to performing steps 6 thru 10. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
6.
Remove eight hex nuts (Figure 1, Item 6) and 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 5) from four U-bolts (Figure 1, Item 17) and remove U-bolts from two spring cap ends (Figure 1, Item 12).
7.
Repeat step 6 on opposite side of semitrailer.
WARNING
Axles weighs 200 lb (90.7 kg) and require four persons to lift. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
8.
Remove eight bolts (Figure 1, Item 7), washers (Figure 1, Item 15), and locknuts (Figure 1, Item 16) from two spring cap ends (Figure 1, Item 12). Discard locknuts.
9.
Remove two spring seats (Figure 1, Item 14), adjustment plates (Figure 1, Item 13), and four rubber pads
(Figure 1, Item 11) from spring (Figure 1, Item 8).
10. Repeat steps 8 and 9 on opposite side of semitrailer.
0071-2
REMOVAL - CONTINUED
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0071
447-0188
Figure 1. Suspension Replacement.
071
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Install two spring seats (Figure 1, Item 14), adjustment plates (Figure 1, Item 13), and four rubber pads (Figure 1,
Item 11) on spring (Figure 1, Item 8) and secure using eight bolts (Figure 1, Item 7), washers (Figure 1, Item 15), new locknuts (Figure 1, Item 16), and two spring cap ends (Figure 1, Item 12).
2.
Repeat step 1 on opposite side of semitrailer.
3.
Install four U-bolts (Figure 1, Item 17) on two spring cap ends (Figure 1, Item 12) and secure using 16 washers
(Figure 1, Item 5) and eight hex nuts (Figure 1, Item 6).
4.
Repeat step 3 on opposite side of semitrailer.
5.
Install two washers (Figure 1, Item 3) and bushings (Figure 1, Item 19) on both sides of trunnion tube (Figure 1, Item 4).
00071
0071-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0071
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
WARNING
The trunnion tube weighs 100 lb (45.4 kg) and requires two persons to lift. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
6.
Install trunnion tube (Figure 2, Item 4) using two U-bolts (Figure 2, Item 10), top plate (Figure 2, Item 9), upper trunnion hub (Figure 2, Item 18), lower trunnion hub (Figure 2, Item 20), four washers (Figure 2, Item 21), and four hex nuts
(Figure 2, Item 22).
7.
Repeat step 6 on opposite side of trunnion.
8.
Install four hex bolts (Figure 2, Item 2) and hex nuts (Figure 2, Item 6) on two bottom brackets of trunnion center support.
9.
Install eight bolts (Figure 2, Item 1), washers (Figure 2, Item 24), and new locknuts (Figure 2, Item 23) on trunnion center support.
Figure 2. Suspension Replacement.
447-0188
071
0071-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0071
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
10. Torque suspension nuts to the following in-service DRY torque values:
1-1/8 in.- 12 UNF. . . . . . . . 880 lb-ft (1,193 Nm)
3/4 in.- 16 UNF . . . . . . . . . . . 300 lb-ft (407 Nm)
5/8 in.- 18 UNF . . . . . . . . . . . 180 lb-ft (244 Nm)
11. New replacement installations/hardware should have WET (oiled) fasteners. The following wet torque values apply:
1-1/8 in.- 12 UNF. . . . . . . . . . 670 lb-ft (908 Nm)
3/4 in.- 16 UNF . . . . . . . . . . . 228 lb-ft (298 Nm)
5/8 in.- 18 UNF . . . . . . . . . . . 130 lb-ft (176 Nm)
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
2.
Install hubs and brake drums (WP 0033).
3.
Install tires and wheels (WP 0021).
4.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
5.
Raise landing legs.
6.
Road test to ensure safe operation and tracking of axles.
END OF TASK
00071
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0071-5/(6 blank)
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
SUSPENSION REPLACEMENT (M871A2R)
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
Direct Support
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Shop equipment, automotive maintenance and
0
Floor jack
Jack stands
0
0
0
Materials/Parts
Locknut (32)
0
0
0
0
Personnel Required
Four
References
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Rear of semitrailer supported by jack stands
Tires and wheels removed (WP 0021)
Hubs and brake drums removed (WP 0033)
WARNING
• Jack must be positioned directly under axle to prevent slippage. Direct all personnel to stay clear of semitrailer when supported in the air. Failure to comply could result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment.
• To prevent shifting of semitrailer, floor jack should be used only on a hard, level surface. Use ground boards, if necessary. Chock tires. Failure to comply could result in injury or death to personnel.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0072-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0072
REMOVAL
1.
Remove eight bolts (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 25), and locknuts (Figure 1, Item 24) from trunnion center support. Discard locknuts.
2.
Remove four hex bolts (Figure 1, Item 2) and hex nuts (Figure 1, Item 10) from two bottom brackets of trunnion center support.
WARNING
The trunnion must be firmly supported with jack stands or floor jacks prior to performing steps 3 and 4. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
3.
Remove four hex nuts (Figure 1, Item 22), washers (Figure 1, Item 21), and wear plate (Figure 1, Item 20) from two trunnion U-bolts (Figure 1, Item 4) and separate lower trunnion hub (Figure 1, Item 7) from upper trunnion hub (Figure 1, Item 5).
4.
Repeat step 3 on opposite side of semitrailer.
00072
WARNING
The trunnion tube weighs 100 lb. (45.5 kg) and requires two persons to lift. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
5.
Remove two washers (Figure 1, Item 23) and bushings (Figure 1, Item 6) from both sides of trunnion tube
(Figure 1, Item 3) and remove trunnion tube from suspension.
WARNING
The axles must be firmly supported with jack stands or floor jacks prior to performing steps 6 thru 10. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
6.
Remove eight hex nuts (Figure 1, Item 10) and 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 9) from four U-bolts (Figure 1, Item 19) and remove U-bolts from two spring cap ends (Figure 1, Item 8).
7.
Repeat step 6 on opposite side of semitrailer.
WARNING
Axles weigh 200 lb (40.7 kg) and require four persons to lift. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
8.
Remove eight bolts (Figure 1, Item 11), washers (Figure 1, Item 17), and locknuts (Figure 1, Item 18) from two spring cap ends (Figure 1, Item 8). Discard locknuts.
9.
Remove two spring seats (Figure 1, Item 16), adjustment plates (Figure 1, Item 15), and four rubber pads
(Figure 1, Items 13 and 14) from spring (Figure 1, Item 12).
10. Repeat steps 8 and 9 on opposite side of semitrailer.
0072-2
REMOVAL - CONTINUED
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0072
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Suspension Replacement.
0072-3
447-0216
072
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0072
INSTALLATION
1.
Install two spring seats (Figure 2, Item 16), adjustment plates (Figure 2, Item 15), and four rubber pads (Figure 2,
Items 13 and 14) on spring (Figure 2, Item 12) and secure using eight bolts (Figure 2, Item 11), washers (Figure
2, Item 17), new locknuts (Figure 2, Item 18), and two spring cap ends (Figure 2, Item 8).
2.
Repeat step 1 on opposite side of semitrailer.
3.
Install four U-bolts (Figure 2, Item 19) on two spring cap ends (Figure 2, Item 8) and secure using 16 washers
(Figure 2, Item 9) and eight hex nuts (Figure 2, Item 10).
4.
Repeat step 3 on opposite side of semitrailer.
5.
Install two washers (Figure 2, Item 23) and bushings (Figure 2, Item 6) on both sides of trunnion tube (Figure 2, Item 3).
00072
WARNING
The trunnion tube weighs 100 lb (45.4 kg) and requires two persons to lift. Failure to comply could result in injury to personnel.
6.
Install trunnion tube (Figure 2, Item 3) using two U-bolts (Figure 2, Item 4), wear plate (Figure 2, Item 20), upper trunnion hub (Figure 2, Item 5), lower trunnion hub (Figure 2, Item 7), four washers (Figure 2, Item 21), and four hex nuts
(Figure 2, Item 22).
7.
Repeat step 6 on opposite side of trunnion.
8.
Install four hex bolts (Figure 2, Item 2) and hex nuts (Figure 2, Item 10) on two bottom brackets of trunnion center support.
9.
Install eight bolts (Figure 2, Item 1), washers (Figure 2, Item 25), and new locknuts (Figure 2, Item 24) on trunnion center support.
10. Torque suspension nuts to the following in-service DRY torque values:
1-1/8 in.- 12 UNF. . . . . . . . 880 lb-ft (1,193 Nm)
3/4 in.- 16 UNF . . . . . . . . . . . 300 lb-ft (407 Nm)
5/8 in.- 18 UNF . . . . . . . . . . . 180 lb-ft (244 Nm)
11. New replacement installations/hardware should have WET (oiled) fasteners. The following wet torque values apply:
1-1/8 in.- 12 UNF. . . . . . . . . . 670 lb-ft (908 Nm)
3/4 in.- 16 UNF . . . . . . . . . . . 228 lb-ft (298 Nm)
5/8 in.- 18 UNF . . . . . . . . . . . 130 lb-ft (176 Nm)
0072-4
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0072
END OF TASK
Figure 2. Suspension Replacement.
0072-5
447-0216
072
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
2.
Install hubs and brake drums (WP 0033).
3.
Install tires and wheels (WP 0021).
4.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
5.
Raise landing legs.
6.
Road test to ensure safe operation and tracking of axles.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0072
00072
0072-6
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
General Support
DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
FRAME REPAIR
Refer to TB 9-2510-242-40 for repair of frame.
END OF TASK
0
0
References
TB 9-2510-242-40
END OF WORK PACKAGE
-
0
0
0073-1/(2 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
KINGPIN REPLACEMENT (M871R AND M871A1R)
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
General Support
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Shop equipment, automotive maintenance and
0
Shop equipment, welding, field maintenance
0
0
0
0
Personnel Required
Two
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
REMOVAL
1.
Remove middle metal plate to gain access to top surface of kingpin (Figure 1, Item 1).
WARNING
• Particles blown by compressed air are hazardous. DO NOT exceed 15 psi (103 kPa) nozzle pressure when drying parts with compressed air. Use a maximum of 30 psi (207 kPa) when cleaning components. DO NOT direct compressed air against human skin. To prevent injury, user must wear protective goggles or face shield. Make sure air stream is directed away from user and other personnel in the area. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury to personnel.
• Wear welding mask, gloves, and apron when welding or using cutting torch. Failure to wear adequate protective clothing may result in injury to personnel.
2.
Using air-arc process, remove welds securing the kingpin (Figure 1, Item 1) upper surface and plug welds from kingpin
5-1/2-in.-square base. A 300-amp welder is required along with a “shop air” supply of 90 psi (621 kPa). Care must be taken to minimize damage to bolster plate. Damage to kingpin being removed is of no consequence.
3.
Remove kingpin (Figure 1, Item 1).
00074
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Kingpin Removal.
447-0190
0074-1
074
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0074
INSTALLATION
WARNING
• Wear welding mask, gloves, and apron when welding or using cutting torch. Failure to wear adequate protective clothing may result in injury to personnel.
• Eye protection is required. Particles from grinding operations are hazardous to the eyes.
1.
Grind area of bolster plate under kingpin (Figure 2, Item 1) 5-1/2-in.-square base flush so that new kingpin will lie flat on the bolster plate.
2.
Install new kingpin (Figure 2, Item 1). Locate holes in kingpin top in the same manner as the one removed.
3.
Preheat kingpin (Figure 2, Item 1) and bolster plate to 150°F (66°C), and maintain temperature throughout the welding process.
4.
Weld kingpin (Figure 2, Item 1) 5-1/2-in.-square base to bolster plate with 1/4 in. fillet weld 2 in. (51 mm) long at four equally spaced points on the edge of the flange and plug weld the holes in the 5-1/2-in.-square base. Welds are to be in accordance with MIL-STD-1261, class 3. Use 100,000 psi electrode or wire of the following specifications: electrodes, mineral coated, low hydrogen, MIL-E-2200/6 type MIL-10015 or MIL-10016. Wire, use bare solid wire, low alloy steel,
MIL-E-23765/2 type 100S-1, 100S-2 or 110S-1.
5.
Inspect weld with dye penetrant or magnetic particle inspection. No cracks are allowable and any cracks found must be repaired.
6.
Prime and paint the top of the kingpin (Figure 2, Item 1) and bolster plate as follows: Prime, per MIL-DTL-0053030 or
MIL-DTL-0053022. Paint with enamel per MIL-DTL-53039 or MIL-DTL-64159.
7.
Replace middle metal plate that was removed to gain access to the top of the kingpin (Figure 2, Item 1).
00074
Figure 2. Kingpin Installation.
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to prime mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0074-2
447-0190
074
00074
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
KINGPIN REPLACEMENT (M871A2R)
Removal, Installation
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
General Support
Tools and Special Tools
Tool kit, general mechanic’s (Item 4, WP 0082)
0
Shop equipment, automotive maintenance and
0
Shop equipment, welding, field maintenance
0
0
0
0
Personnel Required
Two
Equipment Conditions
Landing legs down
Semitrailer disconnected from prime mover
Tires chocked
Ground boards emplaced
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0075-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0075
REMOVAL
WARNING
• Particles blown by compressed air are hazardous. DO NOT exceed 15 psi (103 kPa) nozzle pressure when drying parts with compressed air. Use a maximum of 30 psi (207 kPa) when cleaning components. DO NOT direct compressed air against human skin. To prevent injury, user must wear protective goggles or face shield. Make sure air stream is directed away from user and other personnel in the area. Failure to follow this warning may result in injury to personnel.
• Wear welding mask, gloves, and apron when welding or using cutting torch. Failure to wear adequate protective clothing may result in injury to personnel.
00075
1.
Measure from floor side of bulkhead (Figure 1, Item 1) and mark two straight lines on top metal plate
(Figure 1, Item 2) between main beams (Figure 1, Item 3) at locations shown.
2.
Using the air-arc process, make two straight cuts in top metal plate (Figure 1, Item 2) between main beams
(Figure 1, Item 3) at locations marked.
3.
Air-arc the existing welds securing the metal plate (Figure 1, Item 2) to the main beams (Figure 1, Item 3).
4.
Remove the cut out section of metal plate (Figure 1, Item 2) to gain access to top of kingpin.
5.
Using the air-arc process, remove the welds securing the kingpin (Figure 1, Item 4) 8-in.-round base to the bolster plate
(Figure 1, Item 5). A 300-amp welder is required along with a shop air supply of 90 psi (621 kPa). Care must be taken to minimize damage to the bolster plate (Figure 1, Item 5).
6.
Remove and discard the kingpin (Figure 1, Item 4).
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Kingpin Replacement.
0075-2
447-0191
075
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0075
INSTALLATION
WARNING
• Wear welding mask, gloves, and apron when welding or using cutting torch. Failure to wear adequate protective clothing may result in injury to personnel.
• Eye protection is required. Particles from grinding operations are hazardous to the eyes.
1.
Grind the area of the bolster plate (Figure 1, Item 5) under the kingpin (Figure 1, Item 4) 8-in.-round base flush so that the new kingpin will lie flat on the bolster plate.
2.
Position new kingpin (Figure 1, Item 4) on bolster plate (Figure 1, Item 5).
3.
Drop a plumb line and bob from kingpin (Figure 1, Item 4) to ground and mark spot with a chalk mark (Figure 2).
00075
Figure 2. Kingpin Placement.
447-0192
075
0075-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0075
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
4.
To center the kingpin (Figure 3, Item 4), measure the distance from the chalk mark to the center of the hub cap plugs on the front axle (Figure 2, A and B). The difference between measurements should be no more than 3/8 in.
5.
If the measurements are not correct, adjust position of kingpin (Figure 3, Item 4) on bolster plate (Figure 3, Item 5) until measurements are within limits.
447-0193
Figure 3. Center Kingpin.
WARNING
Wear welding mask, gloves, and apron when welding or using cutting torch. Failure to wear adequate protective clothing may result in serious injury.
6.
Weld the kingpin (Figure 3, Item 4) 8-in.-round base to the bolster plate (Figure 3, Item 5) with a continuous 5/8-in. fillet weld. Welds are to be in accordance with MIL-STD-1261, class 3. Use 70,000 psi electrode or wire of the following specification: electrodes, mineral coated, low hydrogens MIL-E-2200/6 type MIL-10015 or MIL-10016. Wire, use bare solid wire, low alloy steel, MIL-E-23765/2 type 100S-1 or 110S-1.
7.
Repeat step 6 two times to obtain a continuous 3-pass weld on the kingpin.
8.
Inspect kingpin weld and the air-arc cut edges with dye penetrant or magnetic particle inspection. No cracks are allowable. Any cracks found must be ground out or otherwise repaired.
9.
Weld into place the top metal plate (Figure 3, Item 2) that was removed to gain access to the kingpin.
10. Prime and paint the top metal plate (Figure 3, Item 2) as follows: prime, per TT-P-636 or TT-P-634. Paint using chemical
Agent Resistant Coating (CARC) per MIL-DTL-53039 or MIL-DTL-64159.
END OF TASK
075
0075-4
FOLLOW-ON TASKS
1.
Connect semitrailer to primer mover.
2.
Raise landing legs.
3.
Remove/store chocks and ground boards.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0075
00075
0075-5/(6 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INITIAL SETUP
Maintenance Level
General Support
DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
TIRE REPAIR
0
0
Refer to TM 9-2610-200-14 for instructions on tire maintenance.
END OF TASK
References
TM 9-2610-200-14
END OF WORK PACKAGE
-
0
0
0076-1/(2 blank)
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CHAPTER 10
PARTS INFORMATION
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST INTRODUCTION
SCOPE
This RPSTL lists and authorizes spares and repair parts for performance of Field level maintenance of the semitrailers. It authorizes the requisitioning, issue, and disposition of spares and repair parts as indicated by the source, maintenance, and recoverability (SMR) codes.
GENERAL
00077
00077
In addition to the Introduction work package, this RPSTL is divided into the following work packages: a.
Repair Parts Lists Work Package. Work package containing lists of spares and repair parts authorized by this
RPSTL for use in the performance of maintenance. This work package also includes parts which must be removed for replacement of the authorized parts. Parts lists are composed of functional groups in ascending alphanumeric sequence, with the parts in each group listed in ascending figure and item number sequence. Repair parts kits are listed separately in their own functional group. Items listed are shown on the associated illustrations.
b.
Special Tools List Work Package. There are no special tools for the semitrailer.
c.
Cross-Reference Indexes Work Package. There are two cross-reference indexes in this RPSTL: National Stock
Number Index and Part Number Index.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE REPAIR PARTS LISTS
1.
Item No. (Column 1). Indicates the number used to identify items called out in the illustration.
2.
SMR Code (Column 2). The SMR code containing supply/requisitioning information, maintenance level authorization criteria, and disposition instruction, as shown in the following breakout:
00077
SOURCE CODE
XXxxx
1st two positions
How you get an item.
MAINTENANCE CODE RECOVERABILITY CODE
3rd position
Who can install, replace, or use the item.
xxXXx xxxxX
4th position 5th position
Who can do complete repair* on the item.
Who determines disposition action on an unserviceable item.
* Complete Repair: Maintenance capacity, capability, and authority to perform all corrective maintenance tasks of the “Repair” function in a use/user environment in order to restore serviceability to a failed item.
-
0077-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0077
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE REPAIR PARTS LISTS - CONTINUED a.
Source Code. The source code tells you how to get an item needed for maintenance, repair, or overhaul of an end item/equipment. Explanations of source codes follow:
Code
PA
PB
PC
PD
PE
PF
PG
KD
KF
KB
MO - Made at Unit/
AVUM level
MF - Made at DS/AVIM Level
MH - Made at GS Level
ML - Made at SRA
MD - Made at Depot
AO-Assembled by Unit/
AVUM level
AF-Assembled by DS/
AVIM level
AH-Assembled by
GS level
AL-Assembled by SRA
AD-Assembled by Depot
XA
Application/Explanation
Stocked items; use the applicable NSN to request/requisition items with these source codes. They are authorized to the maintenance category indicated by the code entered in the third position of the SMR code.
Items coded PC are subject to deterioration.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. They are part of a kit which is authorized to the maintenance level indicated in the third position of the SMR code. The complete kit must be requisitioned and applied.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. They must be made from bulk materiel which is identified by the part number in the
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column and listed in the bulk materiel group work package of the RPSTL. If the item is authorized to you by the third position of the SMR code, but the source code indicates it is made at a higher level, order the item from the higher level of maintenance.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. The parts that make up the assembled item must be requisitioned or fabricated and assembled at the level of maintenance indicated by the source code. If the third position of the
SMR code authorizes you to replace the item, but the source code indicates the item is assembled at a higher level, order the item from the higher level of maintenance.
XB
XC
XD
Do not requisition an “XA” coded item. Order the next higher assembly (refer to
NOTE below).
If an item is not available from salvage, order it using the CAGEC and P/N.
Installation drawings, diagrams, instruction sheets, field service drawings; identified by manufacturer’s P/N.
Item is not stocked. Order an XD-coded item through normal supply channels using the CAGEC and P/N given, if no NSN is available.
NOTE
Cannibalization of controlled exchange, when authorized, may be used as a source of supply for items with the above source codes, except for those source coded “XA” or those aircraft support items restricted by requirements of AR 750-1.
0077-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0077
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE REPAIR PARTS LISTS - CONTINUED b.
Maintenance Code. Maintenance codes tell you the level(s) of maintenance authorized to use and repair support items. The maintenance codes are entered in the third and fourth positions of the SMR code as follows:
(a) Third Position. The maintenance code entered in the third position tells you the lowest maintenance level authorized to remove, replace, and use an item. The maintenance code entered in the third position will indicate authorization to one of the following levels of maintenance:
Code Application/Explanation
C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Crew or Operator maintenance done within Field/AVUM maintenance.
O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Unit Level/AVUM maintenance can remove, replace, and use the item.
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Direct Support/AVIM maintenance can remove, replace, and use the item.
H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .General Support maintenance can remove, replace, and use the item.
L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Specialized Repair Activity (SRA) can remove, replace, and use the item.
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Depot Maintenance can remove, replace, and use the item.
(b) Fourth Position. The maintenance code entered in the fourth position tells you whether or not the item is to be repaired and identifies the lowest maintenance level with the capability to do complete repair (perform all authorized repair functions).
NOTE
Some limited repair may be done on the item at a lower level of maintenance, if authorized by the
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) and SMR codes.
Code Application/Explanation
O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Unit/AVUM is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Direct Support/AVIM is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .General Support is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Specialized Repair Activity (SRA) is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Depot is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
Z. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nonrepairable. No repair is authorized.
B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .No repair is authorized. No parts or special tools are authorized for the maintenance of a “B”-coded item. However, the item may be reconditioned by adjusting, lubricating, etc., at the user level.
0077-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0077
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE REPAIR PARTS LISTS - CONTINUED c.
Recoverability Code. Recoverability codes are assigned to items to indicate the disposition action on unserviceable items. The recoverability code is entered in the fifth position of the SMR code as follows:
Code Application/Explanation
Z. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nonrepairable item. When unserviceable, condemn and dispose of the item at the level of maintenance shown in the third position of the SMR code.
O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn and dispose of the item at the Unit level maintenance.
F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn and dispose of the item at Direct Support level.
H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn and dispose of the item at General Support level.
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reparable item. When beyond lower level repair capability, return to depot.
Condemnation and disposal of item are not authorized below depot level.
L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reparable item. Condemnation and disposal of item not authorized below
Specialized Repair Activity (SRA).
A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item requires special handling or condemnation procedures because of specific reasons (e.g., precious metal content, high dollar value, critical material, or hazardous material). Refer to appropriate manuals/directives for specific instructions.
3.
NSN - (Column 3). The NSN for the item is listed in this column.
4.
CAGEC (Column 4). The Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) is a five-digit code which is used to identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency/activity that supplies the item.
5.
PART NUMBER (Column 5). Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual, company, firm, corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of its engineering drawings, specifications, standards, and inspection requirements to identify an item or range of items.
NOTE
When you use an NSN to requisition an item, the item you receive may have a different part number from the part ordered.
6.
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) (Column 6). This column includes the following information: a.
The Federal item name and, when required, a minimum description to identify the item.
b.
P/Ns of bulk materials are referenced in this column in the line entry to be manufactured or fabricated.
c.
Hardness Critical Item (HCI). A support item that provides the equipment with special protection from electromagnetic pulse (EMP) damage during a nuclear attack.
d.
The statement END OF FIGURE appears just below the last item description in column (6) for a given figure in both the repair parts list and special tools list work packages.
7.
QTY (Column 7). The QTY (quantity per figure) column indicates the quantity of the item used in the breakout shown on the illustration/figure, which is prepared for a functional group, subfunctional group, group or an assembly. A “V” appearing in this column in lieu of a quantity indicates that the quantity is variable and the quantity may vary from application to application.
0077-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0077
EXPLANATION OF CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES WORK PACKAGE FORMAT AND COLUMNS
SPECIAL INFORMATION
00077
1.
National Stock Number (NSN) Index Work Package.
a.
STOCK NUMBER Column. This column lists the NSN by National Item Identification Number (NIIN) sequence.
The NIIN consists of the last nine digits of the NSN (i.e., NSN 5305-01-674-1467). When using this column to locate an item, ignore the first four digits of the NSN. However, the complete NSN should be used when ordering items by stock number.
b.
FIG. Column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located. The figures are in
numerical order in WP 0078 00.
c.
ITEM Column. The item number identifies the item associated with the figure listed in the adjacent FIG. column.
This item is also identified by the NSN listed on the same line.
2.
Part Number (P/N) Index Work Package. Part numbers in this index are listed in ascending alphanumeric sequence
(i.e., vertical arrangement of letter and number combination which places the first letter or digit of each group in order
A through Z, followed by the numbers 0 through 9 and each following letter or digit in like order).
a.
PART NUMBER Column. Indicates the P/N assigned to the item.
b.
FIG. Column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located in the repair parts list and special tools list work packages.
c.
ITEM Column. The item number is the number assigned to the item as it appears in the figure referenced in the adjacent figure number column.
00077
1.
Usable On Code (UOC). The UOC appears in the lower left corner of the DESCRIPTION column heading.
Usable on codes are shown as “UOC:” in the Description Column (justified left) on the first line under the applicable item/nomenclature. Uncoded items are applicable to all models. Identification of the UOC’s used in the RPSTL are:
Code
SCB
SJB
SKB
Used On
M817A1R Semitrailer
M871R Semitrailer
M871A2R Semitrailer
2.
Associated Publications. The publication(s) listed below pertain to the semitrailers and its components:
Publication Short Title
TM 9-2330-335 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Semitrailers
HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS
1.
When National Stock Number is Known.
a.
First. If you have the NSN, look in the STOCK NUMBER column of the NSN index work package. The NSN is arranged in NIIN sequence. Note the figure and item number next to the NSN.
b.
Second. Turn to the figure and locate the item number. Verify that the item is the one you are looking for.
2.
When Part Number is Known.
a.
First. If you have the P/N and not the NSN, look in the PART NUMBER column of the P/N index work package.
Identify the figure and item number.
b.
Second. Look up the item on the figure in the applicable repair parts list work package.
00077
0077-5
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0077
ABBREVIATIONS
00077
For standard abbreviations see ASME Y14.38-1999, Abbreviations and Acronyms.
Abbreviation Explanation
NIIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . National Item Identification Number (consists of the last 9 digits of the NSN)
RPSTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair Parts and Special Tools Lists
SMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability Code
TMDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0077-6
102
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
REPAIR PARTS LIST
-
0078-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-2
447-5001
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
BLACKOUT LIGHT
1 PFOZZ 6220010885915 5A910 12258212 LIGHT,BLACKOUT...................... 2
2 PAOZZ 5310000453299 80205 MS35338-42 .WASHER,LOCK........................ 2
3 PAOZZ 5310009349757 80205 MS35649-282 .NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON.................. 2
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-4
447-5002
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 0609 LIGHTS
CLEARANCE LIGHTS
1 PFOZZ 6220014826113 13548 07406 LIGHT,MARKER,CLEARA RED............ 5
1 PFOZZ 6220014825574 13548 07407 LIGHT,MARKER,CLEARA AMBER MIDSHIP.. 2
2 PAOZZ 5305014993342 0FBD6 52100013 SCREW,TAPPING....................... 20
3 PFOZZ 5305014995551 0FBD6 52100010 SCREW,TAPPING 0.25 X 0.70"......... 8
UOC:SJB
4 PFOZZ 6220014825444 13548 30255R LAMP UNIT,VEHICULAR RED REAR SIDES. 2
UOC:SCB,SJB
5 PFOZZ 2590015562096 13548 30720 GROMMET,NONMETALL USED ON M871R 4
ONLY................................
UOC:SJB
6 PFOZZ 6220014825320 13548 30255Y LAMP UNIT,VEHICULAR AMBER FRONT.... 2
7 PFOZZ 5325015561398 3DGR3 50824018 GROMMET,NONMETALL M871R ONLY USES 2 4
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-6
447-5003
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 0609 LIGHTS
LED TAILLIGHT
1 PFOZZ 6220014993350 0FBD6 50920012 LIGHT SET,STOP LIGH RED LED........ 4
2 PAOZZ 5305014995551 0FBD6 52100010 SCREW,TAPPING 0.25 X 0.70"......... 12
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 4. Converter Assembly Unit.
0078-8
447-5004
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 0613 HULL OR CHASSIS WIRING
HARNESS
CONVERTER ASSEMBLY UNIT
1 PFOZZ 6130015561480 60359 UTM-2412 POWER SUPPLY PART FOR CORE CREDIT.. 1
2 PAOZZ 5310008140673 81349 M45913/3-5CG8C NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE 5/16-18........ 4
3 PAOZZ 5305002264831 80204 B1821BH031C150N SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H 5/16-18 X 1.50. 4
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 5. Chassis Wiring Harness.
0078-10
447-5005
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 0613 HULL OR CHASSIS WIRING
HARNESS
CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS
1 PFOZZ 6150014993332 64466 28161-028 WIRING HARNESS...................... 2
2 PFOZZ 6150014993289 3DGR3 50851109 WIRING HARNESS BLACK-OUT........... 1
3 PFOZZ 6150014993311 64466 72203-012 WIRING HARNESS...................... 1
4 PFOZZ 6150014993315 64466 25150-028 WIRING HARNESS REAR................ 1
5 PFOZZ 6150014993320 64466 17900-086 WIRING HARNESS ABS MAIN............ 1
6 PFOZZ 6150014993321 64466 PT1383 WIRING HARNESS BLACK-OUT........... 1
7 PFOZZ 6150014993323 64466 63400-227 WIRING HARNESS MIDTURN ABS......... 1
8 PFOZZ 6150014993327 64466 52302-036 WIRING HARNESS PL-10 MARKER........ 2
9 PFOZZ 6150014993328 64466 82100-008 WIRING HARNESS LEAD PL 10, M871R 3
USES 3, M871A1R & M871A2R USE 2.....
10 PFOZZ 6150014993329 64466 18125-400 WIRING HARNESS MAIN................ 1
11 PFOZZ 5325002791248 96906 MS35489-103 GROMMET,NONMETALLIC CLEARANCE AND 11
ABS LIGHT WIRING....................
12 PFOZZ 5325002900074 96906 MS35489-109 GROMMET,NONMETALLIC................. 60
13 PFOZZ 5325014993362 0FBD6 50824060 GROMMET,NONMETALLIC................. 4
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-12
447-5006
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
AXLE ASSEMBLY
1 PBFFF 2520014995403 0FBD6 50045217 AXLE ASSEMBLY,AUTOM................. 2
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 7. Brake Camshaft Components.
0078-14
447-5007
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
BRAKE CAMSHAFT COMPONENTS
1 PFOZZ 2530014993135 78500 2210-D-6868 CAMSHAFT,ACTUATING, RH, Q-PLUS..... 2
1 PFOZZ 2530014993159 78500 2210-E-6869 CAMSHAFT,ACTUATING LH, Q-PLUS...... 2
2 PAOZZ 5310014993382 78500 1229-R-4100 WASHER,RECESSED PART OF KIT P/N 1
KIT8078.............................
3 PFOZZ 5330013286090 78500 1205-Q-2123 GASKET PART OF KIT P/N KIT8078...... 2
4 PFOZZ 2530013598091 3D6E9 A-3105-L-1078 RETAINER,ARM BUSHIN PART OF KIT P/N 1
KIT8078.............................
5 PAOZZ 5305013591367 78500 10-X-1421 SCREW,TAPPING PART OF KIT P/N 4
KIT8078.............................
6 PAOZZ 5310014993372 78500 1229-S-4101 WASHER,FLAT PART OF KIT P/N KIT8078. 1
7 PFOZZ 5325014993380 78500 1229-T-4102 RING,RETAINING PART OF KIT P/N 1
KIT8078.............................
8 PFOZZ 3120014993388 78500 1225-R-1058 BUSHING,SLEEVE...................... 4
9 PFOZZ 5331002053583 78500 1205X726 O-RING.............................. 8
10 PFOZZ 3120015527425 78500 A-3105-K-219 BUSHING,SLEEVE...................... 4
11 PFFFZ 2590015561271 78500 A-3299-T-5844 BRACKET,VEHICULAR C INCLUDES 2
BRACKET AND BUSHING.................
12 PFOZZ 2530013118410 3D6E9 A3105-V-282 .PARTS KIT,BRAKE ADJ PART OF KIT P/N 1
KIT8078............................
13 PFOZZ 4730014993385 3D6E9 2297-B-5046 .FITTING,LUBRICATION................ 4
14 PAOZZ 5310014993459 3D6E9 WA-36 .WASHER,FLAT........................ 16
15 PAOZZ 5310002617340 78500 WA-16 .WASHER,LOCK........................ 16
16 PAOZZ 5305013153563 78500 10-X-1348 .SCREW,TAPPING PART OF KIT P/N 4
KIT8078.............................
17 PFOZZ 5365007534865 78500 1229-J-868 SPACER,RING......................... 4
18 PAOZZ 5310011335373 78500 1229-B-1848 WASHER,FLAT PART OF KIT P/N KIT8078. 2
19 PFOZZ 5325002045061 78500 1229-X-1116 RING,RETAINING PART OF KIT P/N 1
KIT8078.............................
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 8. Service Brake Components.
0078-16
447-5008
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1202 SERVICE BRAKES
SERVICE BRAKE COMPONENTS
1 PFOZZ 2530014995407 78500 SR2024707QP SHOE AND LINING ASS PER AXLE PART 4
OF KIT P/N KSR2024707QP.............
2 PFOZZ 5360011581974 3D6E9 2258 Q 615S SPRING,HELICAL,EXTE ORANGE, PER 4
AXLE PART OF KIT P/N KSR2024707QP...
3 PFOZZ 5315007840637 78500 1218-G-85 PIN,RETURN SPRING PER AXLE PART OF 4
KIT P/N KSR2024707QP................
4 PFOZZ 3120003226430 78500 1779-R-18 ROLLER,LINEAR-ROTAR PER AXLE PART 4
OF KIT P/N KSR2024707QP.............
5 PFOZZ 5340013284418 78500 N3105B210 CLIP,SPRING TENSION PER AXLE PART 4
OF KIT P/N KSR2024707QP.............
6 PFOZZ 5360014993396 78500 2258-W-803 SPRING,HELICAL,COMP BLUE, PER AXLE 2
PART OF KIT P/N KSR2024707QP........
7 PFOZZ 5315011296898 78500 1259-N-274 PIN,SHOULDER,HEADLE PER AXLE PART 4
OF KIT P/N KSR2024707QP.............
8 PFOZZ 3120002556042 78500 1225-B-496 BUSHING,ANCHOR PIN PER AXLE PART OF 4
KIT P/N KSR2024707QP...............
9 PAOZZ 5310015561400 3DGR3 50995152 NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE DUST SHIELD, 4
PER AXLE............................
10 PFOZZ 78500 21220719 PLUG,DUST AND MOS 2 PER SHIELD, 4
PER AXLE............................
11 PFOZZ 5340014993618 3D6E9 3264-A-1457 CAP,PROTECTIVE,DUST DUST SHIELD 2 2
PER AXLE............................
12 PAOZZ 5305015561411 3DGR3 50172106 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H 4 PER DUST 8
SHIELD, PER AXLE....................
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-18
447-5009
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1206 MECHANICAL BRAKE SYSTEM
SLACK ADJUSTER
1 PFOZZ 2530014993399 78502 409-20002 ADJUSTER,SLACK,BRAK................. 2
2 PFOZZ 5365014993408 78502 452-10125 BUSHING,NONMETALLIC PART OF KIT P/N 4
427-10558...........................
3 PFOZZ 5340014993404 06721 443-10318 STANDOFF,THREADED,S PART OF KIT P/N 4
427-10558...........................
4 PAOZZ 5310014993438 78502 443-10204 NUT,PLAIN,EXTENDED PART OF KIT P/N 4
427-10563 PART OF KIT P/N 427-10558.
5 PFOZZ 5340014993405 78502 445-10467 BRACKET,MOUNTING PART OF KIT P/N 427 4
-10563 PART OF KIT P/N 427-10558....
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 10. ECU/Valve Assembly.
0078-20
447-5010
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1207 ELECTRICAL BRAKE SYSTEM
ECU/VALVE ASSEMBLY
1 PFOZZ 4730014993406 3D6E9 AMP43726 NIPPLE,PIPE......................... 1
2 PFOZZ 4810014993407 78500 S4005001030 VALVE ASSEMBLY ECU................. 1
3 PFOZZ 4730014994270 0FBD6 51205007 PLUG,PIPE 3/8" DIA................. 14
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 11. ABS Brake Power Harness and Sensor.
0078-22
447-5011
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1207 ELECTRICAL BRAKE SYSTEM
ABS BRAKE POWER HARNESS
AND SENSOR
1 PFOZZ 5935014806241 78500 S2237-Z-1222 CONNECTOR,RECEPTACL BLINK CODE 1
CONNECTOR...........................
2 PAOZZ 5305014995551 0FBD6 52100010 SCREW,TAPPING 0.25 X 0.75.......... 2
3 PFOZZ 2590015222672 78500 S3155-L-1234 BRACKET,VEHICULAR C................. 1
4 PAOZZ 5305015514703 39428 92196A130 SCREW,CAP,SOCKET HE #5-40.......... 4
5 PAOZZ 5310015527435 39428 92141A006 WASHER,FLAT #5..................... 8
6 PAOZZ 5310000458839 39428 91839A006 NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................. 4
7 PFOZZ 6150014993397 78500 S4493641530 CABLE ASSEMBLY,SPEC................. 1
8 PFOZZ 2530014993170 78500 S4497130300 SENSOR,ANTI-LOCK BR................. 4
9 PFOZZ 2530997823392 U6718 441 032 8080 SENSOR,ANTI-LOCK BR................. 2
10 PFOZZ 5340014993481 78500 S8997598154 CLIP,SPRING TENSION................. 2
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 12. Air Lines and Fittings.
0078-24
447-5012
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
AIR LINES AND FITTINGS
1 PFOZZ 4730010969128 93061 68NTA-6-6 ADAPTER,STRAIGHT,PI................. 6
2 MOOZZ 61424 PFT-6B-BLU-AR TUBING,NONMETALLIC 3/8" CUT TO FIT, 1
MAKE FROM TUBE NSN 4720-01-287-9322
3 PFOZZ 5935012241226 98278 MCDM1-31SS CONNECTOR,RECEPTACL................. 8
4 PFOZZ 4730013659072 93061 VS279NTA-6-4 ELBOW,PIPE TO TUBE.................. 3
5 PFOZZ 4730011643365 93061 207ACBH-4 COUPLING,PIPE....................... 3
UOC:SCB,SKB
5 PFOZZ 4730015561426 3DGR3 50104002 ADAPTER,STRAIGHT,TU................. 2
UOC:SJB
6 PFOZZ 4720014993490 0FBD6 50866003 HOSE ASSEMBLY,NONME INCLUDES 6
BUSHING PN 209P-6-4 (93061).........
7 PFOZZ 4730002778257 81343 6-6 130339B ELBOW,PIPE.......................... 7
8 MOOZZ 61424 PFT-6B-RED-AR HOSE,NONMETALLIC 3/8" CUT TO FIT, 1
MAKE FROM TUBE NSN 4720-01-287-9313.
9 PFOZZ 4730004697797 93061 2225P-6 TEE,PIPE............................ 2
10 PFOZZ 4730002026491 93061 209P-6-4 BUSHING,PIPE........................ 3
11 PFOZZ 4730014994270 0FBD6 51205007 PLUG,PIPE........................... 4
12 PFOZZ 4730012831877 93061 VS272NTA-6-6 TEE,PIPE TO TUBE.................... 2
13 PFOZZ 5340014993717 0FBD6 50491010 CLIP,RETAINING...................... 12
14 PFOZZ 4730014993709 93061 50487001 CLAMP,HOSE.......................... 4
15 PFOZZ 4730015561425 3DGR3 50104001 ADAPTER,STRAIGHT,TU 1/4-18 NPTF ID 5
X 3/4-16 UNF OD.....................
16 PFOZZ 4720015562134 3DGR3 50866009 HOSE ASSEMBLY,NONME 3/8"........... 2
17 PFOZZ 4730015561420 3DGR3 50501006 ADAPTER,STRAIGHT,PI 3/8' TUBE...... 2
UOC:SKB
17 PFOZZ 4730015561422 3DGR3 50720025 ADAPTER,STRAIGHT,PI 3/8' TUBE 45 2
DEG.................................
UOC:SJB
17 PFOZZ 4730010969128 93061 68NTA-6-6 ADAPTER,STRAIGHT,PI 3/8' TUBE...... 2
UOC:SCB
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-26
447-5013
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1208 AIR BRAKE SYSTEM
AIR BRAKE CHAMBER
1 PFOZZ 2530015042552 06721 166407 CHAMBER,AIR BRAKE LONG STROKE...... 2
2 PAOZZ 5310014995412 06721 9999093 WASHER,FLAT......................... 8
3 PAOZZ 5310014995416 0FBD6 50981049 NUT,SELF-LOCKING,AS 5/8-11......... 2
4 PFOZZ 2520014993439 0FBD6 52125333 UNIVERSAL JOINT,VEH................. 4
5 PAOZZ 5310008807744 96906 MS51967-5 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON 5/8-18........... 4
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-28
447-5014
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1208 AIR BRAKE SYSTEM
AIR RESERVOIRS
1 PFOZZ 2530014993629 3DGR3 3229 TANK,PRESSURE FRONT PRIMARY AND 2
REAR RESERVE........................
2 PAOZZ 5310014993456 0FBD6 50995054 NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................. 8
3 PFOZZ 9320014993458 0FBD6 51029007 RUBBER SHEET,SOLID.................. 4
4 PAOZZ 5310014993461 0FBD6 55752005 WASHER,FLAT......................... 8
5 PAOZZ 5305014993465 0FBD6 50172008 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................. 8
6 PFOZZ 4730014993360 0FBD6 51205015 PLUG,PIPE 3/4"..................... 2
7 PFOZZ 4820014993653 0N972 401095 COCK,DRAIN.......................... 2
8 PFOZZ 4730014994270 0FBD6 51205007 PLUG,PIPE 3/8 SQ. HEAD............. 2
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 15. Air Brake Chamber Control Valve.
0078-30
447-5015
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1208 AIR BRAKE SYSTEM
AIR BRAKE CHAMBER CONTROL
VALVE
1 PFOZZ 4730014993663 3D6E9 50979015 REDUCER,PIPE 1/2" TO 3/4".......... 1
2 PFOZZ 4730014994270 0FBD6 51205007 PLUG,PIPE 3/8"..................... 2
3 PFOZZ 4820014978729 10125 110500 VALVE,CHECK......................... 1
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-32
447-5016
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1208 AIR BRAKE SYSTEM
GLADHANDS
1 PAOZZ 5305014995551 0FBD6 52100010 SCREW,TAPPING....................... 14
UOC:SKB
2 PFOZZ 5340015578520 3DGR3 65340002 PLATE,MOUNTING...................... 1
UOC:SKB
3 PFOOZ 4730014993471 0N972 441105 CONNECTOR,SWIVEL FL EMERGENCY...... 1
UOC:SCB,SKB
4 PFOZZ 5330015048614 45152 4HA892 SEAL,PLAIN RED..................... 1
5 PFOOZ 4730014993471 0N972 441105 CONNECTOR,SWIVEL FL SERVICE........ 1
UOC:SCB,SKB
6 PFOZZ 5330015048610 45152 4HA891 SEAL,PLAIN BLUE.................... 1
7 PFOZZ 5340015518607 0N972 441743 PACKING,PREFORMED................... 2
UOC:SKB
8 PFOZZ 2530015561664 3DGR3 50823046 DUMMY COUPLING,AUTO................. 2
UOC:SJB
9 PFOZZ 4730015571926 3DGR3 50823045 COUPLING HALF,QUICK EMERGENCY, 1
STRAIGHT............................
UOC:SJB
10 PAOZZ 5305014995551 0FBD6 52100010 SCREW,TAPPING....................... 2
UOC:SJB
11 PAOZZ 5310015561277 3DGR3 50823047 WASHER,FLAT......................... 2
UOC:SJB
12 PFOZZ 4730015561415 3DGR3 50823044 COUPLING HALF,QUICK SERVICE, 1
STRAIGHT............................
UOC:SJB
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-34
447-5017
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
HUB AND DRUM
1 PFOZZ 3110002938998 60038 HM212049 CONE AND ROLLERS,TA OUTER.......... 2
2 PFOZZ 2530014993476 18889 20231UH3T HUB,WHEEL,VEHICULAR INCLUDES TONE 4
RING, (10) R/H STUDS, INNER & OUTER
BEARING CUPS........................
3 PFOZZ 3110002938997 60038 HM212011 .CUP,TAPERED ROLLER OUTER.......... 1
4 PFOZZ 3110006180249 81348 FF-B-171/01-652 .CUP,TAPERED ROLLER INNER.......... 1
5 PFOZZ 5307014401364 18889 101162 .STUD,PLAIN ALL RH................. 10
6 PFOZZ 2530014499475 18889 66884 .BRAKE DRUM......................... 1
7 PFOZZ 3110006180248 60038 HM218248 .CONE AND ROLLERS,TA................ 2
8 PFOZZ 5330010902107 01212 B370025BG2 SEAL,PLAIN.......................... 2
9 PFOZZ 5310014995416 0FBD6 50981049 NUT,SELF-LOCKING,AS PRO-TORQ WITH 4
KEEPER, 2 PER AXLE..................
10 PFOZZ 5330014993487 80201 453795 GASKET.............................. 4
11 PFOOO 2530014995421 80201 C/R1343 HUB CAP,WHEEL INCLUDES HUBCAP, (6) 2
BOLTS & WASHERS.....................
12 XAOZZ 80201 CR453969 .HUBCAP............................. 4
13 PAOZZ 5306002264827 80204 B1821BH031C100N .BOLT,MACHINE 5/16-18 X 1.00"...... 6
14 PAOZZ 5310004079566 80205 MS35338-45 .WASHER,LOCK 5/16"................. 6
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-36
447-5018
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1311 WHEEL ASSEMBLY
WHEEL ASSEMBLY
1 PFOZZ 5310014993489 0FBD6 50990007 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON FLANGE NUT, RH... 40
2 PFOZZ 2640005552823 58536 TY-II/CL2/TR-572 VALVE,PNEUMATIC TIR................. 9
3 PFOFF 2530014419700 73195 28408 WHEEL,PNEUMATIC TIR ONE PIECE, HUB 9
PILOTED, INCLUDES TIRE PN:
95283(12195)........................
4 PFOZZ 2640010982029 63900 A-100-VC-8 CAP,PNEUMATIC VALVE................. 9
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-38
447-5019
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1313 TIRES, TUBES, TIRE CHAINS
TIRE
1 PCOZZ 2610015588770 12195 95283 TIRE,PNEUMATIC,VEHI RADIAL, 9
TUBELESS 11R22.5XZE*LRH, INCLUDES
WHEEL PN: 28408(73195)............
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 20. Retractable Twist Lock (Sheet 1 of 2).
0078-41
447-5020-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 20. Retractable Twist Lock (Sheet 2 of 2).
0078-42
447-5020-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 15 FRAME, TOWING ATTACHMENTS,
DRAWBARS, AND ARTICULATION SYSTEMS
RETRACTABLE TWIST LOCK
1 PFOZZ 5340012096524 65059 78038-1 LOCK,RIM TWISTLOCK ASSY............ 4
UOC:SCB,SJB
2 PFFFF 5325015149957 94658 F804-1-3 FASTENER ASSEMBLY,T TWISTLOCK ASSY, 4
ISO W/SOCKET (CUP).................
UOC:SKB
3 PFOZZ 2510014994290 94658 F804-1-4 .KIT,TWISTLOCK REPAI WITH HANDLE... 1
UOC:SKB
4 PFOZZ 4730000504203 81343 AS15001-1 ..FITTING,LUBRICATION............... 1
UOC:SKB
5 PFOZZ 2590012600219 94658 RK804-1A ..TWISTLOCK,CONE,KIT INCLUDES 1
TWISTLOCK CONE KIT, HANDLE,CONE,
LOCATING TRUNK,ASSORTED PINS........
UOC:SKB
6 XDFZZ 94658 PH2969-1 .CUP SOCKET......................... 1
UOC:SKB
7 PAOZZ 5340013172657 1F926 6 STRAP,ELASTIC....................... 4
UOC:SKB
8 PAOZZ 5310012517570 39428 90480A011 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON................... 8
UOC:SKB
9 PAOZZ 5306012229071 39428 9489T13 BOLT,EYE............................ 4
UOC:SKB
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 21. Lifting, Tiedown Ring, Ladder, Cover Plate, and Related Parts (Sheet 1 of 3).
447-2021-1
0078-44
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 21. Lifting, Tiedown Ring, Ladder, Cover Plate, and Related Parts (Sheet 2 of 3).
447-5021-2
0078-45
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 21. Lifting, Tiedown Ring, Ladder, Cover Plate, and Related Parts (Sheet 3 of 3).
447-5021-3
0078-46
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1501 FRAME ASSEMBLY
LIFTING, TIEDOWN RING, LADDER,
COVER PLATE, AND RELATED PARTS
1 PAOZZ 5305014321763 39428 91251A628 SCREW,CAP,SOCKET HE 3/8-16 X 1.50". 2
2 PFOZZ 5365013146592 94658 F187-20-8 RING,DEE............................ 10
3 PAOZZ 5310009359021 96906 MS51943-35 NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE 3/8 IN......... 2
4 PFOZZ 5340012390890 66788 SAT-18315 PAD EYE............................. 4
UOC:SCB,SJB
5 PAOZZ 5310000877493 96906 MS27183-13 WASHER,FLAT......................... 4
UOC:SCB,SJB
6 PAOZZ 5305000712072 80204 B1821BH050C225N SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................. 4
UOC:SCB
7 PFOZZ 5340013186775 06CB9 BF90M45XXZNXX LOCK,FLUSH.......................... 4
UOC:SCB
8 PFOZZ 2541015314064 05SD1 2511 LADDER,VEHICLE BOAR................. 1
9 PAOZZ 5310004883889 96906 MS51943-39 NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................. 4
10 PAOZZ 5310000806004 96906 MS27183-14 WASHER,FLAT......................... 8
11 PFOZZ 2590015328937 3DGR3 61251004 BRACKET,VEHICULAR C................. 1
12 PAOZZ 5305000712069 80204 B1821BH050C150N SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................. 4
13 PFOZZ 5340015561428 3DGR3 64014008 COVER,ACCESS........................ 1
UOC:SJB
14 PAOZZ 5305014995551 0FBD6 52100010 SCREW,TAPPING....................... 2
UOC:SJB
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 22. Spare Tire Carrier.
0078-48
447-5022
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1504 SPARE WHEEL CARRIER AND
TIRE LOCK
SPARE TIRE CARRIER
1 PAOZZ 5310009359021 96906 MS51943-35 NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE 3/8-13......... 9
2 PAOZZ 5310006379541 00198 132661 WASHER,LOCK 3/8"................... 9
3 PAOZZ 5310000806004 96906 MS27183-14 WASHER,FLAT 3/8"................... 9
4 PAOZZ 5305007252317 80204 B1821BH038C150N SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H 3/8-16 X 1.50". 6
5 PFOOO 2590012416060 99411 TS0002 CARRIER ASSEMBLY,TI................. 1
6 PFOZZ 2590013152610 99411 CP3473 .PARTS KIT,TIRE CARR 3/16 X 1 5/8" 2
X 5.5FT LONG.......................
7 PAOZZ 5305005434372 80204 B1821BH038C075N .SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H 3/8-16 X 3/4". 3
8 PAOZZ 5310009359021 96906 MS51943-35 .NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE 3/8-16"....... 3
9 XAOZZ 99411 TS0013 .FRAME,U............................ 1
10 XAOZZ 99411 CP0540 .FRAM,REAR.......................... 1
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-50
447-5023
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
KINGPIN
1 PFFZZ 2510015218635 74410 KP-AAR-4 KINGPIN,FIFTH WHEEL 5.5" SQ BASE... 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
1 PFFZZ 2510013156287 74410 KP-T-809-F KINGPIN,FIFTH WHEEL 8.0" DIA ROUND 1
BASE................................
UOC:SKB
2 PFFZZ 5220015218643 74410 TF-0110 GAGE,PROFILE........................ 1
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 24. Landing Gear (Sheet 1 of 2).
0078-53
447-5024-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 24. Landing Gear (Sheet 2 of 2).
0078-54
447-5024-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1507 LANDING GEAR, LEVELING
JACKS
LANDING GEAR
1 PFOOO 2590015562068 3DGR3 61000034 SUPPORT,RETRACTABLE COMPLETE 1
LANDING LEG ASSEMBLY................
UOC:SJB
1 PFOOO 2590015561332 3DGR3 61000048 SUPPORT,RETRACTABLE COMPLETE 1
LANDING LEG ASSEMBLY................
UOC:SCB
1 PFOOO 3DGR3 61000010 SUPPORT,RETRACTABLE COMPLETE 1
LANDING LEG ASSEMBLY................
UOC:SKB
2 PFOZZ 5305015561408 3DGR3 61000035 .SUPPORT,RETRACTABLE LH............ 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
2 PFOZZ 2590014995434 0FBD6 50890077 .SUPPORT,RETRACTABLE LH............ 1
UOC:SKB
3 PAOZZ 5305002693217 80205 MS90725-67 .SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................ 3
UOC:SKB
4 PFOZZ 2590015561718 3DGR3 58080045 .SHAFT,CROSS DRIVE 32 3/8 LONG..... 1
5 PFOZZ 5310015569152 3DGR3 61000036 .SUPPORT,RETRACTABLE RH............ 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
5 PFOZZ 2590014995437 0FBD6 50890078 .SUPPORT,RETRACTABLE RH............ 1
UOC:SKB
6 PAOZZ 5310011740431 99411 PP0016-03 .WASHER,FLAT........................ 2
UOC:SKB
7 PAOZZ 5310011269404 7X677 9422297 .NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................ 5
UOC:SKB
8 PFOZZ 5340011750564 99411 LG0083-05 .CRANK,HAND......................... 1
9 PFOZZ 5315013167547 99411 LG0070-02 .PIN,STRAIGHT,HEADLE................ 2
UOC:SKB
10 PAOZZ 5305001159526 80204 B1821BH038C075D .SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................ 2
UOC:SKB
11 PAOZZ 5305007247222 80204 B1821BH063C200N .SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H 5/8-11 X 2.0". 4
UOC:SKB
12 PFOZZ 2530014993718 0FBD6 01546002 .BRAKE SHOE FRONT, SCISSOR SHOE.... 2
13 PFOZZ 5340014995543 0FBD6 02302044 .PLATE,MOUNTING..................... 4
14 PFOZZ 5315014995545 0FBD6 01578006 .PIN,STRAIGHT,HEADED................ 4
15 PFOZZ 4010014997594 0FBD6 50450016 .WIRE ROPE ASSEMBLY,................ 4
16 PFOZZ 5320014995546 0FBD6 52050001 .RIVET,BLIND........................ 4
17 PFOZZ 2530014995547 0FBD6 01546003 .BRAKE SHOE REAR, SCISSOR SHOE..... 2
18 PAOZZ 5310014993318 0FBD6 02976010 .WASHER,FLAT........................ 4
19 PFOZZ 5315014994271 0FBD6 51182002 .PIN,RETAINING...................... 4
20 PAOZZ 5310014994273 0FBD6 50995065 .NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................ 28
21 PAOZZ 5305014994202 0FBD6 50174006 .SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H 5/8-11 X 1.50" 28
22 PAOZZ 5310002256993 81349 M45913/1-8CG5C NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................. 8
UOC:SCB,SJB
23 PAOZZ 5310008095997 96906 MS27183-17 WASHER,FLAT......................... 16
UOC:SCB,SJB
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
24 PFOZZ 2590015561200 3DGR3 10687100 BRACKET,VEHICULAR C FRONT, SUPPORT. 2
UOC:SJB
24 PFOZZ 2590015561276 3DGR3 10687102 BRACKET,VEHICULAR C FRONT, SUPPORT. 2
UOC:SCB
25 PAOZZ 5305000712069 80204 B1821BH050C150N SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................. 8
UOC:SCB,SJB
26 PFOZZ 2590015561346 3DGR3 10687101 BRACKET,VEHICULAR C REAR, SUPPORT.. 2
UOC:SJB
26 PFOZZ 2590015561440 3DGR3 10687103 BRACKET,VEHICULAR C REAR, SUPPORT.. 2
UOC:SCB
END OF FIGURE
0078-56/(57 blank)
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 25. Ground Board Assembly and Chock Blocks.
0078-58
447-5025
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1507 LANDING GEAR, LEVELING
JACKS
GROUND BOARD ASSEMBLY AND
CHOCK BLOCKS
1 PFOZZ 5340014994251 0FBD6 07758002 BOARD GROUND JACK 18" X 18"........ 2
2 PFOZZ 4030014994227 0FBD6 50462035 SHACKLE............................. 4
3 PFOZZ 5340014995549 39428 3919T15 CLIP,SPRING TENSION................. 4
4 PFOOZ 2540014995553 0FBD6 07758014 CHOCK,WHEEL-TRACK................... 2
5 PFOZZ 5340014995549 39428 3919T15 .CLIP,SPRING TENSION................ 2
6 PFOZZ 4010014995145 0FBD6 04626004 .CHAIN,WELDED....................... 1
7 PFOZZ 4030014994227 0FBD6 50462035 .SHACKLE............................ 2
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 26. Suspension (Sheet 1 of 2).
0078-61
447-5026-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 26. Suspension (Sheet 2 of 2).
0078-62
447-5026-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 16 SPRINGS AND SHOCK ABSORBERS
SUSPENSION
1 XDFFF 3DGR3 61000008 SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY COMPLETE LESS 1
AXLE................................
UOC:SCB,SJB
2 PAFZZ 5305014994217 0FBD6 50174017 .SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................ 8
UOC:SCB,SJB
3 PAFZZ 5305009408069 92967 10376-00 .SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................ 4
UOC:SCB,SJB
4 PAFZZ 5310010987247 92967 895-00 .WASHER,FLAT........................ 2
UOC:SCB,SJB
5 PFFZZ 4710012409431 92967 B893-02 .TUBE,METALLIC...................... 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
6 PAFZZ 5310010987245 92967 817-00 .WASHER,FLAT........................ 32
UOC:SCB,SJB
7 PAFZZ 5310010987827 92967 841-00 .NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................ 20
UOC:SCB,SJB
8 PAFZZ 5305007262551 80204 B1821BH063F200N .SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................ 8
UOC:SCB,SJB
9 PFFZZ 5360014994204 92967 10055-00 .SPRING,HELICAL,COMP 7 LEAF........ 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
10 PFFZZ 2510011012559 92967 9640-00 .PLATE,WEAR,LEAF SPR................ 2
UOC:SCB,SJB
11 PFFZZ 5306010987198 92967 9639-03 BOLT,U.............................. 4
UOC:SCB,SJB
12 PFFZZ 2590011009001 92967 814-00 .PAD,CUSHIONING..................... 4
UOC:SCB,SJB
13 PFFZZ 2510011007167 92967 9937-00 .END CAP,SPRING..................... 2
UOC:SCB,SJB
14 PFFZZ 2510011012890 92967 10608-00 .PLATE,ALIGNMENT,LEA................ 2
UOC:SCB,SJB
15 PFFZZ 2510011009270 92967 9934-02 .SEAT,LEAF SPRING................... 2
UOC:SCB,SJB
16 PAFZZ 5310010987244 92967 10273-00 .WASHER,FLAT........................ 8
UOC:SCB,SJB
17 PAFZZ 5310014994209 92967 11513-03 .NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................ 8
UOC:SCB,SJB
18 PFFZZ 5306010987197 92967 10060-01 .BOLT,U............................. 8
UOC:SCB,SJB
19 PFFZZ 2520011010935 92967 891-00 .HUB TRUNNION,UPPER................. 2
UOC:SCB,SJB
20 PFFZZ 5365013163300 92967 23276.01 .BUSHING,NONMETALLIC................ 2
UOC:SCB,SJB
21 PFFZZ 2520011012551 92967 898-00 .TRUNNION,HUB,LOWER................. 2
UOC:SCB,SJB
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
22 PAFZZ 5310010987246 92967 837-00 .WASHER,FLAT........................ 8
UOC:SCB,SJB
23 PAFZZ 5310010987236 92967 836-00 .NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON.................. 8
UOC:SCB,SJB
24 PAFZZ 5310014994273 0FBD6 50995065 .NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................ 8
UOC:SCB,SJB
25 PAFZZ 5310014994211 0FBD6 55752009 .WASHER,FLAT........................ 8
UOC:SCB,SJB
26 XDFFF 3DGR3 61000008 SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY COMPLETE LESS 1
AXLE................................
UOC:SKB
27 PAFZZ 5305014994217 0FBD6 50174017 .SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................ 8
UOC:SKB
28 PAFZZ 5305009408069 92967 10376-00 .SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................ 4
UOC:SKB
29 PFFZZ 4710012409431 92967 B893-02 .TUBE,METALLIC...................... 1
UOC:SKB
30 PFFZZ 5306013212386 92967 835-04 .BOLT,U............................. 4
UOC:SKB
31 PFFZZ 2520011010935 92967 891-00 .HUB TRUNNION,UPPER................. 2
UOC:SKB
32 PFFZZ 5365013163300 92967 23276.01 .BUSHING,NONMETALLIC................ 2
UOC:SKB
33 PFFZZ 2520011012551 92967 898-00 .TRUNNION,HUB,LOWER................. 2
UOC:SKB
34 PFFZZ 2510011007167 92967 9937-00 .END CAP,SPRING..................... 2
UOC:SKB
35 PAFZZ 5310010987245 92967 817-00 .WASHER,FLAT........................ 32
UOC:SKB
36 PAFZZ 5310010987827 92967 841-00 .NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................ 20
UOC:SKB
37 PAFZZ 5305007262551 80204 B1821BH063F200N .SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................ 8
UOC:SKB
38 PFFZZ 2590011009001 92967 814-00 .PAD,CUSHIONING..................... 4
UOC:SKB
39 PFFZZ 2510011012890 92967 10608-00 .PLATE,ALIGNMENT,LEA................ 2
UOC:SKB
40 PFFZZ 2510011009270 92967 9934-02 .SEAT,LEAF SPRING................... 2
UOC:SKB
41 PAFZZ 5310010987244 92967 10273-00 .WASHER,FLAT........................ 8
UOC:SKB
42 PAFZZ 5310014994209 92967 11513-03 .NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................ 8
UOC:SKB
43 PFFZZ 5306010987197 92967 10060-01 .BOLT,U............................. 8
UOC:SKB
44 PAFZZ 5310010987236 92967 836-00 .NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON.................. 8
UOC:SKB
45 PAFZZ 5310010987246 92967 837-00 .WASHER,FLAT........................ 8
UOC:SKB
0078-64
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
46 PFFZZ 2510011012559 92967 9640-00 .PLATE,WEAR,LEAF SPR................ 2
UOC:SKB
47 PFFZZ 5360014994204 92967 10055-00 .SPRING,HELICAL,COMP 7 LEAF........ 1
UOC:SKB
48 PAFZZ 5310010987247 92967 895-00 .WASHER,FLAT........................ 2
UOC:SKB
49 PAFZZ 5310014994273 0FBD6 50995065 .NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................ 8
UOC:SKB
50 PAFZZ 5310014994211 0FBD6 55752009 .WASHER,FLAT........................ 8
UOC:SKB
END OF FIGURE
0078-65
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 27. Bulkhead and Stowage Rack Assembly.
0078-66
447-5027
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 18 BODY, CAB, HOOD, AND HULL
GROUP 1801 BODY, CAB, HOOD, AND HULL
ASSEMBLIES
BULKHEAD AND STOWAGE RACK
ASSEMBLY
1 PAOZZ 5310000614651 81349 M45913/1-10CG8C NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE 5/8-11"........ 4
2 PAOZZ 5310015562138 3DGR3 02321502 WASHER,FLAT 1.5 X 2.0 X 0.25" THK.. 4
3 PAOZZ 5305007247222 80204 B1821BH063C200N SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H 5/8-11 X 2.00". 4
4 PFOZZ 2510015561279 3DGR3 61000004 BULKHEAD ASSEMBLY................... 1
5 PAOZZ 5305000712069 80204 B1821BH050C150N SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H 1/2-13 X 1.50". 4
6 PAOZZ 5310005845272 80205 MS35338-48 WASHER,LOCK 1/2"................... 4
7 PFOZZ 3DGR3 05472019 PLATE,MOUNTING 1.5 X 5.0 X 0.25" 4
THK WITHWELDED NUT..................
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 28. Front, Side, and Rear Stakes.
0078-68
447-5028
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1801 BODY, CAB, HOOD, AND HULL
ASSEMBLIES
FRONT, SIDE, AND REAR STAKES
1 PFOZZ 2510014997638 0FBD6 04696003 STAKE,VEHICLE BODY REAR CENTER AND 11
SIDES...............................
2 PFOZZ 2510014993799 0FBD6 04696001 STAKE,VEHICLE BODY CROSS CHAIN 4
STAKES..............................
3 PFOZZ 2510014997636 0FBD6 04696002 STAKE,VEHICLE BODY LEFT REAR CORNER 1
4 PFOZZ 2510015561390 3DGR3 04696005 STAKE,VEHICLE BODY RIGHT REAR 1
CORNER..............................
5 PFOZZ 5340014994157 0FBD6 50462030 SNAP HOOK........................... 17
6 PFOZZ 5320014995546 0FBD6 52050001 RIVET,BLIND......................... 17
7 PFOZZ 4010014997594 0FBD6 50450016 WIRE ROPE ASSEMBLY,................. 17
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 29. Side and Rear Boards.
0078-70
447-5029
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1801 BODY, CAB, HOOD, AND HULL
ASSEMBLIES
SIDE AND REAR BOARDS
1 PFOZZ 2510015561448 3DGR3 61000051 STAKE,VEHICLE BODY INCLUDES ALL 1
SIDEBOARDS AND STAKES...............
2 PFOZZ 2510015561938 3DGR3 04694014 .SIDE RACK,VEHICULAR 23.75 X 48", 2
SIDE REAR...........................
3 PFOZZ 5530014993391 0FBD6 04694006 .PLYWOOD,CONSTRUCTIO 47 3/4 X 48", 12
SIDES...............................
4 PFOZZ 5530014993386 0FBD6 04694005 .PLYWOOD,CONSTRUCTIO 35.75 X 48", 2
SIDE FRONT..........................
UOC:SCB,SJB
5 PFOZZ 2510015561934 3DGR3 04694015 .SIDE RACK,VEHICULAR 42 X 48", 2
SIDE FRONT..........................
UOC:SJB,SKB
6 PFOZZ 5530015561274 0FBD6 04694012 .PLYWOOD,CONSTRUCTIO 44 X 48", REAR 2
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-72
447-5030
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1801 BODY, CAB, HOOD, AND HULL
ASSEMBLIES
MUD FLAPS
1 PAOZZ 5310014993456 0FBD6 50995054 NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................. 8
2 PAOZZ 5310014993461 0FBD6 55752005 WASHER,FLAT......................... 8
3 PFOZZ 2540014994246 0FBD6 50822014 GUARD,SPLASH,VEHICU 24" X 36"...... 2
4 PFOZZ 5340014993409 0FBD6 07430072 BRACKET,MOUNTING.................... 2
5 PAOZZ 5305014993465 0FBD6 50172008 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................. 8
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 31. Floor Decking (Sheet 1 of 2).
0078-75
447-5031-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 31. Floor Decking (Sheet 2 of 2).
0078-76
447-5031-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1805 FLOORS, SUBFLOORS, AND
RELATED COMPONENTS
FLOOR DECKING
1 PFOZZ 2510015588153 8N013 M871-A1-KIT FLOORING,KIT INCLUDES 13 BOARDS EA 1
19 FT...............................
UOC:SCB,SJB
2 PFOZZ 5510015561819 8N013 M871-A1-A .LUMBER,HARDWOOD CUT TO FIT........ 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
3 PFOZZ 5510015588143 8N013 M871-A1-B .BOARD,DECKING CUT TO FIT.......... 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
4 PFOZZ 5510015588767 8N013 M871-A1-C .BOARD,DECKING CUT TO FIT.......... 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
5 PFOZZ 5510015590836 8N013 M871-A1-D .BOARD,DECKING CUT TO FIT.......... 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
6 PFOZZ 5510015589542 8N013 M871-A1-E .BOARD,DECKING CUT TO FIT.......... 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
7 PFOZZ 5510015588397 8N013 M871-A1-F .BOARD,DECKING CUT TO FIT.......... 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
8 PFOZZ 5510015588545 8N013 M871-A1-G .BOARD,DECKING CUT TO FIT.......... 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
9 PFOZZ 5510015590830 8N013 M871-A1-H .BOARD,DECKING CUT TO FIT.......... 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
10 PFOZZ 5510015589549 8N013 M871-A1-J .BOARD,DECKING CUT TO FIT.......... 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
11 PFOZZ 5510015588144 8N013 M871-A1-K .BOARD,DECKING CUT TO FIT.......... 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
12 PFOZZ 5510015588572 8N013 M871-A1-L .BOARD,DECKING CUT TO FIT.......... 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
13 PFOZZ 5510015588489 8N013 M871-A1-M .BOARD,DECKING CUT TO FIT.......... 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
14 PFOZZ 5510015590847 8N013 M871-A1-N .BOARD,DECKING CUT TO FIT.......... 1
UOC:SCB,SJB
15 PAOZZ 5305014997657 0FBD6 52116040 SCREW,MACHINE....................... 326
UOC:SKB
16 PFOZZ 2510015212739 8N013 M871A2-KIT PARTS KIT,FLOOR,VEH INCLUDES 11 1
BOARDS (6) 30FT & (5) 19FT..........
UOC:SKB
17 PFOZZ 2510015214248 8N013 M871A2-A .FLOOR,BODY,VEHICULA CUT TO FIT.... 1
UOC:SKB
18 PFOZZ 2510015214252 8N013 M871A2-B .FLOOR,BODY,VEHICULA CUT TO FIT.... 1
UOC:SKB
19 PFOZZ 2510015214255 8N013 M871A2-C .FLOOR,BODY,VEHICULA CUT TO FIT.... 1
UOC:SKB
20 PFOZZ 2510015214213 8N013 M871A2-D .FLOOR,BODY,VEHICULA CUT TO FIT.... 1
UOC:SKB
21 PFOZZ 2510015214217 8N013 M871A2-E .FLOOR,BODY,VEHICULA CUT TO FIT.... 1
UOC:SKB
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
22 PFOZZ 2510015214228 8N013 M871A2-F .FLOOR,BODY,VEHICULA CUT TO FIT.... 1
UOC:SKB
23 PFOZZ 2510015214230 8N013 M871A2-G .FLOOR,BODY,VEHICULA CUT TO FIT.... 1
UOC:SKB
24 PFOZZ 2510015214399 8N013 M871A2-H .FLOOR,BODY,VEHICULA CUT TO FIT.... 1
UOC:SKB
25 PFOZZ 2510015214232 8N013 M871A2-J .FLOOR,BODY,VEHICULA CUT TO FIT.... 1
UOC:SKB
26 PFOZZ 2510015214245 8N013 M871A2-K .FLOOR,BODY,VEHICULA CUT TO FIT.... 1
UOC:SKB
27 PFOZZ 2510015214208 8N013 M871A2-L .FLOOR,BODY,VEHICULA CUT TO FIT.... 1
UOC:SKB
28 PAOZZ 5305014997657 0FBD6 52116040 SCREW,MACHINE....................... 326
UOC:SKB
END OF FIGURE
0078-78/(79 blank)
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-80
447-5032
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1808 STOWAGE RACK, BOXES,
STRAPS, CARRYING CASES, CABLE REELS,
HOSE REELS,ECT.
STOWAGE BOX
1 PAOZZ 5305014997665 0FBD6 50173008 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................. 8
2 PAOZZ 5310014993687 0FBD6 55752007 WASHER,FLAT......................... 16
3 PAOZZ 5310014993682 0FBD6 50995056 NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................. 8
4 PFOFF 2540014993425 0FBD6 00166005 BOX,ACCESSORIES STO................. 1
5 PFOZZ 5330015561405 3DGR3 52600090 SEAL,NONMETALLIC ST CUT TO FIT, (9 1
FT).................................
6 PFFZZ 2590015561273 3DGR3 00028263 BRACKET,VEHICULAR C LH, WELDMENT... 1
UOC:SKB
6 PFFZZ 2590015561385 3DGR3 00028264 BRACKET,VEHICULAR C RH, WELDMENT... 1
UOC:SKB
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-82
447-5033
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 1808 STOWAGE RACK, BOXES,
STRAPS, CARRYING CASES, CABLE REELS,
HOSE REELS,ECT.
MANIFEST BOX
1 PAOZZ 7520013243687 1JA34 550 BOX,FILING.......................... 1
2 PAOZZ 5310015046159 0FBD6 55752003 WASHER,FLAT 0.25 Z/PLATED.......... 4
3 PAOZZ 5310014994253 0FBD6 50995050 NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE 0.25-20 NLN/ 4
INSERT..............................
4 PAOZZ 5305014994256 0FBD6 50170005 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H 0.25-20 X 1"... 4
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 34. Rubber Dock Bumpers.
0078-84
447-5034
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 21 BUMPERS, GUARDS, AND MARINE
FENDERS
GROUP 2101 BUMPERS, BRACKETS, GUARDS,
AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES
RUBBER DOCK BUMPERS
1 PAOZZ 5310007638920 96906 MS51967-20 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON................... 8
UOC:SJB
1 PAOZZ 5310002694040 81349 M45913/1-10CG5C NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................. 8
UOC:SCB
2 PAOZZ 5310008238803 96906 MS27183-21 WASHER,FLAT......................... 16
UOC:SCB,SJB
3 PAOZZ 5340011126396 83473 TB-20 BUMPER.............................. 4
UOC:SJB
3 PAOZZ 5340012641579 66788 SL1000 BUMPER.............................. 4
UOC:SCB
4 PAOZZ 5305007246761 80205 MS90725-167 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................. 8
UOC:SCB,SJB
5 PAOZZ 5310004883889 96906 MS51943-39 NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE................. 8
UOC:SKB
6 PFOZZ 5340013179251 6T589 RC71-68 BUMPER.............................. 2
UOC:SKB
7 PAOZZ 5310008095997 96906 MS27183-17 WASHER,FLAT......................... 8
UOC:SKB
8 PAOZZ 5305000712073 80204 B1821BH050C250N SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H................. 8
UOC:SKB
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-86
447-5035
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 22 BODY, CHASSIS AND HULL
ACCESSORY ITEMS
REFLECTORS
1 PAOZZ 9905013527999 13548 98006Y REFLECTOR,INDICATIN YELLOW......... 4
2 PAOZZ 5305014995551 0FBD6 52100010 SCREW,TAPPING....................... 8
3 PAOZZ 9905013431011 13548 98006R REFLECTOR,INDICATIN RED............ 4
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-88
447-5036
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 2202 ACCESSORY ITEMS
REFLECTIVE TAPE
1 MOOZZ 3DGR3 51457017-AR TAPE,REFLECTIVE WHITE, 12" LG MAKE V
FROM TAPE NSN 9390-01-509-0712......
2 MOOZZ 13548 98101-AR TAPE,REFLECTIVE RED/WHITE,(40 V
FT.)MAKE FROM TAPE NSN 9390-01-504-
6185................................
3 MOOZZ 13548 98107-AR TAPE,REFLECTIVE RED/WHITE,(40 V
FT.)MAKE FROM TAPE NSN 9390-01-504-
6187................................
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 37. Data Plates (Sheet 1 of 2).
0078-91
447-5037-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
Figure 37. Data Plates (Sheet 2 of 2).
0078-92
447-5037-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 2210 DATA PLATES AND INSTRUCTION
HOLDERS
DATA PLATES
1 PFOZZ 7690015563420 0FBD6 50976054 MAKER,IDENTIFICATIO................. 1
UOC:SJB
2 PFOZZ 5320008503282 81349 M24243/1-A408 RIVET,BLIND......................... 16
3 PFOZZ 7690015563415 0FBD6 50976055 MAKER,IDENTIFICATIO................. 1
UOC:SCB
4 PFOZZ 7690014994257 0FBD6 50976003 MARKER,IDENTIFICATI................. 1
UOC:SCB,SKB
4 PFOZZ 7690014994258 0FBD6 50976051 MARKER,IDENTIFICATI TIE DOWN....... 1
UOC:SKB
5 PFOZZ 7690014993759 92967 16087-1 MARKER,IDENTIFICATI SUSPENSION 1
TORQUE..............................
6 PFOZZ 7690015562648 18889 SD002C PLATE,IDENTIFICATIO................. 1
7 PFOZZ 7690015564209 0FBD6 50976005 LABEL,UID........................... 2
8 PFOZZ 3DGR3 50976052 PLATE,INSTRUCTION LUBRICATION...... 1
9 PFOZZ 9905015572549 3DGR3 50506050 PLATE,INSTRUCTION AXLE GROSS WEIGHT 1
10 PFOZZ 9905015572550 3DGR3 50507065 PLATE,INSTRUCTION SLACK ADJUSTMENT. 1
11 PFOZZ 7690014994261 0FBD6 50507096 MARKER,IDENTIFICATI................. 1
12 PFOZZ 7690014994259 3DGR3 50507098 MARKER,IDENTIFICATI ANNUAL 1
INSPECTION..........................
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-94
447-5038
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
ABS WARNING LIGHT
1 PFOZZ 6240014994267 13548 30257Y LAMP,INCANDESCENT ABS LAMP......... 1
2 PFOZZ 5325014993619 0FBD6 50824014 GROMMET,NONMETALLIC................. 1
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
0078-96
447-5039
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 47 GAGES (NON-ELECTRICAL), WEIGHTING
AND MEASURING DEVICES
HUBODOMETER®
1 PFOZZ 6680015562589 3DGR3 50886021 ODOMETER............................ 1
2 PFOZZ 5310014993654 26151 641-0004 .NUT,PLAIN,ASSEMBLED................ 1
3 PFOZZ 2590014500304 26151 610-0065 BRACKET,VEHICULAR C................. 1
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
FIG. KITS
PFOZZ 2530015518601 78500 KIT8078 PARTS KIT,BRAKE ADJ PARTS FOR ONE 1
END OF AXLE.........................
GASKET ( 2) 7-3
PARTS KIT,BRAKE ADJ( 1) 7-12
RETAINER,ARM BUSHIN( 1) 7-4
RING,RETAINING ( 1) 7-7
RING,RETAINING ( 1) 7-19
SCREW,TAPPING ( 4) 7-5
SCREW,TAPPING ( 4) 7-16
WASHER,FLAT ( 1) 7-6
WASHER,FLAT ( 2) 7-18
WASHER,RECESSED ( 1) 7-2
PFOZZ 2530014969836 78500 KSR2024707QP PARTS KIT,SHOE BRAK PARTS FOR ONE 1
AXLE................................
BUSHING,ANCHOR PIN ( 4) 8-8
CLIP,SPRING TENSION( 4) 8-5
PIN,RETURN SPRING ( 4) 8-3
PIN,SHOULDER,HEADLE( 4) 8-7
ROLLER,LINEAR-ROTAR( 4) 8-4
SHOE AND LINING ASS( 4) 8-1
SPRING,HELICAL,EXTE( 4) 8-2
SPRING,HELICAL,COMP( 2) 8-6
PFOZZ 2590014993446 78502 427-10563 PARTS KIT,BRACKET,V 2 KITS 1
REQUIRED PER AXLE...................
BRACKET,MOUNTING ( 4) 9-5
NUT,PLAIN,EXTENDED ( 4) 9-4
PFOZZ 2530014993440 78502 427-10558 PARTS KIT,SHOE BRAK................. 1
BRACKET,MOUNTING ( 4) 9-5
BUSHING,NONMETALLIC( 4) 9-2
NUT,PLAIN,EXTENDED ( 4) 9-4
STANDOFF,THREADED,S( 4) 9-3
END OF FIGURE
TM 9-2330-335-14&P, TM Code: 4AZ 0078
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY
GROUP 95 GENERAL USE STANDARDIZED PARTS
GROUP 9501 HARDWARE SUPPLIES AND BULK
MATERIEL, COMMON
FIG. BULK
1 PFOZZ 4720012879313 61424 PFT-6B-RED HOSE,NONMETALLIC 3/8" RED.......... 1
2 PFOZZ 9390014703620 13548 98101 TAPE,REFLECTIVE RED/WHITE (40 FEET V
REQUIRED)...........................
3 PFOZZ 9390015090712 0FBD6 51457017 TAPE,REFLECTIVE WHITE.............. V
4 PFOZZ 9390015046187 13548 98107 TAPE,REFLECTIVE RED/WHITE (40 FEET V
REQUIRED)...........................
5 PFOZZ 4720012879322 61424 PFT-6B-BLU TUBING,NONMETALLIC 3/8" BLUE....... 1
END OF FIGURE
14
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
NSN AND P/N INDEXES
-
0079-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM
5310-00-045-3299 1 2 5310-00-814-0673 4 2
5310-00-045-8839 11 6 5310-00-823-8803 34 2
4730-00-050-4203 20 4 5320-00-850-3282 37 2
5310-00-061-4651 27 1 5310-00-880-7744 13 5
5305-00-071-2069 21 12 5310-00-934-9757 1 3
24 25 5310-00-935-9021 21 3
27 5 22 1
5305-00-071-2072 21 6 22 8
5305-00-071-2073 34 8 6220-01-088-5915 1 1
5310-00-080-6004 21 10 5330-01-090-2107 17 8
22 3 4730-01-096-9128 12 1
5310-00-087-7493 21 5 12 17
5305-00-115-9526 24 10 2640-01-098-2029 18 4
4730-00-202-6491 12 10 5306-01-098-7197 26 18
5325-00-204-5061 7 19 26 43
5331-00-205-3583 7 9 5306-01-098-7198 26 11
5310-00-225-6993 24 22 5310-01-098-7236 26 23
5306-00-226-4827 17 13 26 44
5305-00-226-4831 4 3 5310-01-098-7244 26 16
3120-00-255-6042 8 8 26 41
5310-00-261-7340 7 15 5310-01-098-7245 26 6
5305-00-269-3217 24 3 26 35
5310-00-269-4040 34 1 5310-01-098-7246 26 22
4730-00-277-8257 12 7 26 45
5325-00-279-1248 5 11 5310-01-098-7247 26 4
5325-00-290-0074 5 12 26 48
3110-00-293-8997 17 3 5310-01-098-7827 26 7
3110-00-293-8998 17 1 26 36
3120-00-322-6430 8 4 2510-01-100-7167 26 13
5310-00-407-9566 17 14 26 34
4730-00-469-7797 12 9 2590-01-100-9001 26 12
5310-00-488-3889 21 9 26 38
34 5 2510-01-100-9270 26 15
5305-00-543-4372 22 7 26 40
2640-00-555-2823 18 2 2520-01-101-0935 26 19
5310-00-584-5272 27 6 26 31
3110-00-618-0248 17 7 2520-01-101-2551 26 21
3110-00-618-0249 17 4 26 33
5310-00-637-9541 22 2 2510-01-101-2559 26 10
5305-00-724-6761 34 4 26 46
5305-00-724-7222 24 11 2510-01-101-2890 26 14
27 3 26 39
5305-00-725-2317 22 4 5340-01-112-6396 34 3
5305-00-726-2551 26 8 5310-01-126-9404 24 7
26 37 5315-01-129-6898 8 7
5365-00-753-4865 7 17 5310-01-133-5373 7 18
5310-00-763-8920 34 1 5360-01-158-1974 8 2
5315-00-784-0637 8 3 4730-01-164-3365 12 5
5310-00-809-5997 24 23 5310-01-174-0431 24 6
34 7 5340-01-175-0564 24 8
0079-2
0079
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX
STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM
5340-01-209-6524 20 1 6150-01-499-3289 5 2
5306-01-222-9071 20 9 6150-01-499-3311 5 3
5935-01-224-1226 12 3 6150-01-499-3315 5 4
5340-01-239-0890 21 4 5310-01-499-3318 24 18
4710-01-240-9431 26 5 6150-01-499-3320 5 5
26 29 6150-01-499-3321 5 6
2590-01-241-6060 22 5 6150-01-499-3323 5 7
5310-01-251-7570 20 8 6150-01-499-3327 5 8
2590-01-260-0219 20 5 6150-01-499-3328 5 9
5340-01-264-1579 34 3 6150-01-499-3329 5 10
4730-01-283-1877 12 12 6150-01-499-3332 5 1
4720-01-287-9313 BULK 1 5305-01-499-3342 2 2
4720-01-287-9322 BULK 5 6220-01-499-3350 3 1
2530-01-311-8410 7 12 4730-01-499-3360 14 6
5365-01-314-6592 21 2 5325-01-499-3362 5 13
2590-01-315-2610 22 6 5310-01-499-3372 7 6
5305-01-315-3563 7 16 5325-01-499-3380 7 7
2510-01-315-6287 23 1 5310-01-499-3382 7 2
5365-01-316-3300 26 20 4730-01-499-3385 7 13
26 32 5530-01-499-3386 29 4
5315-01-316-7547 24 9 3120-01-499-3388 7 8
5340-01-317-2657 20 7 5530-01-499-3391 29 3
5340-01-317-9251 34 6 5360-01-499-3396 8 6
5340-01-318-6775 21 7 6150-01-499-3397 11 7
5306-01-321-2386 26 30 2530-01-499-3399 9 1
7520-01-324-3687 33 1 5340-01-499-3404 9 3
5340-01-328-4418 8 5 5340-01-499-3405 9 5
5330-01-328-6090 7 3 4730-01-499-3406 10 1
9905-01-343-1011 35 3 4810-01-499-3407 10 2
5306-01-347-5921 26 3 5365-01-499-3408 9 2
26 28 5340-01-499-3409 30 4
9905-01-352-7999 35 1 2540-01-499-3425 32 4
5305-01-359-1367 7 5 5310-01-499-3438 9 4
2530-01-359-8091 7 4 2520-01-499-3439 13 4
4730-01-365-9072 12 4 2530-01-499-3440 KITS
5305-01-432-1763 21 1 2590-01-499-3446 KITS
5307-01-440-1364 17 5 5310-01-499-3456 14 2
2530-01-441-9700 18 3 30 1
2530-01-449-9475 17 6 9320-01-499-3458 14 3
2590-01-450-0304 39 3 5310-01-499-3459 7 14
9390-01-470-3620 BULK 2 5310-01-499-3461 14 4
5935-01-480-6241 11 1 30 2
6220-01-482-5320 2 6 5305-01-499-3465 14 5
6220-01-482-5444 2 4 30 5
6220-01-482-5574 2 1 4730-01-499-3471 16 3
6220-01-482-6113 2 1 16 5
2530-01-496-9836 KITS 2530-01-499-3476 17 2
4820-01-497-8729 15 3 5340-01-499-3481 11 10
2530-01-499-3135 7 1 5330-01-499-3487 17 10
2530-01-499-3170 11 8 5310-01-499-3489 18 1
0079-3
0079
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX
STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM
4720-01-499-3490 12 6 2590-01-499-5434 24 2
5340-01-499-3618 8 11 2590-01-499-5437 24 5
5325-01-499-3619 38 2 5340-01-499-5543 24 13
2530-01-499-3629 14 1 5315-01-499-5545 24 14
4820-01-499-3653 14 7 5320-01-499-5546 24 16
5310-01-499-3654 39 2 28 6
4730-01-499-3663 15 1 2530-01-499-5547 24 17
5310-01-499-3682 32 3 5340-01-499-5549 25 3
5310-01-499-3687 32 2 25 5
4730-01-499-3709 12 14 5305-01-499-5551 2 3
5340-01-499-3717 12 13 3 2
2530-01-499-3718 24 12 11 2
7690-01-499-3759 37 5 16 1
2510-01-499-3799 28 2 16 10
5340-01-499-4157 28 5 21 14
5305-01-499-4202 24 21 35 2
5360-01-499-4204 26 9 2540-01-499-5553 25 4
26 47 4010-01-499-7594 24 15
5310-01-499-4209 26 17 28 7
26 42 2510-01-499-7636 28 3
5310-01-499-4211 26 25 2510-01-499-7638 28 1
26 50 5305-01-499-7657 31 15
5305-01-499-4217 26 2 31 28
26 27 5305-01-499-7665 32 1
4030-01-499-4227 25 2 2530-01-504-2552 13 1
25 7 5310-01-504-6159 33 2
2540-01-499-4246 30 3 9390-01-504-6187 BULK 4
5340-01-499-4251 25 1 5330-01-504-8610 16 6
5310-01-499-4253 33 3 5330-01-504-8614 16 4
5305-01-499-4256 33 4 9390-01-509-0712 BULK 3
7690-01-499-4257 37 4 5325-01-514-9957 20 2
7690-01-499-4259 37 12 2510-01-521-2739 31 16
7690-01-499-4261 37 11 2510-01-521-4208 31 27
6240-01-499-4267 38 1 2510-01-521-4213 31 20
4730-01-499-4270 10 3 2510-01-521-4217 31 21
12 11 2510-01-521-4228 31 22
14 8 2510-01-521-4230 31 23
15 2 2510-01-521-4232 31 25
5315-01-499-4271 24 19 2510-01-521-4245 31 26
5310-01-499-4273 24 20 2510-01-521-4248 31 17
26 24 2510-01-521-4252 31 18
26 49 2510-01-521-4255 31 19
2510-01-499-4290 20 3 2510-01-521-4399 31 24
4010-01-499-5145 25 6 2510-01-521-8635 23 1
2520-01-499-5403 6 1 5220-01-521-8643 23 2
2530-01-499-5407 8 1 2590-01-522-2672 11 3
5310-01-499-5412 13 2 2541-01-531-4064 21 8
5310-01-499-5416 13 3 2590-01-532-8937 21 11
17 9 5305-01-551-4703 11 4
2530-01-499-5421 17 11 2530-01-551-8601 KITS
0079-4
0079
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX
STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM
5340-01-551-8607 16 7 5510-01-558-8397 31 7
3120-01-552-7425 7 10 5510-01-558-8489 31 13
5310-01-552-7435 11 5 5510-01-558-8545 31 8
2590-01-556-1200 24 24 5510-01-558-8572 31 12
2590-01-556-1271 7 11 5510-01-558-8767 31 4
2590-01-556-1273 32 6 2610-01-558-8770 19 1
5530-01-556-1274 29 6 5510-01-558-9542 31 6
2590-01-556-1276 24 24 5510-01-558-9549 31 10
5310-01-556-1277 16 11 5510-01-559-0830 31 9
2510-01-556-1279 27 4 5510-01-559-0836 31 5
2590-01-556-1332 24 1 5510-01-559-0847 31 14
2590-01-556-1346 24 26 2530-99-782-3392 11 9
2590-01-556-1385 32 6
2510-01-556-1390 28 4
5325-01-556-1398 2 7
5310-01-556-1400 8 9
5330-01-556-1405 32 5
5305-01-556-1408 24 2
5305-01-556-1411 8 12
4730-01-556-1415 16 12
4730-01-556-1420 12 17
4730-01-556-1422 12 17
4730-01-556-1425 12 15
4730-01-556-1426 12 5
5340-01-556-1428 21 13
2590-01-556-1440 24 26
2510-01-556-1448 29 1
6130-01-556-1480 4 1
2530-01-556-1664 16 8
2590-01-556-1718 24 4
5510-01-556-1819 31 2
2510-01-556-1934 29 5
2510-01-556-1938 29 2
2590-01-556-2068 24 1
2590-01-556-2096 2 5
4720-01-556-2134 12 16
5310-01-556-2138 27 2
6680-01-556-2589 39 1
7690-01-556-2648 37 6
7690-01-556-3415 37 3
7690-01-556-3420 37 1
7690-01-556-4209 37 7
5310-01-556-9152 24 5
4730-01-557-1926 16 9
9905-01-557-2549 37 9
9905-01-557-2550 37 10
5340-01-557-8520 16 2
5510-01-558-8143 31 3
5510-01-558-8144 31 11
2510-01-558-8153 31 1
0079-5
0079
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
CAGEC PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM
63900 A-100-VC-8 2640-01-098-2029 18 4
78500 A-3105-K-219 3120-01-552-7425 7 10
3D6E9 A-3105-L-1078 2530-01-359-8091 7 4
78500 A-3299-T-5844 2590-01-556-1271 7 11
3D6E9 AMP43726 4730-01-499-3406 10 1
81343 AS15001-1 4730-00-050-4203 20 4
3D6E9 A3105-V-282 2530-01-311-8410 7 12
06CB9 BF90M45XXZNXX 5340-01-318-6775 21 7
80204 B1821BH031C100N 5306-00-226-4827 17 13
80204 B1821BH031C150N 5305-00-226-4831 4 3
80204 B1821BH038C075D 5305-00-115-9526 24 10
80204 B1821BH038C075N 5305-00-543-4372 22 7
80204 B1821BH038C150N 5305-00-725-2317 22 4
80204 B1821BH050C150N 5305-00-071-2069 21 12
80204 B1821BH050C150N 5305-00-071-2069 24 25
80204 B1821BH050C150N 5305-00-071-2069 27 5
80204 B1821BH050C225N 5305-00-071-2072 21 6
80204 B1821BH050C250N 5305-00-071-2073 34 8
80204 B1821BH063C200N 5305-00-724-7222 24 11
80204 B1821BH063C200N 5305-00-724-7222 27 3
80204 B1821BH063F200N 5305-00-726-2551 26 8
80204 B1821BH063F200N 5305-00-726-2551 26 37
01212 B370025BG2 5330-01-090-2107 17 8
92967 B893-02 4710-01-240-9431 26 5
92967 B893-02 4710-01-240-9431 26 29
80201 C/R1343 2530-01-499-5421 17 11
99411 CP0540 2530-01-499-5421 22 10
99411 CP3473 2590-01-315-2610 22 6
80201 CR453969 2590-01-315-2610 17 12
81348 FF-B-171/01-652 3110-00-618-0249 17 4
94658 F187-20-8 5365-01-314-6592 21 2
94658 F804-1-3 5325-01-514-9957 20 2
94658 F804-1-4 2510-01-499-4290 20 3
60038 HM212011 3110-00-293-8997 17 3
60038 HM212049 3110-00-293-8998 17 1
60038 HM218248 3110-00-618-0248 17 7
78500 KIT8078 2530-01-551-8601 KITS
74410 KP-AAR-4 2510-01-521-8635 23 1
74410 KP-T-809-F 2510-01-315-6287 23 1
78500 KSR2024707QP 2530-01-496-9836 KITS
99411 LG0070-02 5315-01-316-7547 24 9
99411 LG0083-05 5340-01-175-0564 24 8
98278 MCDM1-31SS 5935-01-224-1226 12 3
96906 MS27183-13 5310-00-087-7493 21 5
96906 MS27183-14 5310-00-080-6004 21 10
96906 MS27183-14 5310-00-080-6004 22 3
96906 MS27183-17 5310-00-809-5997 24 23
34 7
0079-6
0079
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM
96906 MS27183-21 5310-00-823-8803 34 2
80205 MS35338-42 5310-00-045-3299 1 2
80205 MS35338-45 5310-00-407-9566 17 14
80205 MS35338-48 5310-00-584-5272 27 6
96906 MS35489-103 5325-00-279-1248 5 11
96906 MS35489-109 5325-00-290-0074 5 12
80205 MS35649-282 5310-00-934-9757 1 3
96906 MS51943-35 5310-00-935-9021 21 3
96906 MS51943-35 5310-00-935-9021 22 1
96906 MS51943-35 5310-00-935-9021 22 8
96906 MS51943-39 5310-00-488-3889 21 9
96906 MS51943-39 5310-00-488-3889 34 5
96906 MS51967-20 5310-00-763-8920 34 1
96906 MS51967-5 5310-00-880-7744 13 5
80205 MS90725-167 5305-00-724-6761 34 4
80205 MS90725-67 5305-00-269-3217 24 3
81349 M24243/1-A408 5320-00-850-3282 37 2
81349 M45913/1-10CG5C 5310-00-269-4040 34 1
81349 M45913/1-10CG8C 5310-00-061-4651 27 1
81349 M45913/1-8CG5C 5310-00-225-6993 24 22
81349 M45913/3-5CG8C 5310-00-814-0673 4 2
8N013 M871-A1-A 5510-01-556-1819 31 2
8N013 M871-A1-B 5510-01-558-8143 31 3
8N013 M871-A1-C 5510-01-558-8767 31 4
8N013 M871-A1-D 5510-01-559-0836 31 5
8N013 M871-A1-E 5510-01-558-9542 31 6
8N013 M871-A1-F 5510-01-558-8397 31 7
8N013 M871-A1-G 5510-01-558-8545 31 8
8N013 M871-A1-H 5510-01-559-0830 31 9
8N013 M871-A1-J 5510-01-558-9549 31 10
8N013 M871-A1-K 5510-01-558-8144 31 11
8N013 M871-A1-KIT 2510-01-558-8153 31 1
8N013 M871-A1-L 5510-01-558-8572 31 12
8N013 M871-A1-M 5510-01-558-8489 31 13
8N013 M871-A1-N 5510-01-559-0847 31 14
8N013 M871A2-A 2510-01-521-4248 31 17
8N013 M871A2-B 2510-01-521-4252 31 18
8N013 M871A2-C 2510-01-521-4255 31 19
8N013 M871A2-D 2510-01-521-4213 31 20
8N013 M871A2-E 2510-01-521-4217 31 21
8N013 M871A2-F 2510-01-521-4228 31 22
8N013 M871A2-G 2510-01-521-4230 31 23
8N013 M871A2-H 2510-01-521-4399 31 24
8N013 M871A2-J 2510-01-521-4232 31 25
0079-7
0079
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM
8N013 M871A2-K 2510-01-521-4245 31 26
8N013 M871A2-KIT 2510-01-521-2739 31 16
8N013 M871A2-L 2510-01-521-4208 31 27
78500 N3105B210 5340-01-328-4418 8 5
61424 PFT-6B-BLU 4720-01-287-9322 BULK 5
61424 PFT-6B-BLU-AR 12 2
61424 PFT-6B-RED 4720-01-287-9313 BULK 1
61424 PFT-6B-RED-AR 12 8
94658 PH2969-1 20 6
99411 PP0016-03 5310-01-174-0431 24 6
64466 PT1383 6150-01-499-3321 5 6
6T589 RC71-68 5340-01-317-9251 34 6
94658 RK804-1A 2590-01-260-0219 20 5
66788 SAT-18315 5340-01-239-0890 21 4
18889 SD002C 7690-01-556-2648 37 6
66788 SL1000 5340-01-264-1579 34 3
78500 SR2024707QP 2530-01-499-5407 8 1
78500 S2237-Z-1222 5935-01-480-6241 11 1
78500 S3155-L-1234 2590-01-522-2672 11 3
78500 S4005001030 4810-01-499-3407 10 2
78500 S4493641530 6150-01-499-3397 11 7
78500 S4497130300 2530-01-499-3170 11 8
78500 S8997598154 5340-01-499-3481 11 10
83473 TB-20 5340-01-112-6396 34 3
74410 TF-0110 5220-01-521-8643 23 2
99411 TS0002 2590-01-241-6060 22 5
99411 TS0013 2590-01-241-6060 22 9
58536 TY-II/CL2/TR-572 2640-00-555-2823 18 2
60359 UTM-2412 6130-01-556-1480 4 1
93061 VS272NTA-6-6 4730-01-283-1877 12 12
93061 VS279NTA-6-4 4730-01-365-9072 12 4
78500 WA-16 5310-00-261-7340 7 15
3D6E9 WA-36 5310-01-499-3459 7 14
3DGR3 00028263 2590-01-556-1273 32 6
3DGR3 00028264 2590-01-556-1385 32 6
0FBD6 00166005 2540-01-499-3425 32 4
0FBD6 01546002 2530-01-499-3718 24 12
0FBD6 01546003 2530-01-499-5547 24 17
0FBD6 01578006 5315-01-499-5545 24 14
0FBD6 02302044 5340-01-499-5543 24 13
3DGR3 02321502 5310-01-556-2138 27 2
0FBD6 02976010 5310-01-499-3318 24 18
0FBD6 04626004 4010-01-499-5145 25 6
0FBD6 04694005 5530-01-499-3386 29 4
0079-8
0079
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM
0FBD6 04694006 5530-01-499-3391 29 3
0FBD6 04694012 5530-01-556-1274 29 6
3DGR3 04694014 2510-01-556-1938 29 2
3DGR3 04694015 2510-01-556-1934 29 5
0FBD6 04696001 2510-01-499-3799 28 2
0FBD6 04696002 2510-01-499-7636 28 3
0FBD6 04696003 2510-01-499-7638 28 1
3DGR3 04696005 2510-01-556-1390 28 4
3DGR3 05472019 27 7
13548 07406 6220-01-482-6113 2 1
13548 07407 6220-01-482-5574 2 1
0FBD6 07430072 5340-01-499-3409 30 4
0FBD6 07758002 5340-01-499-4251 25 1
0FBD6 07758014 2540-01-499-5553 25 4
78500 10-X-1348 5305-01-315-3563 7 16
78500 10-X-1421 5305-01-359-1367 7 5
92967 10055-00 5360-01-499-4204 26 9
92967 10055-00 5360-01-499-4204 26 47
92967 10060-01 5306-01-098-7197 26 18
92967 10060-01 5306-01-098-7197 26 43
18889 101162 5307-01-440-1364 17 5
92967 10273-00 5310-01-098-7244 26 16
92967 10273-00 5310-01-098-7244 26 41
92967 10376-00 5306-01-347-5921 26 3
92967 10376-00 5306-01-347-5921 26 28
92967 10608-00 2510-01-101-2890 26 14
92967 10608-00 2510-01-101-2890 26 39
3DGR3 10687100 2590-01-556-1200 24 24
3DGR3 10687101 2590-01-556-1346 24 26
3DGR3 10687102 2590-01-556-1276 24 24
3DGR3 10687103 2590-01-556-1440 24 26
10125 110500 4820-01-497-8729 15 3
92967 11513-03 5310-01-499-4209 26 17
92967 11513-03 5310-01-499-4209 26 42
78500 1205-Q-2123 5330-01-328-6090 7 3
78500 1205X726 5331-00-205-3583 7 9
78500 1218-G-85 5315-00-784-0637 8 3
78500 1225-B-496 3120-00-255-6042 8 8
78500 1225-R-1058 3120-01-499-3388 7 8
5A910 12258212 6220-01-088-5915 1 1
78500 1229-B-1848 5310-01-133-5373 7 18
78500 1229-J-868 5365-00-753-4865 7 17
78500 1229-R-4100 5310-01-499-3382 7 2
78500 1229-S-4101 5310-01-499-3372 7 6
0079-9
0079
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM
78500 1229-T-4102 5325-01-499-3380 7 7
78500 1229-X-1116 5325-00-204-5061 7 19
78500 1259-N-274 5315-01-129-6898 8 7
00198 132661 5310-00-637-9541 22 2
92967 16087-1 7690-01-499-3759 37 5
06721 166407 2530-01-504-2552 13 1
78500 1779-R-18 3120-00-322-6430 8 4
64466 17900-086 6150-01-499-3320 5 5
64466 18125-400 6150-01-499-3329 5 10
18889 20231UH3T 2530-01-499-3476 17 2
93061 207ACBH-4 4730-01-164-3365 12 5
93061 209P-6-4 4730-00-202-6491 12 10
78500 21220719 8 10
78500 2210-D-6868 2530-01-499-3135 7 1
78500 2210-E-6869 2530-01-499-3159 7 1
93061 2225P-6 4730-00-469-7797 12 9
3D6E9 2258 Q 615S 5360-01-158-1974 8 2
78500 2258-W-803 5360-01-499-3396 8 6
3D6E9 2297-B-5046 4730-01-499-3385 7 13
92967 23276.01 5365-01-316-3300 26 20
92967 23276.01 5365-01-316-3300 26 32
05SD1 2511 2541-01-531-4064 21 8
64466 25150-028 6150-01-499-3315 5 4
64466 28161-028 6150-01-499-3332 5 1
73195 28408 2530-01-441-9700 18 3
13548 30255R 6220-01-482-5444 2 4
13548 30255Y 6220-01-482-5320 2 6
13548 30257Y 6240-01-499-4267 38 1
13548 30720 2590-01-556-2096 2 5
3DGR3 3229 2530-01-499-3629 14 1
3D6E9 3264-A-1457 5340-01-499-3618 8 11
39428 3919T15 5340-01-499-5549 25 3
39428 3919T15 5340-01-499-5549 25 5
45152 4HA891 5330-01-504-8610 16 6
45152 4HA892 5330-01-504-8614 16 4
0N972 401095 4820-01-499-3653 14 7
78502 409-20002 2530-01-499-3399 9 1
78502 427-10558 2530-01-499-3440 KITS
78502 427-10563 2590-01-499-3446 KITS
U6718 441 032 8080 2530-99-782-3392 11 9
0N972 441105 4730-01-499-3471 16 3
0N972 441105 4730-01-499-3471 16 5
0N972 441743 5340-01-551-8607 16 7
78502 443-10204 5310-01-499-3438 9 4
0079-10
0079
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM
06721 443-10318 5340-01-499-3404 9 3
78502 445-10467 5340-01-499-3405 9 5
78502 452-10125 5365-01-499-3408 9 2
80201 453795 5330-01-499-3487 17 10
0FBD6 50045217 2520-01-499-5403 6 1
3DGR3 50104001 4730-01-556-1425 12 15
3DGR3 50104002 4730-01-556-1426 12 5
0FBD6 50170005 5305-01-499-4256 33 4
0FBD6 50172008 5305-01-499-3465 14 5
0FBD6 50172008 5305-01-499-3465 30 5
3DGR3 50172106 5305-01-556-1411 8 12
0FBD6 50173008 5305-01-499-7665 32 1
0FBD6 50174006 5305-01-499-4202 24 21
0FBD6 50174017 5305-01-499-4217 26 2
0FBD6 50174017 5305-01-499-4217 26 27
0FBD6 50450016 4010-01-499-7594 24 15
0FBD6 50450016 4010-01-499-7594 28 7
0FBD6 50462030 5340-01-499-4157 28 5
0FBD6 50462035 4030-01-499-4227 25 2
0FBD6 50462035 4030-01-499-4227 25 7
93061 50487001 4730-01-499-3709 12 14
0FBD6 50491010 5340-01-499-3717 12 13
3DGR3 50501006 4730-01-556-1420 12 17
3DGR3 50506050 9905-01-557-2549 37 9
3DGR3 50507065 9905-01-557-2550 37 10
0FBD6 50507096 7690-01-499-4261 37 11
3DGR3 50507098 7690-01-499-4259 37 12
3DGR3 50720025 4730-01-556-1422 12 17
0FBD6 50822014 2540-01-499-4246 30 3
3DGR3 50823044 4730-01-556-1415 16 12
3DGR3 50823045 4730-01-557-1926 16 9
3DGR3 50823046 2530-01-556-1664 16 8
3DGR3 50823047 5310-01-556-1277 16 11
0FBD6 50824014 5325-01-499-3619 38 2
3DGR3 50824018 5325-01-556-1398 2 7
0FBD6 50824060 5325-01-499-3362 5 13
3DGR3 50851109 6150-01-499-3289 5 2
0FBD6 50866003 4720-01-499-3490 12 6
3DGR3 50866009 4720-01-556-2134 12 16
3DGR3 50886021 6680-01-556-2589 39 1
0FBD6 50890077 2590-01-499-5434 24 2
0FBD6 50890078 2590-01-499-5437 24 5
0FBD6 50920012 6220-01-499-3350 3 1
0FBD6 50976003 7690-01-499-4257 37 4
0079-11
0079
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM
0FBD6 50976005 7690-01-556-4209 37 7
0FBD6 50976051 7690-01-556-4209 37 4
3DGR3 50976052 37 8
0FBD6 50976054 7690-01-556-3420 37 1
0FBD6 50976055 7690-01-556-3415 37 3
3D6E9 50979015 4730-01-499-3663 15 1
0FBD6 50981049 5310-01-499-5416 13 3
0FBD6 50981049 5310-01-499-5416 17 9
0FBD6 50990007 5310-01-499-3489 18 1
0FBD6 50995050 5310-01-499-4253 33 3
0FBD6 50995054 5310-01-499-3456 14 2
0FBD6 50995054 5310-01-499-3456 30 1
0FBD6 50995056 5310-01-499-3682 32 3
0FBD6 50995065 5310-01-499-4273 24 20
0FBD6 50995065 5310-01-499-4273 26 24
0FBD6 50995065 5310-01-499-4273 26 49
3DGR3 50995152 5310-01-556-1400 8 9
0FBD6 51029007 9320-01-499-3458 14 3
0FBD6 51182002 5315-01-499-4271 24 19
0FBD6 51205007 4730-01-499-4270 10 3
0FBD6 51205007 4730-01-499-4270 12 11
0FBD6 51205007 4730-01-499-4270 14 8
0FBD6 51205007 4730-01-499-4270 15 2
0FBD6 51205015 4730-01-499-3360 14 6
0FBD6 51457017 9390-01-509-0712 BULK 3
3DGR3 51457017-AR 9390-01-509-0712 36 1
0FBD6 52050001 5320-01-499-5546 24 16
0FBD6 52050001 5320-01-499-5546 28 6
0FBD6 52100010 5305-01-499-5551 2 3
0FBD6 52100010 5305-01-499-5551 3 2
0FBD6 52100010 5305-01-499-5551 11 2
0FBD6 52100010 5305-01-499-5551 16 1
0FBD6 52100010 5305-01-499-5551 16 10
0FBD6 52100010 5305-01-499-5551 21 14
0FBD6 52100010 5305-01-499-5551 35 2
0FBD6 52100013 5305-01-499-3342 2 2
0FBD6 52116040 5305-01-499-7657 31 15
0FBD6 52116040 5305-01-499-7657 31 28
0FBD6 52125333 2520-01-499-3439 13 4
64466 52302-036 6150-01-499-3327 5 8
3DGR3 52600090 5330-01-556-1405 32 5
1JA34 550 7520-01-324-3687 33 1
0FBD6 55752003 5310-01-504-6159 33 2
0FBD6 55752005 5310-01-499-3461 14 4
30 2
0079-12
0079
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM
0FBD6 55752007 5310-01-499-3687 32 2
0FBD6 55752009 5310-01-499-4211 26 25
0FBD6 55752009 5310-01-499-4211 26 50
3DGR3 58080045 2590-01-556-1718 24 4
1F926 6 5340-01-317-2657 20 7
81343 6-6 130339B 4730-00-277-8257 12 7
26151 610-0065 2590-01-450-0304 39 3
3DGR3 61000004 2510-01-556-1279 27 4
3DGR3 61000008 4820-01-114-6955 26 1
3DGR3 61000008 4820-01-114-6955 26 26
3DGR3 61000010 24 1
3DGR3 61000034 2590-01-556-2068 24 1
3DGR3 61000035 5305-01-556-1408 24 2
3DGR3 61000036 5310-01-556-9152 24 5
3DGR3 61000048 2590-01-556-1332 24 1
3DGR3 61000051 2510-01-556-1448 29 1
3DGR3 61251004 2590-01-532-8937 21 11
64466 63400-227 6150-01-499-3323 5 7
3DGR3 64014008 5340-01-556-1428 21 13
26151 641-0004 5310-01-499-3654 39 2
3DGR3 65340002 5340-01-557-8520 16 2
18889 66884 2530-01-449-9475 17 6
93061 68NTA-6-6 4730-01-096-9128 12 1
93061 68NTA-6-6 4730-01-096-9128 12 17
64466 72203-012 6150-01-499-3311 5 3
65059 78038-1 5340-01-209-6524 20 1
92967 814-00 2590-01-100-9001 26 12
92967 814-00 2590-01-100-9001 26 38
92967 817-00 5310-01-098-7245 26 6
92967 817-00 5310-01-098-7245 26 35
64466 82100-008 6150-01-499-3328 5 9
92967 835-04 5306-01-321-2386 26 30
92967 836-00 5310-01-098-7236 26 23
92967 836-00 5310-01-098-7236 26 44
92967 837-00 5310-01-098-7246 26 22
92967 837-00 5310-01-098-7246 26 45
92967 841-00 5310-01-098-7827 26 7
92967 841-00 5310-01-098-7827 26 36
92967 891-00 2520-01-101-0935 26 19
92967 891-00 2520-01-101-0935 26 31
92967 895-00 5310-01-098-7247 26 4
92967 895-00 5310-01-098-7247 26 48
92967 898-00 2520-01-101-2551 26 21
26 33
0079-13
0079
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM
39428 90480A011 5310-01-251-7570 20 8
39428 91251A628 5305-01-432-1763 21 1
39428 91839A006 5310-00-045-8839 11 6
39428 92141A006 5310-01-552-7435 11 5
39428 92196A130 5305-01-551-4703 11 4
7X677 9422297 5310-01-126-9404 24 7
39428 9489T13 5306-01-222-9071 20 9
12195 95283 2610-01-558-8770 19 1
92967 9639-03 5306-01-098-7198 26 11
92967 9640-00 2510-01-101-2559 26 10
92967 9640-00 2510-01-101-2559 26 46
13548 98006R 9905-01-343-1011 35 3
13548 98006Y 9905-01-352-7999 35 1
13548 98101 9390-01-470-3620 BULK 2
13548 98101-AR 9390-01-470-3620 36 2
13548 98107 9390-01-504-6187 BULK 4
13548 98107-AR 9390-01-504-6187 36 3
92967 9934-02 2510-01-100-9270 26 15
92967 9934-02 2510-01-100-9270 26 40
92967 9937-00 2510-01-100-7167 26 13
92967 9937-00 2510-01-100-7167 26 34
06721 9999093 5310-01-499-5412 13 2
0079
0079-14
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CHAPTER 11
SUPPORTING INFORMATION
WARNING
The warnings in this chapter are commercial warnings. These are subject to copyright protection and will not always conform to the Government’s standards.
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
REFERENCES
General, Forms, Regulations,
Field Manuals, Technical Manuals, Pamphlets and Bulletins,
Miscellaneous Publications, Commercial Manuals
GENERAL
FORMS
00080
This work package lists the publications referenced in this manual. DA PAM 25-30, Consolidated Index of Army Publications
and Blank Forms, should be consulted frequently for the latest changes and revisions and for new publications relevant to material covered in this manual.
00080
Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Form 2028
Recommended Changes to Equipment Technical Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DA Form 2028-2
Organizational Control Record for Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Form 2401
Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Form 2404
Maintenance Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Form 2407
Equipment Log Assembly (Records) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Form 2408
Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DD Form 314
Processing and Deprocessing Record for Shipment, Storage and Issue of Vehicles and Spare Engines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DD Form 1397
Report of Discrepancy (ROD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SF Form 364
Product Quality Deficiency Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SF Form 368
REGULATIONS
00080
The Army Physical Security Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AR 190-13
Security of Army Property at Unit and Installation Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AR 190-51
Environmental Protection and Enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AR 200-1
Dictionary of United States Army Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AR 310-25
Authorized Abbreviations, Brevity Codes, and Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AR 310-50
Accident Reporting and Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AR 385-40
Prevention of Motor Vehicle Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AR 385-55
Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AR 700-138
Reporting of Product Quality Deficiencies Across Component Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AR 702-7
Army Materiel Maintenance Policy and Retail Maintenance Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AR 750-1
-
0080-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0080
FIELD MANUALS
00080
NBC Contamination Avoidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 3-3
NBC Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 3-4
NBC Decontamination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 3-5
Field Behavior of NBC Agents (Including Smoke and Incendiaries) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 3-6
Mountain Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM 3-97.6
First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM 4-25.11
Ammunition Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM 4-30.13
Route Reconnaissance and Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 5-170
Vehicle Recovery Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM 9-43-2
Operation and Maintenance of Ordnance Materiel in Cold Weather (0°F to Minus 65°F). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 9-207
General Fabric Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 10-16
Camouflage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 20-3
Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Driver (Distribution Restricted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 21-305
Training in Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 25-101
Basic Cold Weather Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 31-70
Northern Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 31-71
Railway Operating and Safety Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 55-21
Army Motor Transport Units and Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 55-30
Desert Operations (How to Fight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 90-3
Operational Terms and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM 101-5-1
TECHNICAL MANUALS
00080
Inspection, Care and Maintenance of Antifriction Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 9-214
Welding Theory and Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 9-237 (1993)
Operator’s Unit, Direct Support and General Support, Maintenance Manual for Care,
Maintenance Repair and Inspection of Pneumatic Tires and Inner Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 9-2610-200-14
Painting Instructions for Army Materiel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 43-0139
Railcar Loading Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 55-2200-001-12
Storage and Materials Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 743-200-1
Procedures for Destruction of Tank-automotive Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 750-244-6
Direct Support and General Support for Quality Control Inspector’s Inspection Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 750-245-4
0080-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0080
PAMPHLETS AND BULLETINS
00080
The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) User Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA PAM 750-8
Tiedown Handbook for Rail Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTMCTEA Pam 55-19
Tiedown Handbook for Truck Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTMCTEA Pam 55-20
Tiedown Handbook for Fixed Wing Air Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTMCTEA Pam 55-24
Storage Serviceability Standard: Tracked Vehicles, Wheeled Vehicles, and Component Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . SB 740-98-1
Towed Wheeled Vehicles, FSC Class 2330, Lunette Trailers and Semitrailers:
Repair of Frames. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TB 9-2510-242-40 (Nov 95)
Equipment Improvement Report and Maintenance Digest (U.S. Army Tank-automotive and Armaments Command) Tank and Automotive Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TB 43-0001-39 Series
Maintenance Expenditure Limits for Tactical Wheeled Vehicles, FSC Group 23,
FSC Classes 2320 and 2330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TB 43-0002-81
Color, Marking, and Camouflage Painting of Military Vehicles, Construction Equipment and
Materials Handling Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TB 43-0209
Corrosion Prevention and Control Including Rust Proofing Procedures for Tactical Vehicles and Trailers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TB 43-0213
Inspection, Use and Tightening of Metal Fasteners Used on Tank-automotive Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TB 43-0218
Maintenance in the Desert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TB 43-0239
MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS
00080
Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CTA 8-100
Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V, Repair Parts and Heraldic Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CTA 50-970
Marine Lifting and Lashing Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTMCTEA Ref 97-55-22
Vehicle Preparation Handbook for Fixed Wing Air Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTMCTEA Ref 97-55-24
0080-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0080
COMMERCIAL MANUALS
00080
Meritor Trailer Axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual No. 14, Revised 1-99
Complete Repairs, Tear Down, Cleaning, Welding, Alignment, Lubrication of Axle,
Brake Systems and ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call: 1-800-535-5560
Meritor WABCO Easy-Stop Trailer ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Manual No. 33, Revised 4-98
Basic and Standard ABS Systems (including 4S/2M System on M871A3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call: 1-800-535-5560
Rockwell WABCO Blank Code Diagnostic Guide 4S/2M Easy Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TP-0173; Call 1-800-535-5560
Meritor WABCO
Training Program-Student Manual, Issued 3-98
Module 1 — Overview & Components
Module 2 — Diagnosis and Repair
Easy-Stop Trailer ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TP-9812; Call: 1-800-535-5560
Hutchens Industries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configurations and Parts Identification
900 Single Point Suspension Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call: 1-800-654-8824
Haldex Automatic Brake Adjusters, Service Manual Truck and Trailer Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . Call: 1-800-821-8469
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0080-4
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC) INTRODUCTION
THE ARMY MAINTENANCE SYSTEM MAC
MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS
00081
1.
This introduction provides a general explanation of all maintenance and repair functions authorized at the two maintenance levels under the Two-Level Maintenance System concept.
2.
The MAC immediately following this introduction designates overall authority and responsibility for the performance of maintenance functions on the identified end item or component. The application of the maintenance functions to the end item or component shall be consistent with the capacities and capabilities of the designated maintenance levels, which are
shown in the MAC (WP 0082) in column (4) as:
Field - includes subcolumns:
C - Operator/Crew
O - Unit
F - Direct Support
Sustainment - includes subcolumns:
H - General Support
D - Depot
3.
The tools and test equipment requirements (immediately following the MAC) list the tools and test equipment (both special tools and common tool sets) required for each maintenance function as referenced from the MAC.
4.
The remarks (immediately following the tools and test equipment requirements) contain supplemental instructions and explanatory notes for a particular maintenance function.
00081
Maintenance functions are limited to and defined as follows:
1.
Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electrical characteristics with established standards through examination (e.g., by sight, sound, or feel).
2.
Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, or electrical characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards on a scheduled basis, i.e., load testing of lift devices and hydrostatic testing of pressure hoses.
3.
Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition; e.g., to clean (includes decontaminate, when required), preserve, drain, paint, or replenish fuel, lubricants, chemical fluids, or gases.
4.
Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper position, or by setting the operating characteristics to specified parameters.
5.
Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance.
6.
Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments of test, measuring, and diagnostic equipment used in precision measurement. Calibration consists of comparisons of two instruments, one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument being compared.
-
0081-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0081
MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS - CONTINUED
7.
Remove/Install. To remove and install the same item when required to perform service or other maintenance functions.
Installation may be the act of emplacing or seating a spare, repair part, or module (component or assembly) into position in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an equipment or system.
8.
Replace. To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable counterpart in its place. Replacement is authorized by the MAC and the assigned maintenance level is shown as the third position code of the Source, Maintenance and
Recoverability (SMR) code.
9.
Repair. Repair is the application of maintenance services, including fault location/troubleshooting, removal/installation, disassembly/assembly procedures, and maintenance actions to identify troubles and restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, module (component or assembly), end item, or system.
NOTE
The following definitions are applicable to the “repair” maintenance function:
• Services - Inspecting, testing, service, adjustment, alignment, calibration, and/or replacement.
• Fault location/troubleshooting - The process of investigating and detecting the cause of equipment malfunctioning; the act of isolating a fault within a system or Unit Under Test (UUT).
• Disassembly/assembly - The step-by-step breakdown (taking apart) of a spare/functional group coded item to the level of its least component, assigned a SMR code for the level of maintenance under consideration (i.e., identified as maintenance significant).
• Actions - Welding, grinding, riveting, straightening, facing, machining, and/or resurfacing.
10. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) prescribed to restore an item to a completely serviceable/operational condition as required by maintenance standards in appropriate technical publications. Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does not normally return an item to like new condition.
11. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of materiel maintenance applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements (hours/ miles, etc.) considered in classifying Army equipment/components.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE MAC, TABLE 1
00081
1.
Column (1) - Group Number. Column (1) lists Group numbers, the purpose of which is to identify maintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules with the Next Higher Assembly (NHA).
2.
Column (2) - Component/Assembly. Column (2) contains the item names of components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules for which maintenance is authorized.
3.
Column (3) - Maintenance Function. Column (3) lists the functions to be performed on the item listed in Column (2).
(For a detailed explanation of these functions, refer to “Maintenance Functions” outlined above.)
0081-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0081
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE MAC, TABLE 1 - CONTINUED
4.
Column (4) - Maintenance Level. Column (4) specifies each level of maintenance authorized to perform each function listed in column (3), by indicating work time required (expressed as manhours in whole hours or decimals) in the appropriate subcolumn. This work time figure represents the active time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated level of maintenance. If the number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function varies at different maintenance levels, appropriate work time figures are to be shown for each level. The work time figure represents the average time required to restore an item (assembly, subassembly, component, module, end item, or system) to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions. This time includes preparation time (including any necessary disassembly/assembly time), troubleshooting/fault location time, and quality assurance time in addition to the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for the maintenance functions authorized in the MAC. The symbol designations for the various maintenance levels are as follows:
Field:
C - Operator/Crew Maintenance
O - Organizational Maintenance
F - Direct Support Maintenance
Sustainment:
H - General Support Maintenance
D - Depot Maintenance
NOTE
The “L” maintenance level is not included in column (4) of the MAC. Functions to this level of maintenance are identified by a work time figure in the “H” column of column (4), and an associated reference code is used in the REMARKS column (6). This code is keyed to the remarks, and the SRA complete repair application is explained there.
5.
Column (5) - Tools and Equipment Reference Code. Column (5) specifies, by code, common tool sets (not individual tools), common Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE), special tools, special TMDE, and special support equipment required to perform the designated function. Codes are keyed to the entries in the tools and test equipment table.
6.
Column (6) - Remarks Code. When applicable, this column contains a letter code, in alphabetical order, which is keyed to the remarks table entries (Table 3).
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS, TABLE 2
00081
1.
Column (1) - Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code. The tool and test equipment reference code correlates with a code used in column (5) of the MAC.
2.
Column (2) - Maintenance Level. The lowest level of maintenance authorized to use the tool or test equipment.
3.
Column (3) - Nomenclature. Name or identification of the tool or test equipment.
4.
Column (4) - National Stock Number (NSN). The NSN of the tool or test equipment.
5.
Column (5) - Tool Number. The manufacturer's part number, model number, or type number.
0081-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0081
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE REMARKS, TABLE 3
00081
1.
Column (1) - Reference Code. The code recorded in column (6) of the MAC.
2.
Column (2) - Remarks. This column lists information pertinent to the maintenance function being performed as indicated in the MAC.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0081-4
8
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC)
(1)
GROUP
NUMBER
0609
06
0613
1100
11
Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) for M871R Series Trailer.
(2) (3)
(4)
COMPONENT/
ASSEMBLY
MAINTENANCE
FUNCTION
Electrical System
Lights, Stop, and
Tail, LED (Red)
Lights, Blackout
Lights, Marker LED
(Amber and Red)
Lights, Clearance
LED (Red)
Inspect
Test
Removal/Install
Replace
Inspect
Test
Remove/Install
Replace
Wiring Harness
(Front or Rear)
Box, Converter
Inspect
Test
Remove/Install
Replace
Inspect
Test
Remove/Install
Replace
Inspect
Test
Remove/Install
Repair
Inspect
Test
Remove/Install
Replace
Rear Axle
Axle Assembly
Seat, Spring
Inspect
Check
Align
Replace
Replace
Plate, Adjustment
Dust Shield
Replace
Replace
C
0.1
0.2
FIELD
O
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.3
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.5
1.0
0.5
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.2
0.5
0.2
1.0
0.5
F
2.0
5.0
0.5
0.5
(5) (6)
SUSTAIN
MENT
H D
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT REMARKS
1,4 C,J,O
1,3,4
C,O
C,O
C,O
C,O
O
GI
G
Each Seat
Spring
Each
Each Shield
-
0082-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0082
(1)
GROUP
NUMBER
1202
12
1206
1207
1208
Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) for M871R Series Trailer - Continued.
(2) (3)
(4)
COMPONENT/
ASSEMBLY
MAINTENANCE
FUNCTION
Brakes
Shoe Assembly,
Brake
Anchors, Rollers,
Retainers, Springs,
Bushings, Pins
S-Camshaft
Slack Adjuster,
Automatic
Control Unit,
Electronic (ECU) and Module
Sensor, Wheel w/Cable
Inspect
Test
Replace
Inspect
Test
Adjust
Replace
Valve, Modulator
Cable, Diagnostic
Test
Replace
Test
Replace
Adapter, Blink Code Replace
Chamber, Air Brake
Long Stroke
Reservoir, Air
Inspect
Replace
Inspect
Service
Test
Replace
Inspect
Test
Replace
Inspect
Remove/Install
Replace
Inspect
Test
Remove/Install
Replace
Inspect
Test
Service
Adjust
Replace
Repair
Valve, Air Drain and
Pull Cables
Inspect
Replace
Valve, Multifunction
(SEALCO)
Inspect
Test
Replace
C
FIELD
O
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.1
1.0
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
1.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.1
1.0
0.1
0.1
0.2
1.5
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.5
F
(5) (6)
SUSTAIN
MENT
H D
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT REMARKS
4,5 B,C,L
B
B
C
J,O
B,O
J
O
O
C
C
C
J
0082-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0082
(1)
Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) for M871R Series Trailer - Continued.
(2) (3)
(4)
C
FIELD
O F
(5) (6)
SUSTAIN
MENT
H D
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT REMARKS
GROUP
NUMBER
12
1311
1313
1501
13
15
COMPONENT/
ASSEMBLY
MAINTENANCE
FUNCTION
Brakes - Continued
Air Supply,
Gladhand
Valve, Relay
Lines, Air
Inspect
Service
Replace
Repair
Inspect
Replace
Inspect
Replace
Wheel Assembly
Wheel Inspect
Remove/Install
Service
Replace
Replace Hub Caps
Drum, Brake Inspect
Remove/Install
Replace
Repair
Hubs w/Tone Rings Inspect
Remove/Install
Replace
Bearings, Inner/
Outer (Cone
Assembly and Hub)
Seal, Wheel
Spindle Nut,
Pro-Torque
Tires, Radial, and
Spare Assemblies
Inspect
Service
Replace
Replace
Adjust
Replace
Inspect
Service
Remove/Install
Replace
Repair
Frame, Towing
Attachments
Weld Mounts, Frame Inspect
Repair
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.3
0.2
0.5
0.3
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.3
1.0
0.3
3.0
1.5
3.0+
3,4,5
4,7
C
J
C
B,L
B
B,J
B
B,N
C,F,I,L,M
0082-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0082
(1)
Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) for M871R Series Trailer - Continued.
(2) (3)
(4)
C
FIELD
O F
(5) (6)
SUSTAIN
MENT
H D
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT REMARKS
GROUP
NUMBER
1503
1504
1507
1601
15
16
COMPONENT/
ASSEMBLY
MAINTENANCE
FUNCTION
Frame, Towing
Attachments -
Continued
Twist Lock
Dock Bumpers,
Rubber
Cargo Tiedown Deck
D-Rings
Inspect
Service
Replace
Repair
Replace
Rail/Shipment
D-Rings
Lift Points
Latch
Inspect
Service
Replace
Repair
Inspect
Service
Replace
Replace
Replace
Kingpin Inspect
Test
Service
Replace
Carrier, Spare Tire Inspect
Replace
Repair
Gear, Landing and
Shoes
Inspect
Service
Replace
Repair
Crank Handle
Ground Boards and
Chocks
Replace
Replace
Repair
Suspension
Spring Assembly,
Leaf
Tube, Trunnion
Inspect
Adjust
Align
Replace
Inspect
Replace
Repair
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.5
0.6
0.3
0.1
0.3
0.3
0.1
0.5
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.5
2.0
1.5
0.1
0.3
0.2
0.2
1.5
1.5
0.8
0.5
0.2
1.5
1.0
4.0
0.2
0.2
4.0
2.0
3.0
4,5,7
C
C
C
C
I
C
C
C,I,K
0082-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0082
(1)
Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) for M871R Series Trailer - Continued.
(2) (3)
(4)
C
FIELD
O F
(5) (6)
SUSTAIN
MENT
H D
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT REMARKS
GROUP
NUMBER
1801
1805
1808
16
18
COMPONENT/
ASSEMBLY
MAINTENANCE
FUNCTION
Suspension -
Continued
Bushings,
Polyurethane
Plate, Adjustment
Replace
End Cap and Rubber
Pad
Align
Replace
Inspect
Replace
Body
Flaps, Mud, Antisail Inspect
Replace
Bulkhead Service
Replace
Repair
Decking
Box, Stowage
Side Panel, Box
Inspect
Service
Replace
Inspect
Service
Replace
Repair
Replace
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.1
0.5
0.3
1.5
0.5
4.0
0.5
0.3
1.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
0.3
0.7
4,10
C
C
Each
C,D,E,L
C
C
D,E
Weld Each
Side Panel
C
2202
2210
22
Side Board Storage
Rack
Service
Repair
Replace
Replace Box, Manifest
Accessory Items
Reflectors
Conspicuity Tape
Inspect
Replace
Inspect
Replace
Replace Plates, Data and
Decals
UID Label Replace
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.3
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.1
1,4 C
Each
Section
0082-5
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0082
(1)
GROUP
NUMBER
4209
4701
42
47
Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) for M871R Series Trailer - Continued.
(2) (3)
(4)
COMPONENT/
ASSEMBLY
MAINTENANCE
FUNCTION
Electrical
Equipment
Light, Warning, ABS Inspect
Test
Replace
Gages (Non-
Electrical)
HUBODOMETER® Replace
Remove/Install
C
0.1
FIELD
O
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
F
(5) (6)
SUSTAIN
MENT
H D
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT REMARKS
1 C,L,O
0082-6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0082
0
(1)
0
Table 2. Tools and Test Equipment for the M871R Series Trailer.
(2)
0
(3)
0
(4)
0
(5)
TOOLS
OR TEST
EQUIPMENT
REFERENCE
CODE
0
1
2
3
4
5
MAINTENANCE
LEVEL
0
O
1
Shop Equipment, Automotive
Maintenance and Repair:
Organizational Maintenance,
Common No.1
Shop equipment, common No. 1
NOMENCLATURE
0
O
2
O,F,H
3
Shop Equipment, Automotive
Maintenance and Repair:
Organizational Maintenance,
Common No.2
Shop equipment, common No. 2
Shop Equipment, Automotive
Maintenance and Repair: Field
Maintenance, Basic, Less Power
Shop equipment, automotive maintenance and repair
O,F
4
O,F
5
Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s
Automotive
Tool kit, general mechanic’s
Shop Equipment, Automotive
Maintenance and Repair
6
7
O,F
F
6
7
Wheel Bearing Wrench Set
Shop Equipment, Welding, Field
Maintenance
Shop equipment, welding, field maintenance
7
7
6
1
2
3
4
4
5
8 O
8
Torque Wrench, 0 to 200 lb-in.
(0 to 22.6 Nm)
Torque wrench, 0 to 200 lb-in. (0 to 22.6 Nm)
8
8
9 O
10
11
O
O
9
Torque Wrench, 0 to 600 lb-ft
(0 to 813 Nm)
10
11
Bit, Hex, Insert,
1/4 in. Drive
Bit, hex, insert,
Socket, 8-Sided, 3-3/4 in.,
3/4 in. Drive
9
10
10
10
11
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
(NSN)
0
4910-00-754-0654
1
TOOL NUMBER
0
SC 4910-95-CL-A74
1
4910-00-754-0653
4910-00-348-7696
5180-00-177-7033
4910-00-754-0705
5120-00-196-4586
3470-00-357-7269
5120-00-853-4538
5120-00-221-7983
5120-01-160-9635
5120-01-528-6347
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
SC 4910-95-CL-A72
SC 4910-95-CL-A31
SC 5180-90-CL-N26
SC 4910-95-CL-A31
SC 3470-95-CL-A08
440-TX40
P/N 6KK953
(CAGEC 45152)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0082-7
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0082
REFERENCE CODE
G
H
E
F
C
D
A
B
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
Table 3. Remarks for the M871R Series Trailer.
REMARKS
Times are for one axle only.
Times are for one axle end only.
Times are for each component/assembly.
Annual service to UV protect decking.
1.5 hours to replace each board.
Reference TB 9-2510-242-40.
Unit level checks only the axle alignment.
Tire is re-treadable, tire is not on a re-tread program.
Requires welding.
Component comes as an assembly only.
New suspension hardware requires wet (oiled) torque values. In-service hardware requires dry torque values.
Spot painting, tire air/pressure check, oil can points, and cleaning for all like components.
Frame deficiencies need to be evaluated at the DS level to determine the events of repair. Some minor deficiencies may be handled at DS. Major repairs such as cracks and damage that requires alignment must go to GS.
A correct size seal drive must be used to prevent damage/cooking of seal. Hub bore must be clean and seal bottomed.
Dielectric grease must be used on pins and connectors.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0082-8
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LIST
SCOPE
This work package lists Basic Issue Items (BII) for the semitrailer to help you inventory items for safe and efficient operation of the equipment.
GENERAL
00083
00083
BII are required to place the semitrailer in operation, operate it, and do emergency repairs. Although shipped separately packaged, BII must be with the semitrailer during operation and when it is transferred between property accounts. Listing these items is your authority to request/requisition them for replacement based on authorization of the end item by the
Table of Organization and Equipment (TOE)/Modified Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE).
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS
00083
1.
Column (1)—National Stock Number (NSN). Identifies the stock number of the item to be used for requisitioning purposes.
2.
Column (2)—Description, Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC), and Part Number (P/N). Identifies the Federal item name followed by a minimum description when needed. The line below the name and description is the
CAGEC (in parentheses), the part number and manufacturer.
3.
Column (3)—Quantity (Qty). Indicates the quantity of the item authorized to be used with/on the equipment.
4.
Column (4)—Location. Identifies the location of the item on the semitrailer.
NOTE
• Semitrailers dedicated to ROWPU and LADS do not have side/rear rack assemblies or their storage rack.
• Do not use cross chains when using bows and tarp.
• Except for the diagnostic extension cable, blink code adapter diagnostic tool, side racks/hardware, splices, top rails, stakes, and twist locks, everything else is over-packed in the stowage box. Panels and stakes will be secured in the bulkhead.
-
0083-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0083
(1)
NSN
5340-01-499-4251
4030-01-499-4227
5340-01-499-5549
5315-01-499-3742
5315-01-499-4271
5310-01-499-3318
5306-01-500-1994
2540-01-377-9255
2540-01-499-5553
4010-01-499-5145
5340-01-499-4157
5340-01-499-5562
5935-01-480-6241
6150-01-499-5143
2590-01-500-1997
3040-01-499-5565
2510-01-499-7636
2510-01-K82-6310
2510-01-499-3799
2510-01-499-7638
5530-01-499-3386
Table 1. Basic Issue Items (BII) for the M871R Series Trailer.
(2) (3)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC, P/N
Boards, ground w/attaching hardware:
(OFBD6) - 07758002
Chain links: (0FBD6) - 50462035
Clips: (0FBD6) - 3919775
Pins: (0FBD6) - 08796002
Pins, cotter: (0FBD6) - 51182002
Washers: (0FBD6) - 02976010
Bolts, caging:
(06721) - 10043, Haldex
QTY
2
2
4
2
4
(4)
LOCATION
In Side Brackets
In Side Brackets
In Side Brackets
In Side Brackets
In Side Brackets
4 In Side Brackets
4 (for longstroke air brake chambers
On Air Chambers
4 In Stowage Box Chock w/eye hook only (1)
(9X737) - WC796R
Chock block assembly: (1)
(0FBD6) - 07758014
(0FBD6) - 04626004; chain (1)
Link, open, rigid eye: snap hook, zinc plated (1)
(0FBD6) - 50462030
Cinching straps:
(0FBD6) - 50102099
Diagnostic adapter and cap, blink code:
(78500) - S2237-Z-1222
Diagnostic cable, extension:
(78500) - 449-364-152-0
Jack, 12-ton (10.89-metric ton) w/handles:
(OFBD6) - 07758080
Pipe extension, 1 in. (2.5-cm), cheater bar:
(0FBD6) - 00016016
Side and corner stake assemblies w/hardware
Corner stake assy:
(0FBD6) - 04696002
Corner stake assy:
(OFBD6) - 04696005
Side stake assy, 53 in. (134.6 cm):
(0FBD6) - 04696001 (cross-chain stakes)
Side stake assy, 53 in. (134.6 cm):
(0FBD6) - 04696003
Side panel (M871R and M871A1R),
35-3/4 x 48 x 1/2 in. (91 x 122 x 1.3 cm):
(OFBD6) - 04694005
2 blocks, 1 chain, 2 snaps
2
4
3
1 jack,
2 handles
In Stowage Box
In Stowage Box
In Stowage Box
In Stowage Box
1 adapter, 1 cap Rear, Center of Trailer
1
1
1
1
4
11
2
Rear, Center of Trailer
In Stowage Box
In Stowage Box
Bulkhead Storage
Bulkhead Storage
Bulkhead Storage
Bulkhead Storage
Bulkhead Storage
0083-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0083
(1)
NSN
5530-01-499-3386
(Cont)
5530-01-499-3391
2510-01-499-4290
2590-01-062-3520
5120-01-170-4980
5120-01-514-3465
2541-01-531-4064
2590-01-532-8937
Table 1. Basic Issue Items (BII) for the M871R Series Trailer - Continued.
(2) (3)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC, P/N
Side panel (M871A2R),
42 x 48 x 1/2 in. (107 x 122 x 1.3 cm):
(OFBD6) - 04694015
Side panel,
23-3/4 x 48 x 1/2 in. (60 x 122 x 1.3 cm):
(OFBD6) - 04694014
Side panel,
47-3/4 x 48 x 1/2 in. (121 x 122 x 1.3 cm):
(OFBD6) - 04694006
Rear panel,
44 x 48 x 1/2 in. (112 x 122 x 1.3 cm)
(OFB06) - 04694012
Side rack cross chains w/hooks
Chain assemblies w/hooks:
(3DGR3) - S118673X-20
Chain assemblies w/hooks
(3DGR3) - S118673X-25
Complete storage rack assembly w/panels and all hardware
Twist lock assemblies:
(94658) - F804-1-4
Container lock with F-pin
(55683) 1920-FC7537
Wrench, hex handle:
(0FBD6) - 50939002
Wrench, lug, double-end:
(0FBD6) - 50939001
Ladder, safety
Ladder bracket, mounting
QTY
2
2
12
2
2
2
4
4
1
1
1
1
(4)
LOCATION
Bulkhead Storage
Bulkhead Storage
Bulkhead Storage
Bulkhead Storage
In Stowage Box
In Stowage Box
On Left and Right Rails
In Stowage Box
In Stowage Box
In Stowage Box
Bulkhead Storage
Installed
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0083-3/(4 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL)
SCOPE
This work package lists items authorized to you for the support of the semitrailer.
00084
GENERAL
00084
This work package identifies items that do not have to accompany the semitrailer and do not have to be turned in with it. These items are all authorized to you by Common Table of Allowances (CTA), Modified Table of Organization and Equipment
(MTOE), Table of Distribution and Allowances (TDA), or Joint Table of Allowances (JTA).
EXPLANATION OF LISTING
National Stock Numbers (NSN), descriptions, and quantity recommended are provided in Table 1 to help you identify and request the additional items you require to support this equipment.
00084
NOTE
Do not use cross chains when using bows and tarps.
-
(1)
NSN
3990-01-213-1746
5340-01-346-4612
2510-01-060-7116
5340-01-317-2657
5340-01-029-9085
2540-01-138-3995
2540-00-797-9195
2540-01-333-2543
5340-00-980-9277
1670-00-725-1437
5340-01-204-3009
Table 1. Additional Authorization List (AAL) for the M871R Series Trailer.
(2) (3)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC, P/N
Binder, load:
(27404) - R-45
Padlock, w/chain keyed:
(81346) - ASTM F883
Plate, cover, intermediate: (59306) -
FB7556
Strap, elastic:
(1F926) - 6
Strap, rubber, tiedown:
(13435) - 13034
Tarpaulin, bow:
(19207) - 12255591
Tarpaulin, forest green:
(19207) - 12255592
Tarpaulin, tan:
(19207) - 12255592-1
Tiedown assembly, non-nuclear:
(19207) - 10900880
Tiedown assembly, non-nuclear:
(81349) - MIL-T-27260 Type CGU1B
Tiedown assembly, nuclear:
(19200) - MIL-PRF-71224
QTY RECOMMENDED
4 - 26,000 lb (11,794 kg), type IV
2
6 - 7 x 8 ft (2.13 x 2.44 m), for carrying ammunition
1 each - clip end, as required
1 each - 2/S-hooks, as required
9
1 - 47 x 14.5 ft (14.33 x 4.42 m)
1 - 47 x 14.5 ft (14.33 x 4.42 m)
25 - max/trailer (web)
25 - max/trailer (web)
25 - max/trailer (web)
0084-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
(1)
Table 1. Additional Authorization List (AAL) for the M871R Series Trailer - Continued.
(2) (3)
NSN
8340-01-009-6285
8340-00-841-6453
8340-00-841-6454
3940-01-449-2369
3940-01-449-2385
3990-01-213-1746
4010-00-449-6573
4010-00-803-8858
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC, P/N
Tarp, weather resistant, 6 ft x 6 ft, tan
Tarp, weather resistant, 5 ft x 5 ft, olive drab
Tarp, weather resistant, 6 ft x 10 ft, olive drab
Net, draft cover, 6 1/2 ft x 12 ft
Net, draft cover, 8 ft x 14 ft
Loadbinder, 26,000 lb, type IV
Chain: 3/4 in. x 12 ft, WLL: 168,000 lb
Chain: 1/2 in. x 12 ft, WLL: 8,250 lb
QTY RECOMMENDED
Quantity as required
Quantity as required
Quantity as required
Quantity as required
Quantity as required
Quantity as required
Quantity as required
Quantity as required
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0084
0084-2
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST
SCOPE
Table 1 lists expendable and durable items referenced in this manual. Table 2 provides supplemental expendable and durable items. Tables 3 and 4 list CARC paint. These listings are for informational purposes only and are not authority to requisition the listed items. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V
Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items), or CTA 8-100, Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN TABLES 1 AND 2
00085
00085
1.
Column (1) - Item Number (Table 1 only). This number is referenced in the appropriate work package Initial
2.
Column (2) - Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item.
C - Operator/Crew
O - Organizational
3.
Column (3) - National Stock Number. This is the National Stock Number assigned to the item, which you can use to requisition it.
4.
Column (4) - Description, CAGEC, and Part Number. This provides the other information you need to identify the item.
5.
Column (5) - Unit of Issue (U/I). This column shows the physical measurement or count of an item, such as gallon, dozen, gross, etc.
-
0085-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
(1)
ITEM
NUMBER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Table 1. Expendable and Durable Items for the M871R Series Trailer.
(2) (3) (4)
LEVEL
O
C
C
O
C
C
O
O
1
1
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
8
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC,
AND PART NUMBER
1
Antiseize compound
(81349) MIL-A-13881
1 Pound Can 8030-00-753-4953
1
7920-00-061-0038
2
Brush, scrub
(83421) 7920-00-061-0038
6850-01-474-2318
6850-01-474-2320
6850-01-474-2321
5350-00-192-5047
5350-00-192-5049
5350-00-192-5051
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
Cleaning compound, solvent, type III
(81349) MIL-PRF-680
1 Gallon Can
5 Gallon Can
55 Gallon Drum
Cloth, abrasive
(58536) A-A-1048
80 grit - 50 sheets
120 grit - 50 sheets
180 grit - 50 sheets
5
Detergent, general purpose, liquid
(83421) 7930-00-282-9699
1 Gallon Can 7930-00-282-9699
5
9150-01-197-7688
9150-01-197-7693
6
9150-01-197-7690
6
9150-01-197-7692
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Grease, automotive and artillery (GAA)
(81349) M-10924-A
2-1/4 Ounce Tube
(81349) M-10924-B
14 Ounce Cartridge
(81349) M-10924-C
1-3/4 Pound Can
(81349) M-10924-E
35 Pound Can
Grease, automotive and artillery (GAA)
9150-00-040-3891
7
Grease, dielectric (silicone)
(08125) G305
5970-00-476-6717
8
8
Insulating varnish, electrical
(75037) 1602
13 Ounce Aerosol Can
O
8
9
8
9
Linseed oil
(96162) Boiled Linseed Oil
1
2
(5)
U/I
1
LB
1
EA
2
8
9
CN
8
8
9
8
3
4
GL
3
BX
3
DR
3
4
3
5
PG
4
PG
4
PG
4
5
6
7
6
GL
5
TU
6
6
CA
6
6
CN
6
6
CN
6
6
6
EA
7
0085-2
0085
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
(1)
ITEM
NUMBER
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Table 1. Expendable and Durable Items for the M871R Series Trailer - Continued.
(2) (3) (4)
LEVEL
C
C
C
C
O
O
O
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC,
AND PART NUMBER
8010-00-152-3245
8010-00-684-8789
9150-00-402-4478
10
9150-00-402-2372
10
9150-00-491-7197
10
9150-00-189-6727
11
9150-00-186-6668
11
9150-00-191-2772
11
9150-00-186-6681
12
9150-00-188-9858
12
7290-00-205-1711
13
8030-01-414-8947
14
8030-00-252-3391
15
9905-00-537-8954
16
9
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1 Gallon Can
5 Gallon Can
Oil, lubricating
OEA, arctic
(81349) MIL-L-46167
1 Quart Can
5 Gallon Can
55 Gallon Drum
Oil, lubricating
OE/HDO-10
(81349) MIL-PRF-2104
1 Quart Can
5 Gallon Can
55 Gallon Drum
Oil, lubricating
OE/HDO-30
(81349) MIL-PRF-2104
1 Quart Can
5 Gallon Can
Rag, wiping
(80244) 7920-00-205-1711
50 Pound Bale
Rust inhibitor
(03GK3) T32P5
5 Gallon Can
Sealing compound
(80064) 1756371
11 Ounce Tube
Tag, marker
(64067) 9905-00-537-8954
Bundle of 50
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
(5)
U/I
GL
9
CN
9
QT
10
CN
10
DR
10
QT
11
CN
11
DR
11
QT
12
CN
12
BE
CN
14
TU
BD
16
10
11
12
13
13
14
15
15
16
16 16 16
16
16
16
16
16
16
0085
0085-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
(1)
ITEM
NUMBER
17
Table 1. Expendable and Durable Items for the M871R Series Trailer - Continued.
(2) (3) (4)
LEVEL
O
17
17
17
17
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC,
AND PART NUMBER
5975-00-903-2284
17
5975-00-984-6582
17
5975-00-935-5946
17
17
Tiedown strap
Electrical components
4 in. Length, Black, Package of 100
(96906) MS3367-4-0
6 in. Length, Black, Package of 100
(96906) MS3367-1-0
13.35 in. Minimum Length, Brown
(96906) MS3367-2-1
17
17
(5)
U/I
HD
17
HD
17
EA
17
17
18 O
18
18
17
18
UV wood protector
Requires 4 Gallons per Deck
18
GL
18
17
18 18
0085
(1)
Table 2. Supplemental Expendable and Durable Items List for the M871R Series Trailer.
LEVEL
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
(2)
NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER
(3)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC, AND PART NUMBER
5350-00-221-0872
18
Cloth, abrasive, crocus, 50 sheets
(81348) P-C-458
7920-01-004-7847
18
Cloth, lint free
Rymple cloth 301 purified
8540-00-262-7177
18
Hand cleaner, container
(09177) 200-767-4A
8040-01-152-8105
18
Epoxy adhesive
8040-00-152-0063
18
Vinyl adhesive
5970-00-184-2002
18
Dielectric tape, electrical
8030-01-159-4844
18
Sealant, silicone, RTV:
8-1/2-oz (241-g) tube (11862) 1052734
5970-00-644-3167
18
Tape, insulation, electrical: 85-ft (25.9 m) roll
(81348) HH-510
8020-00-689-5379
18
Paint roller kit: 9 in. (22.86 cm) w/paint tray
8020-00-682-6498
18
Paint roller cover: 9 in. (22.86 cm), 1 in. (2.54 cm) pile
(4)
U/I
EA
18
EA
18
EA
18
KT
18
BT
18
RD
18
OZ
18
FT
KT
18
EA
18
18
0085-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
Table 2. Supplemental Expendable and Durable Items List for the M871R Series Trailer - Continued.
(1) (4)
LEVEL
O
18
O
18
O
O
O
O
18
18
18
18
(2)
NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER
(3)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC, AND PART NUMBER
8030-01-414-7423
18
Carwell corrosion treatment (12) 16-oz (454 g) bottles
8030-01-414-7430
18
Carwell corrosion treatment
55-gal. (208.2 L) drum
8030-01-414-1413
18
Carwell corrosion treatment
55-gal. (208.2 L) drum,
Includes applicator and video
7920-00-263-0328
18
Wooden extension handle: 60 in.
(152.4 cm), for paint roller
8030-01-282-5626
18
Rubber preservative compound:
(ozone protection for tires)
5640-00-103-2254
18
Plastic-coated cloth tape:
2 in. (5.08 cm) wide, 60-yd (54.86 m)
U/I
EA
18
GL
18
GL
EA
GL
RO
18
18
18
18
0085
O
O
O
18
O
18
O
18
O
18
O
18
O
18
O
18
O
18
O
O
O
18
18
18
18
18
5640-00-103-2254
18
Tape, pressure sensitive, adhesive:
60-yd (54.86 m)
5975-00-156-3253
18
Tiedown straps, nylon:
13-1/2 in. (34.29 cm)
4730-00-289-8148
18
Cap, lubrication fitting, protective
5340-00-450-5718
18
Caps, plugs, protective dust moisture
8030-00-015-1295
18
Antiseize compound: 1-lb (0.45 kg)
6810-00-264-6715
18
Molybdenum disulfide powder (graphite)
8030-00-938-1947
18
Corrosion preventive compound
9150-00-943-6880
18
Molybdenum disulfide grease
8010-00-141-7838
18
Nonslip walkway paint Type II olive drab
8010-00-641-0427
18
Nonslip walkway paint Type II black
8040-00-455-5359
18
Automotive adhesive, black
8030-00-664-4944
18
Canvas preservative, liquid, or brush or spray
8340-01-423-6231
18
Repair tape, tarp (for small repairs on polyester or duct material)
(81349) – MIL-C-44103
END OF WORK PACKAGE
RO
18
HD
18
CN
18
TU
18
GL
18
GL
18
EA
18
SE
18
CN
18
LB
18
TU
18
GL
18
RO
18
0085-5/(6 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
10/20 INSPECTION CHECKLIST
Model:
Serial Number:
Registration Number:
Document Number:
Mechanic/Inspector’s Name:
Location:
Unit:
Date:
Complete checklist for semitrailer being inspected. Fill in name of mechanic/inspector. Check all appropriate areas, i.e., accept/reject/corrected. Note defects and corrections on last sheet.
NOTE
During the walk-around inspection, examine semitrailer for general appearance including paint, workmanship type defects, and missing or damaged equipment. Paint scratches that do not penetrate top coat are acceptable.
KEY: A = Accept R = Reject C = Corrected
A R C
1.
Front, Top, and Sides of Semitrailer:
A. Gladhands/Hardware:
(1) Gladhands for damage and leakage
(2) Gladhands for unclean mounting surfaces
(3) Fittings and packings for wear and presence
B. Converter Box:
(1) Damage and/or missing hardware
(2) Pins missing or damaged
C. Data Plates/Labels/Decals:
(1) Presence
(2) Damage/legibility
D. Bulkhead:
(1) Retaining hardware loose/missing
(2) Damage
1.
Front, Top, and Sides of Semitrailer - Continued:
0086-1
-
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
KEY: A = Accept R = Reject
(3) Document box condition
E. Kingpin/Bolster Plate:
(1) Any damage
(2) Weld cracks
(3) Light coat of lubricant on kingpin and bolster plate
F. Landing Legs/Shoes/Handcrank:
(1) Damage and secure mounting
(2) Smooth operation
(3) Hardware missing
G. Decking:
(1) Damage
(2) Condition
H. Side/Rear Board Storage Rack (if required):
(1) Damage
(2) Missing hardware
I. Reflectors:
(1) Presence
(2) Damage or missing hardware
J. Side/Rear/Racks, Stakes, and Hardware (if required):
(1) Damage or missing hardware
(2) Apparent misalignment
K. Spare Tire Carrier/Hardware:
(1) Presence
(2) Damage or missing hardware
L. BII:
(1) Presence
(2) Condition/Secured
M. Groundboards/Chocks and Hardware:
(1) Presence
(2) Condition
N. Twist Locks and Tiedowns:
(1) Damage
1.
Front, Top, and Sides of Semitrailer - Continued:
C = Corrected
A R C
0086
0086-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
KEY: A = Accept R = Reject C = Corrected
A
(2) Condition
2.
Lighting, Warning, and Safety:
(1) Damage or missing hardware
(2) Corroded connectors
(3) Operation
3.
Main Electrical Harness:
(1) Damage or missing hardware
(2) Corroded connectors
4.
ABS Sensor Cables, ECU, Modules, Diagnostic Adapter, and Cables
(1) Damage or missing hardware or cables
(2) Blink code adapter cable and cap damaged or missing
(3) Corroded connectors
(4) Operation
5.
Hoses, Lines and Fittings:
(1) Missing or damaged
(2) Loose or twisted
(3) Evidence of leakage
6.
Stowage Box:
Damage or missing hardware/seal
7.
HUBODOMETER®:
(1) Presence
(2) Damage and missing hardware
8.
Hubcaps:
Damage or missing hardware
9.
Air Reservoirs, Air Brake Chamber, and ASAs:
(1) Presence
(2) Damage or missing/loose hardware
(3) Operation
(4) Moisture drained from air tanks
R C
0086
10. Suspension and Hardware, Correct Torques:
0086-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
KEY: A = Accept R = Reject C = Corrected
A
13
14
15
16
9
10
11
12
7
8
5
6
1
2
3
4
(1) Damage or loose/missing hardware
(2) Nuts torqued to specification
11. Tires, Wheels, and Caps:
(1) Damaged valves or missing caps
(2) All tires for damage and unusual tread wear
(3) Proper inflation, including spare
(4) Wheels for damage and rust
(5) Presence, torque, and condition of all mounting hardware
12. Overall Condition:
(1) Paint
(2) Lubrication, oil can points
(3) Corrosion protection
(4) Clean and mission ready
10/20 Inspection Summary Sheet Deficiency
(Brief Description/Corrective Action)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
R C
0086
086
0086-4
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
CONVERTING FRACTIONS TO DECIMALS AND METRIC EQUIVALENTS
-
447-0217
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0087-1/(2 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
FASTENER SIZE AND THREAD PATTERN
FASTENER SIZE AND THREAD PATTERN
Threaded fasteners are categorized according to diameter of the fastener shank. Thread styles are divided into broad groups, the two most common being coarse (Unified Course-UNC) and fine (Unified Fine-UNF). These groups are defined by the number of threads per inch in the bolt shanks. In addition, threads are categorized by thread class, which is a measure of the degree between threads of the bolt or screws (external threads) and threads of attaching nut or tapped hole (internal threads of attaching nut or tapped hole) (internal threads). The most common thread class for bolts and screws is Class 2.
00088
-
1A
2A
3A
THREAD CLASSES AND DESCRIPTION
1B
2B
3B
Loose Fit
Medium Fit
Close Fit
Figure 1. Fastener Size.
447-0242
088
0088-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FASTENER SIZE AND THREAD PATTERN - CONTINUED
NOTE
Unless followed with “LH” (e.g., 3/4-10 UNC-2A-LH), threads are right-hand.
0088
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 2. Thread Pattern.
447-0243
088
0088-2
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
RECEPTACLE CONVERTER BOX MAINTENANCE
-
0089-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0089
Figure 1. Module Electrical Diagram.
0089-2
447-0087
089
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0089
Figure 2. 0T40-0989-00 Internal Wiring Description.
0089-3
447-0088
089
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0089
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 3. Troubleshooting.
447-0000
089
0089-4
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
KINGPIN MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS
KINGPIN MAINTENANCE
Inspection and maintenance of the trailer upper coupler and kingpin is just as important as the inspection and maintenance of its mating component, the fifth wheel. The following procedures are based upon recommendations outlined in SAE J2228. They should be completed every 3 months, or 30,000 miles, to ensure proper and safe kingpin/fifth wheel coupling.
00090
1.
Upper Coupler Plate Flatness. Using a 48 in. (122 cm) straightedge, check the flatness in all directions. Any bumps, valleys or warping will cause uneven loading of the fifth wheel, which could result in damage to the top plate and poor lock life. Replace the trailer upper coupler plate if flatness exceeds the specifications shown in
Figure 1.
2.
Inspect the Kingpin for Straightness. Using a square or Holland Kingpin Gage (TF-0110), check to see if the kingpin is bent. A bent kingpin accelerates lock wear and may interfere with proper fifth wheel locking. This also may indicate damage. The kingpin should be replaced if it exceeds 1 degree from square in any direction (see Figure 1).
-
Figure 1. Straightness.
447-0089
090
0090-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
KINGPIN MAINTENANCE - CONTINUED
CAUTION
If a lube plate is used in your operation, make sure to check the kingpin length. The kingpin must be sized to compensate for the thickness of the lube plate. Otherwise, the kingpin will be too short.
If the kingpin length is improper, the king pin should be replaced. For more information, see
Holland Service Bulletin XL-SB4.
3.
Inspect the Kingpin for Proper Length. Using a Holland Kingpin Gage, check the length as shown in Figure 2.
0090
447-0090
Figure 2. Proper Length.
090
4.
Inspect the Kingpin for Wear. Using a Holland Kingpin Gage, check the wear on both the 2 in. and 2.88 in. (5.1 cm and
7.3 cm) diameters. Wear of 0.13 in. (3.3 mm) is indicated if the appropriate diameter enters the gage slot. Replace the kingpin if the gage slides into the appropriate gage slot (see Figure 3).
447-0091
Figure 3. Wear.
090
5.
Check the Kingpin Mounting. In addition to being a safety hazard, a loose mounting will cause excessive chucking and rapid lock wear. Reinstall or replace any kingpin which is not securely mounted.
6.
Check the Kingpin for Damage. Inspect the kingpin for any nicks, gouges, deformation or cracks which may interfere or affect the safe use of the kingpin. Replace the kingpin if any damage is noted.
0090-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0090
KINGPIN WELD REPAIRS PROHIBITED
00090
WARNING
When welding, use a procedure which assures a sound, good quality weld which protects the welding operator and others. Overwelding may cause distortion and damage and underwelding may not develop sufficient strength. A low hydrogen process and AWS 370XX filler metal are recommended. Take precautions to ensure that the vehicle electrical system is not damaged by the welding.
Kingpins are made from quenched and tempered alloy steel. Weld repairs of any type will affect the strength and wear resistance of the kingpin. Additionally, arc strikes or weld craters could develop a stress riser, leading to a fatigue failure. For these reasons, Holland warns against any weld repairs. If any deficiencies are noted during kingpin inspection, the kingpin should be replaced (see Figure 4).
Figure 4. Deficiencies.
447-0092
090
0090-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
KINGPIN REPLACEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS
1.
A kingpin should be selected which is similar to the type removed or, if of a different style, one which can be adequately braced. The kingpin must also be matched to the thickness of the upper coupler to maintain the SAE dimensions. Kingpins are manufactured in different lengths to match the thickness of the upper coupler.
Improper selection will result in a kingpin that is too long or too short (see Figure 5).
0090
00090
447-0093
Figure 5. Replacement.
090
2.
Installation Procedure Recommendations. Because of its important role, the kingpin must be properly installed. Proper installation includes an adequate upper coupler design, with bracing, which meets the requirements of SAE J133 and welding personnel who are properly trained and certified. To determine the specific material used in your kingpin, refer to the proper kingpin literature. The kingpin must not be welded to the upper coupler at the 2.88 in. (7.3 cm) diameter interface (see Figure 4). Finally, the installer should take adequate precautions to protect the trailer, himself, and others during the installation process (see Holland Service Bulletin XL-SB14 for additional welding procedures on motor vehicles).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0090-4
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
FIFTH WHEEL AND UPPER COUPLER CONNECTIONS
GENERAL
Fifth wheels and upper couplers are a system that work together and both must be designed to ensure an even distribution of the trailer’s vertical load between the two surfaces. Upper coupler designs utilizing thinner, high-strength materials in combination with smaller and more widely spaced support structures may increase upper coupler deflection. Increased deflections in the upper coupler (see Figures 3, 4, and 5) can lead to fifth wheel center loading, premature upper coupler wear, and difficult release handle operation.
00091
-
Figure 1. Fifth Wheel and Upper Coupler.
447-0094
091
0091-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0091
CENTER LOADING
00091
1.
A Holland fifth wheel is designed to carry its load over the machined surfaces of the fifth wheel top plate. The center section of the fifth wheel is purposely recessed to prevent it from carrying any vertical load (see Figure 2).
A “bowed” upper coupler can cause the vertical load to be concentrated in the center of the fifth wheel (see
Figure 3). “Center loading” causes the fifth wheel to act like a beam, flexing up and down over every bump and ripple in the road. This continuous flexing can lead to top plate cracking.
2.
Identification. Center loading can often be identified by shiny spots in the recessed area of the top plate and in the mating area on the upper coupler. Additionally, a straightedge placed across the fifth wheel or upper coupler may reveal inadequate contact area due to the deflections on the mating surfaces.
Figure 2. Proper Load Distribution and Center Loading.
447-0095
091
447-0096
Figure 3. Bowed Upper Coupler.
0091-2
091
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
PREMATURE WEAR/UPPER COUPLER FAILURE
1.
A wavy upper coupler or severely distorted fifth wheel can result in inadequate surface contact (see Figure 4).
Inadequate contact dramatically increases surface pressures, pushing (scraping) grease out of the way and leading to bare steel-on-steel contact. This will cause galling, premature wear, and potential failure as the fifth wheel will begin to wear through the upper coupler.
2.
Identification. Severe wear areas, galling, and/or dry spots in either the upper coupler or fifth wheel.
0091
00091
447-0097
Figure 4. Distorted Upper Coupler.
091
DIFFICULT RELEASE HANDLE OPERATION
00091
1.
Heavy loading and inadequate upper coupler strength can cause the upper coupler to “bow,” pulling the kingpin upward when the trailer weight is resting on the fifth wheel (see Figure 5). The release handle will be difficult to pull because the kingpin is pulling up on the fifth wheel locks.
2.
Identification. The release handle is easy to pull when weight is removed from the fifth wheel top plate, but difficult to pull when there is a load on the upper coupler and fifth wheel. This condition may not be detected by using a straightedge because the upper coupler may be straight when unloaded, but deflect severely under load.
447-0098
Figure 5. Bowed Upper Coupler.
0091-3
091
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0091
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
These conditions can be eliminated by taking the following preventive measures:
1.
Specify trailer upper couplers and bracing which are appropriate for the trailer application. Please note that the allowable limits for upper coupler plate bowing provided in SAE recommended practice J700b are maximum allowable deflections on worn, in-service units before repairs are required. New upper couplers should be designed to withstand normal loading with minimal deflection and should NOT be designed to deflect to the SAE limits. (Refer to Holland Service Bulletin XL-SB20 for additional information on upper coupler specifications.)
2.
Use fifth wheel greases with EP (extreme pressure) characteristics.
3.
Conduct regular inspections and repairs of upper couplers and fifth wheels which exhibit any of these problems. A good guideline for these inspections can be found in the Holland publication How to Get the Most From Your Holland Fifth
Wheel, and is available from any Holland warehouse distributor.
00091
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0091-4
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
COUPLING INSTRUCTIONS
-
00092
Figure 1. Coupling.
447-0099
092
Figure 2. Coupling.
0092-1
447-0100
092
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0092
Figure 3. Coupling.
447-0101
092
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 4. Coupling.
447-0102
092
0092-2
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
TECHNICAL INFORMATION FOR LED AND FILAMENT BULB LIGHTING
General, Tips to Prolong Lighting Life
GENERAL
1.
Cleaning lenses and housings that are polycarbonate with solvents will result in the softening, crazing, and/or cracking of the plastic. This is especially true of polycarbonate lamps and mounting bases, which may be under stress in their normal applications. The following cleaners are compatible with polycarbonate (not a complete list): a.
Mild soap and water b.
Mineral spirits c.
#1 and #3 denatured alcohol d.
White kerosene e.
Methyl, isopropyl, and isobutyl alcohols f.
Polycarbonate cleaners
2.
The following must NOT be used to clean polycarbonate (not a complete list): a.
Acetone b.
Gasoline c.
Carbon tetrachloride d.
Liquid detergents e.
Stanisol naphtha f.
Oils
3.
All lamps will last longer if they run cool. Dirt on the lens increases the heat, so keep them as clean as possible. Other people must see your semitrailer and that is one of the purposes of the lighting system: to be seen.
TIPS TO PROLONG LIGHTING LIFE
00093
00093
WARNING
Certain lighting products generate heat. Care should be taken to avoid contact with flammable materials. The unit can generate enough heat to cause injury to personnel or damage to the equipment.
1.
Never use a test probe to pierce wire insulation when troubleshooting lighting problems. Wicking action takes place which causes moisture to travel along the wire strands and corrode critical connections. If probing harness or wire is necessary, make sure the puncture is completely sealed.
2.
To correct voltage problems, discover the real cause. Under-voltage is often caused by poor connections. To correct under-voltage, do not just increase the voltage; find out what caused the under-voltage.
3.
Many discarded lamps are still in good condition.
-
0093-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0093
TIPS TO PROLONG LIGHTING LIFE - CONTINUED
NOTE
Test all lamps one more time before you discard them. Up to 20 percent of lamps discarded are still in good operating condition.
4.
Open the lens on a discarded lamp and examine the bulb. a.
A bulb with stretched or broken filaments was subject to vibration.
b.
A yellowish, whitish, or bluish glaze on the bulb indicates a rupture in the bulb glass envelope, and a possible leak.
c.
A dark metallic finish indicates old age.
d.
A black, sooty bulb indicates a poor seal in the bulb.
5.
Lubricate sockets, pigtails, battery terminals, and connections with non-conductive anti-corrosion compound to protect against corrosion and water.
6.
Look for loose, bare, or unsupported wiring and fixtures. Harnesses and wiring should be on the underside of the top frame members rather than on the bottom where dirt and road splash collect.
7.
You should never crank a truck when any lights or accessories are on. Also, never leave markers and hazard lights on when parked against a dock. Melted lenses are a sure sign that the vehicle has been parked against a dock while the lights were on.
8.
Inspect the grommets that house the lamps. As they age, they eventually will deteriorate from sunlight, ozone, and harmful chemicals. New grommets restore shock protection, security, and improve appearance.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0093-2
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
LANDING GEAR OPERATING, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR PROCEDURES
Operation of Holland Formula 150 Landing Gear, Remove Tractor from Semitrailer,
Connect Tractor to Semitrailer, Lubrication,
Troubleshooting, Alignment
-
NOTE
Do not deviate from these instructions. Any changes or deviations will void all warranties, expressed or implied, unless written consent is first obtained from the factory.
OPERATION OF HOLLAND FORMULA 150 LANDING GEAR
00094
WARNING
Ensure the landing leg scissor assembly retaining (locking) pins do not present a contact hazard to personnel. The pins can extend outward and cause injury to personnel.
CAUTION
• Always grip crank handle securely with both hands before shifting.
• Never shift landing gear under load.
• Never leave the crank unsecured.
• Never raise or lower a loaded trailer in high gear.
• Failure to comply could cause damage to equipment.
NOTE
Holland Formula 150 2-speed gearbox has high- and low-range gears. High-range gear is to be used only for rapid traverse up from and down to the ground and is not intended to lift or lower any load. For additional information, see Holland publication XL-FW302-XX, Fifth Wheel
Operating Instructions.
Extend
00094
On outside-mounted landing gear, engage the crank with the crankshaft and turn the crank clockwise. Inside-mounted landing gear are extended by turning the crank counterclockwise. Using high gear, lower the landing gear until the pads make contact with the ground. To reduce the load on the fifth wheel, shift to low gear and crank an additional four to eight turns. Leave the landing gear in low gear and store the crank handle in the holder provided.
0094-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATION OF HOLLAND FORMULA 150 LANDING GEAR - CONTINUED
Retract
1.
On outside-mounted landing gear, engage crank with crankshaft and turn the crank counterclockwise. Insidemounted landing gear are retracted by turning the crank clockwise. Retract the landing gear using low gear until unloaded. Then shift to high gear and continue cranking until fully retracted. Leave the crankshaft engaged to prevent road vibration wind-down. Store the crank in the holder provided.
2.
Before operating, identify the mounting style of your landing gear, inside or outside mount (see Figures 1 and 2).
0094
00094 a.
Push crank handle in for low speed.
b.
Pull crank handle out for high speed.
c.
Turn crank:
(1) Counterclockwise = extend
(2) Clockwise = retract
Figure 1. Outside Mount.
447-0103
094
0094-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OPERATION OF HOLLAND FORMULA 150 LANDING GEAR - CONTINUED
0094
447-0104
Figure 2. Inside Mount.
a.
Push crank handle in for high speed.
b.
Pull crank handle out for low speed.
c.
Turn crank:
(1) Counterclockwise = retract
(2) Clockwise = extend
REMOVE TRACTOR FROM SEMITRAILER
1.
Position semitrailer so landing gear shoes will rest on a firm level surface when landing gear is extended.
2.
Emplace ground boards under shoes.
3.
Shift landing gear to high gear and extend landing gear until shoes contact ground boards.
4.
Chock trailer tires.
5.
Shift landing gear to low gear and lift semitrailer approximately 1 in. (2.54 cm).
6.
Unlock fifth wheel, uncouple air lines, and drive the tractor out from under the semitrailer.
094
00094
0094-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
CONNECT TRACTOR TO SEMITRAILER
1.
Ensure semitrailer is at a sufficient height to allow coupling of the tractor and semitrailer.
2.
Chock trailer tires, front and rear of each tire.
3.
Connect air lines from tractor to semitrailer, lock semitrailer brakes and back tractor under semitrailer, then lock fifth wheel.
4.
Retract landing gears to fully retracted position.
5.
Remove and properly store/secure chocks and ground boards. Engage crank handle to prevent wind down.
6.
Store crank on the crank holder.
LUBRICATION
No additional grease is required.
TROUBLESHOOTING
CAUTION
• Landing gears are designed to meet T.T.M.A. recommended practice RP-4 and A.A.R.-931 requirements.
• When operating the landing gears, it is necessary to observe some cautions. By doing so you will ensure long trouble-free service by observing the following:
Do not over-extend or over-retract landing gears.
Never drop semitrailer on landing gears. Always extend landing gears until shoes contact ground, then lift semitrailer approximately 1 in. (2.54 cm) before removing tractor from semitrailer.
Always chock tires front and rear prior to coupling.
Always ensure that the landing gear shoes or footpads will rest on hard ground surface or concrete pad. If necessary, place shoes on a support plank to prevent the landing gears from sinking into the ground surface. (This is especially important with liquid cargo where a shift in the contents could overturn the semitrailer.) Use ground boards to ensure correct/safe coupling height and prevent shoes from sinking in soft ground.
Always retract landing gears fully before moving semitrailer.
Always store the crank on the crank holder after extending or retracting the landing gear.
Replace all damaged or missing parts.
Failure to replace worn or damaged riser nut and retracting screw assembly could cause a failure.
Landing Gears Hard to Crank
1.
Cross driveshaft in a bind or tight between shafts. Bolts must be loose and cross driveshaft free to move in slots provided.
2.
To determine which leg turns hard, remove cross driveshaft bolt and crank each leg on the jackshaft.
3.
Check for inadequate lubrication (WP 0067).
4.
Check for proper alignment. Legs must be timed together, parallel to each other, and perpendicular to the semitrailer crossmembers.
0094
00094
00094
00094
00094
0094-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0094
TROUBLESHOOTING - CONTINUED
5.
Upper housing or retracting tube may be bent.
6.
Landing gear jackshafts and/or shift shaft may be binding.
7.
Retracting screw may be bent. Replace entire retracting leg assembly.
General
00094
NOTE
Replace the entire leg if these defects are found.
1.
Right-hand leg (gearbox leg) operates but left-hand leg does not move. Broken cross driveshaft bolt or damaged cross driveshaft. Replace.
2.
Legs will not operate when turning jackshaft. Damaged pinion or bevel gear.
3.
Right-hand leg will not operate; shift shaft will turn but jackshaft does not turn. Damaged input, idler, and/or output gear.
4.
Leg locked and will not turn. Bent retracting screw or damaged riser nut and screw. Replace entire retracting leg assembly.
5.
Right-hand leg will not stay fully shifted in low gear. Shift lock ball and shift lock spring missing or damaged shift lock spring.
6.
Noisy gearbox. Check that shift shaft movement is 1 in. (2.54 cm) when shifted between gears.
ALIGNMENT
00094
Using a square, check that both landing gear legs are square with the semitrailer and parallel with each other as shown. Bent or damaged legs are an indication of possible damage to the lift screw, lift nut, or other internal components and should be replaced.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 3. Correct Alignment.
447-0105
094
0094-5/(6 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
10 TIRE TIPS
The following information was developed from commercial analysis and is presented to give a better understanding of the preventive maintenance.
1.
A 15% under-inflation of a tire can result in: a.
An 8% drop in tread wear (mileage) b.
A 2.5% drop in fuel mileage c.
Proper inflation drastically reduces tire blowouts.
2.
On the average, a tire in good condition, properly sealed, just sitting in place, will lose 2 psi (14 kPa) of air pressure per month.
3.
Inflation pressure run just 10% under recommended tire pressure can cause casing to be unfit for re-treading.
4.
Dual wheels: a.
Matching and matting are very important b.
Never use a bias ply and a radial tire on the same wheel position
5.
Mismatching causes: a.
The larger diameter tire to become overloaded b.
Overheating c.
Loss of traction on smaller diameter tire d.
Irregular wear e.
Tread or ply separation f.
Tire body breaks g.
Blowouts
6.
Repair punctures from inside of tire.
7.
Remove the tire before the tread depth reaches 2/32 in. (1.6 mm).
8.
Inflated tires can have an internal pressure force of 40,000 lb (275,800 kPa).
9.
After just 50 to 100 miles (80 to 160 km) of service on a new vehicle or new tires, re-torque wheel nuts.
10. A tire cage is a must and could save a life.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
-
0095-1/(2 blank)
20
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
SEALED BRAKE INSTALLATION AND DISARMING
General Safety Precautions, Mechanical Release of Spring Brake (Gold Seal),
Combination Spring Brake Installation Instructions,
Disarming Introduction, Disarming Instructions, Supplementary Information
GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
• A spring brake contains a very powerful compression spring. Failure to comply with all of the following instructions may result in forceful release of the piggyback or spring chamber and its contents which could cause death, severe personal injury and/or property damage.
• ALWAYS BLOCK WHEELS to prevent vehicle roll-away when performing any brake maintenance.
1.
If spring brake shows structural damage, DO NOT cage the spring and DO NOT attempt to service it. Replace the complete unit. To prevent severe personal injury when removing an uncaged spring brake from a vehicle, cut the service push rod making sure to relieve all force on it. After cutting the push rod, remove the spring brake from the vehicle, then disarm the spring brake using a suitable safety chamber (see Disarming Introduction and
Disarming Instructions in this work package).
2.
Never strike any part of the spring brake with a hammer or any other heavy object; structural damage may result.
3.
Do not drop spring brake, as compression spring may forcefully release.
4.
If air pressure is used to aid in the caging process, do not tighten the release tool more than finger tight. The air pressure must always be exhausted after the spring has been mechanically caged prior to disassembly.
00096
-
0096-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0096
GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS - CONTINUED
5.
On all Haldex Anchorlok Gold Seal (Figure 1) and Life Seal (Figure 2) spring brakes, the emergency diaphragm cannot be replaced. Replace the complete piggyback (see Mechanical Release of Spring Brake (Gold Seal) in this work package for further instructions).
447-0218
Figure 1. Gold Seal Spring Brake.
096
Figure 2. Life Seal Spring Brake.
447-0219
6.
Do not use any diaphragms with protrusions on the service side of any Haldex Anchorlok spring brake. Use of “piloted diaphragms” on the service side will result in a reduction of stroke length.
7.
Long stroke spring brakes are easily identified by the square air ports on the adapter (Figure 3), and the letters “LS” stamped into the spring brake.
096
0096-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS - CONTINUED
0096
447-0220
Figure 3. Gold Seal and Life Seal Long Stroke Spring Brake.
END OF TASK
MECHANICAL RELEASE OF SPRING BRAKE (GOLD SEAL)
WARNING
• DO NOT attempt to mechanically release (cage) the spring on a spring brake if it shows structural damage. Caging the spring or disassembly of the chamber may result in the forceful release of the spring chamber and its contents, which could cause death, severe personal injury, and/or property damage. Remove complete spring brake and replace with new unit.
• DISARM spring chamber before discarding old brake. To disarm, use a suitable safety chamber
(see Disarming Introduction and Disarming Instructions in this work package). Failure to disarm assembly prior to disposal may, in time, result in spontaneous release of the spring chamber and its contents, causing death, personal injury, and/or property damage.
NOTE
There are no safety ears or clamp on a sealed type brake.
00096
096
0096-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
MECHANICAL RELEASE OF SPRING BRAKE (GOLD SEAL) - CONTINUED
Cage Parking Brake Compression Spring (Release Parking Brake)
WARNING
Always block wheels to prevent vehicle roll-away when performing any brake maintenance.
Failure to comply could cause injury or death to personnel.
1.
Remove dust plug from release tool key hole in center of spring chamber (Figure 4).
2.
Remove release tool assembly from side pocket of adapter (Figure 4).
0096
00096
447-0221
Figure 4. Sealed Brake.
3.
Insert release tool through key hole in chamber into the pressure plate (Figure 5, Arrow A).
4.
Turn release stud 1/4 turn clockwise (Figure 5, Arrow B).
5.
Pull on release tool to ensure stud crosspin is properly seated in the pressure plate.
6.
Assemble release tool washer and nut on release stud; finger tighten only (Figure 5).
096
Figure 5. Sealed Brake.
0096-4
447-0222
096
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0096
MECHANICAL RELEASE OF SPRING BRAKE (GOLD SEAL) - CONTINUED
WARNING
Step 7 only applies when spring brake is not pressurized. If air pressure is used to compress the spring, do not tighten release tool more than finger tight. Torquing the release tool nut while the spring brake is pressurized can cause pressure plate damage resulting in sudden release of the spring which could cause death or severe personal injury. Air pressure must be released after caging, prior to any disassembly.
7.
Turn release tool nut clockwise with hand wrench (DO NOT USE HIGH-SPEED AND/OR POWER-DRIVEN IMPACT
WRENCH) and make certain push rod is retracting (Figure 6).
2424
2424LS
2430
2430LS
2430XLS
3030
3030LS
3636
447-0223
Figure 6. Sealed Brake.
CAUTION
• Do not over-torque release tool assembly. Over-torquing release tool can cause pressure plate damage. GOLD-SEAL S-Cam type 35 lb-ft (47 Nm) Maximum, clockwise.
• To ensure the compression spring is fully caged, the release tool length (X dimension) (Figure 6) should measure as shown in Table 1.
NOTE
If dimension of release tool (X dimension) length is less than the minimum measurement, brake unit must be replaced.
MODEL
Table 1. Release Tool Length.
STROKE
2-1/4 in.
2-1/2 in.
2-1/4 in.
2-1/2 in.
3 in.
2-1/2 in.
3 in.
3 in.
X - MINIMUM
2.915 in. (740 mm)
2.915 in. (740 mm)
2.915 in. (740 mm)
2.915 in. (740 mm)
3.463 in. (880 mm)
2.915 in. (740 mm)
3.537 in. (898 mm)
3.602 in. (915 mm)
096
0096-5
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0096
MECHANICAL RELEASE OF SPRING BRAKE (GOLD SEAL) - CONTINUED
Pressurized Parking Brake Caging Recommendations
1.
DO NOT use a high-speed and/or power-driven impact wrench to cage brake.
2.
Use air pressure (100 to 120 psi) in the chamber to collapse the compression spring before turning the release tool nut with a hand wrench. Proper caging will be complete when a slight resistance is felt after turning the release tool nut.
00096
CAUTION
To ensure the compression spring is fully caged, the release tool length (X dimension) (Figure 6) should measure as shown in Table 1.
END OF TASK
COMBINATION SPRING BRAKE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Installation Preparation
00096
00096
1.
Spring brake must be caged prior to performing installation procedures. If brake is not caged, Mechanical
Release of Spring Brake (Gold Seal) in this work package for safety instructions and mechanical release of spring brake.
2.
In an effort to maximize the life of Haldex Anchorlok spring brakes, Haldex Neway recommends the following brake mounting guidelines when installing Haldex Anchorlok spring brakes on your vehicle(s).
Cut Push Rod to Correct Installation Length
00096
WARNING
Place blocks under wheels to prevent vehicle roll-away before removing spring brake actuators.
Failure to comply could cause injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Before installing a new combination spring brake, it is necessary to determine the correct service push rod length to ensure proper alignment for efficient operation of the spring brake (Figure 7).
Failure to comply could cause damage to equipment.
NOTE
• Units are furnished with a universal fully threaded push rod and must be cut to the correct length.
• If spring brake unit being replaced is not available to take measurements from, follow the procedures listed under step 5 below.
1.
Remove worn or non-functional spring brake unit from vehicle. Determine manufacturer and model of unit to be replaced. Refer to that manufacturer’s service manual for caging and removal instructions.
2.
Make sure the spring chamber of the removed actuator is fully released (power spring caged) and the service brake push rod is fully retracted to zero stroke position (i.e., brake fully released).
0096-6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
COMBINATION SPRING BRAKE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUED
0096
447-0225
Figure 7. Sealed Brake.
3.
Measure and record the “Y” and “Z” dimensions from unit to be replaced (Figure 8).
a.
“Y” dimension = Dimension from bottom of actuator to end of piston rod.
b.
“Z” dimension = Dimension from bottom of actuator to centerline of clevis pin.
4.
Take “Y” dimension (Figure 8) from the removed unit and mark push rod of new unit to be cut.
096
Figure 8. Sealed Brake.
447-0224
096
0096-7
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0096
COMBINATION SPRING BRAKE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUED
NOTE
Step 5 lists the procedures to determine correct push rod length when the spring brake being replaced is not available. Go to step 6 if correct push rod length is already determined.
5.
To determine the correct push rod length of the brake to be installed, measure “B” dimension as shown (Figure 9) and subtract the setup stroke as listed in Table 3. With the spring brake fully caged: “B” Dimension Minus Setup Stroke =
Push Rod Length including Clevis (Figure 10).
Figure 9. Sealed Brake.
447-0226
096
Figure 10. Sealed Brake.
447-0227
0096-8
096
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0096
COMBINATION SPRING BRAKE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUED
NOTE
• Setup stroke is only to establish push rod length.
• For a typical Type 30 spring brake, if dimension “B” (Figure 9) = 5.0 in., setup stroke = 1-1/2 in.
(Table 3). The push rod length from mounting face to centerline of main clevis pin should measure:
5 minus 1-1/2 = 3-1/2 in. with the spring brake caged (Figure 10).
6.
Before marking push rod to be cut on new unit, be sure the spring chamber is caged and the push rod is fully retracted to the zero stroke position. Refer to Mechanical Release of Spring Brake (Gold Seal) in this work package.
NOTE
When determining the push rod cut-off length, the length of the threaded rod protruding between the clevis legs must not exceed 3/16 in. to insure no interface with the operation of the stack adjuster (Figure 7).
7.
Thread clevis jam nut past the mark on push rod. Align bottom edge of nut with mark to use as a guide for cutting. Use a sharp hack-saw and cut push rod on the mark.
8.
After cutting rod, thread jam nut off to clean up threads.
0096-9
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
COMBINATION SPRING BRAKE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUED
Mounting Spring Brake to Mounting Bracket
CAUTION
Always mount brake chamber directly to bracket. If a reinforcement plate is necessary, see
Attachment Guidelines in this work package for plate attachment. DO NOT insert spacers, washers, or shims between mounting bracket and brake housing (Figure 11). Consult the bracket manufacturer for your application if a reinforcement plate may be necessary.
NOTE
In some cases it may be necessary to rotate air ports.
When attaching spring brakes to mounting brackets, the following checks and instructions should be performed:
1.
Mounting brackets must be inspected to assure that bracket surface is free from debris, burrs, cracks, weld spatter and is flat within 1/64 in. (0.4 mm) (Figure 11).
2.
Attach spring brake directly to mounting bracket on axle. Fasten with mounting hardware (Figure 11). Torque to specifications listed in Table 2.
0096
00096
Figure 11. Sealed Brake.
447-0228
096
0096-10
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
COMBINATION SPRING BRAKE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUED
Attachment Guidelines
When attaching a reinforcement plate to the brake mounting bracket face, the following guidelines must be followed:
1.
Attach .25 in. (6 mm) steel plate 7 in. x 7 in. (178 mm x 178 mm) square, to brake mounting bracket face. Secure with two 5/8 in. or M16 bolts, washers, and nuts, and torque to 50 lb-ft (67.5 Nm) (Figure 12).
0096
00096
447-0229
Figure 12. Sealed Brake.
096
2.
Weld reinforcement plate to brake mounting bracket (see Figure 13 for suggested weldment locations). For exact location and weld size, refer to axle manufacturer’s guidelines. Allow welds to cool and remove bolts (Figure 13).
Figure 13. Sealed Brake.
447-0230
096
0096-11
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
COMBINATION SPRING BRAKE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUED
3.
Attach spring brake directly to new reinforcement plate. Fasten with mounting hardware (Figure 14). Torque to specifications listed in Table 2.
0096
447-0231
Figure 14. Sealed Brake.
Mounting Hardware
Jam Nut
Ports
LIFE SEAL - Release Tool Nut
GOLD SEAL - Release Tool Nut
GOLD SEAL - Release Tool Nut (in side pocket)
Carriage Bolt Nuts (for clamps)
Table 2. Installation Torque Values.
TORQUE
130-150 lb-ft (177 - 203 Nm)
15-25 lb-ft (20 - 34 Nm)
10 lb-ft max (14 Nm max)
55 lb-ft (74 Nm)
25-35 lb-ft (34 - 47 Nm)
5-8 lb-ft (7 - 11 Nm)
20-30 lb-ft (27.1 - 40.7 Nm)
096
0096-12
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0096
COMBINATION SPRING BRAKE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUED
Attach Clevis and Air Lines
00096
1.
Thread jam nut back onto the push rod a sufficient length to allow assembly of the clevis.
2.
Thread clevis onto the push rod. Clevis from removed unit may be reused provided clevis pin hole is not worn. Adjust clevis to the same “Z” dimension as measured from the removed unit (Figure 8).
3.
Hold clevis to prevent it from turning and tighten jam nut against clevis to torque specifications (Table 2). Clevis must be adjusted so that it has full thread engagement on the push rod (from flush to 3/16 in. protrusion) (Figure 7).
4.
Connect the service and emergency air lines to the proper air ports. Torque to specifications listed in Table 2.
5.
Connect clevis to the slack adjuster using clevis and cotter pins (Figure 15), and uncage the spring brake. Refer to uncaging procedures.
447-0232
Figure 15. Sealed Brake.
CAUTION
If push rod is not long enough to reach slack adjuster mounting hole, DO NOT physically pull push rod out to reach mounting hole. Doing so could cause damage to equipment.
6.
Adjust the slack adjuster to the listed setup stroke (Table 3) (Figure 16).
096
END OF TASK
Figure 16. Sealed Brake.
447-0233
0096-13
096
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
COMBINATION SPRING BRAKE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUED
Verify Proper Installation
1.
With the brake applied, the following conditions must occur: a.
Push rod 90 degrees to the centerline of slack adjuster.
b.
Push rod 90 degrees to the mounting face of the spring brake (Figure 17).
0096
00096
447-0234
Figure 17. Sealed Brake.
Available Stroke
(Inches)
1-3/4 in.
1-3/4 in.
2-1/4 in.
2-1/4 in.
3 in.
2-1/4 in.
2-1/2 in.
3 in.
2-1/2 in.
3 in.
3 in.
Table 3. Stroke Values.
Chamber Type
09
12
16
20
20XLS**
24
24LS**
24XLS**
30
30LS**
36
* Stroke length measured by applying parking brake or 60 PSIG service brake application.
** Long Stroke.
† Typical setup stroke values.
Notice: For special applications, consult vehicle, brake or slack adjuster manufacturers.
Recommended Chamber Stroke Range
Minimum Maximum
-1 in.
-1 in.
-1-1/2 in.
-1-1/2 in.
(Should be as short a stroke as possible without brake dragging.)
-2-1/4 in.
-1-1/2 in.
-1-3/4 in.
-2-1/4 in.
-1-3/4 in.
-2-1/4 in.
-2-1/4 in.
Set-Up Stroke Applied Braked*†
1-3/8 in.
1-3/8 in.
1-3/8 in.
1-3/8 in.
1-3/4 in.
1-3/8 in.
1-1/2 in.
1-3/4 in.
1-1/2 in.
1-3/4 in.
1-3/4 in.
0096-14
096
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
COMBINATION SPRING BRAKE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUED
WARNING
Incorrect push rod slack adjuster setup will result in improper brake operation, causing injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
2.
If the setup results in the conditions depicted in Figure 18 and Figure 19, the spring brake is misaligned and must be corrected by one or more of the following procedures: a.
Figure 18.
(1) Shorten push rod.
(2) Align spring brake on mounting bracket.
(3) Count clevis in proper slack adjuster hole.
0096
Figure 18. Sealed Brake.
447-0235
096
0096-15
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
COMBINATION SPRING BRAKE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUED b.
Figure 19.
(1) Lengthen push rod.
(2) Align spring brake on mounting bracket.
(3) Mount clevis in proper slack adjuster hole.
0096
447-0236
Figure 19. Sealed Brake.
NOTE
If misalignment cannot be corrected, consult with foundation brake manufacturer for verification of correct mounting bracket position.
3.
Once the spring brake and push rod are set properly (Figure 17), release the brakes and follow vehicle manufacturer’s instructions for brake adjustment.
END OF TASK
096
0096-16
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
COMBINATION SPRING BRAKE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUED
Special Instructions for Gold Seal Brakes
WARNING
After installation, check for proper emergency operation, service operation, and brake adjustment.
Failure to comply could cause injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
CAUTION
Removing the bottom-most plug will allow the spring chamber to breathe and allow for drainage of condensation. Spring brake longevity will be adversely affected if the bottom-most plug is not removed. All other vent holes must be plugged. Additional plugs (Part Number 999 90 28) can be purchased from your local Haldex Anchorlok distributor.
Remove bottom-most vent hole plugs from mounted spring brakes (Figure 20 and Figure 21).
0096
00096
Figure 20. Gold Seal Only.
447-0237
096
Figure 21. Gold Seal Only.
447-0238
0096-17
096
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0096
DISARMING INTRODUCTION
00096
The proper disposal of old spring brake chambers is a concern of commercial industry and should be a concern of all maintenance shops. ALL retired spring brake chambers (actuators) must be safely disarmed before they are disposed of to prevent serious personal injury from accidental sudden release of the high-energy spring (as much as 2,700 lb-ft [12,010
Nm]) in the packing chamber.
It is recommended that the coils of the power spring be cut with an acetylene gas torch prior to disposal. This simple procedure renders the power spring inoperable, permitting the chamber to be safely discarded.
Reference Figure 22 with material list for fabrication of the Spring Brake Disarming Chamber as engineered by Lear
Siegler Truck Products Corporation.
WARNING
Spring air brake chambers should never be rebuilt. Never attempt to loosen or remove the housing retaining clamp(s) bolts or repair the chamber in any way. Serious injury or death will occur.
• This disarming chamber is to be fabricated at the Direct Support or higher level.
• An annual inspection of this disarming chamber will be accomplished at the DOL or Depot Level
QA/QC as is the case for tire cages.
• DOL will certify inspection of the disarming chamber by stamping or applying data plate.
• There will be NO substitution of ANY materials used to fabricate this chamber. Materials and welding standard/locations specified on the drawing are to be used in this fabrication. This is a safety device.
• Never operate an acetylene gas torch without wearing proper clothing and eye protection.
Maintenance Levels (Figure 22)
Chamber Fabrication: Direct Support and above
Disarming Procedures: Organizational and above
00096
0096-18
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
DISARMING INTRODUCTION - CONTINUED
0096
447-0106
Figure 22. Disarming Sealed Brake.
Notes:
1.
Drill holes and use manufacturer’s suggested fasteners to mount hinges and hasps or weld in places.
2.
Weld where indicated by XXXXX.
3.
Do not weld lid to body.
4.
Paint to suit.
5.
Material: a.
2 pcs. 12 x 12 x 1/4 in. thick b.
4 pcs. 12 x 20 x 1/8 in. thick c.
HR or CF steel
6.
Cut 12 x 1.5 in. (305 x 38 mm) slots in material as shown four places.
Table 4. Key to Callouts.
ITEM QTY
5
6
3
4
1 1
2 1
2
2
2
2
DESCRIPTION
Body
Lid
6 in. heavy-duty wrought steel hinge
1-3/4 in. wide heavy-duty wrought steel hinged hasp
3/8 in. carriage bolt (11MO52)
3/8 in. carriage nut (11MO51)
0096-19
096
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0096
DISARMING INSTRUCTIONS
00096
1.
Place the single/piggyback or combination/tandem spring brake chamber in the fabricated/inspected disarming chamber. Air brake chamber should be uncaged with caging bolt removed.
2.
Position the air brake chamber so the spring brake head can be easily accessed through the slots in the disarming chamber.
If the air brake chamber does not fit in the disarming chamber, it may be necessary to cut off the service push-rod. Close the hinged access door of the disarming chamber, and lock hasps with bolts and nuts.
3.
Through one of the slot openings in the disarming chamber use an acetylene gas torch to cut a hole (1-1/2 to 2 in. [3.8 to
5.1 cm]) in the air brake chamber head to expose the power spring coil. DO NOT cut the power spring coil. See Figure 22 for approximate location to cut hole on housing side.
4.
Repeat step 3 for opposite side of the spring brake head. Cutting two holes opposite each other provides the torch with sufficient oxygen for cutting the power spring coil.
5.
Cutting the first power spring coil may produce a low-pitched “pop” or may cause the spring brake chamber to jump in the disarming chamber. Repeat this cutting process through the slot opening on the opposite side of the disarming chamber.
WARNING
• DO NOT cut the spring brake chamber clamp bolts before cutting the power spring coils. The spring coils MUST be cut FIRST. If this WARNING is NOT heeded, the spring will prematurely release 2,000 lb of pressure, and become an unexpected projectile that could cause injury or death to personnel and damage to the equipment.
• Do not place your hands or fingers inside the disarming chamber.
6.
To make sure you have completely cut the power spring coils, use a screwdriver or similar tool to ensure coils are loose inside the head of the spring brake chamber. If the coils can be moved, the spring brake chamber has been rendered safe and can be properly discarded.
END OF TASK
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
00096
1.
Many manufacturers do not rebuild or condone the use of rebuilt air brake chambers. This is because they are very important safety devices that actuate foundation brakes and perform vital parking and emergency brake functions. Because they operate in the worst possible environments under the most severe conditions, it is impossible to accurately determine the condition and service life remaining in critical components such as the non-pressure housing (mounting base), flange case (center section), power spring, and center push-rod seal.
These are all components that are typically “cleaned up” and/or repainted and reused in rebuilt actuators. With a rebuilt actuator, you have no reliable way of knowing which components have been replaced and how long the unit can be expected to last.
2.
If you do not have the capability to fabricate this disarming chamber and inspect it for safety, there is a commercially built disarming chamber available from Jack Garner & Sons Welding which is AWS Code welded, has positive locking, and is portable. This disarming box runs approximately $330. They may be reached at 717-367-2638 or 717-653-6551, FAX:
717-367-7906, E-Mail: [email protected]
. Their product may be viewed at: http://www.garnerwelding.com.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0096-20
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
HUB PILOTED DISC WHEELS
-
Figure 1. Torque Specifications.
447-0107
097
END OF WORK PACKAGE
447-0108
Figure 2. Hub Piloted Disc Wheel Mounting.
0097-1/(2 blank)
097
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
OSHA STANDARD MULTI- AND SINGLE-PIECE WHEEL
OSHA STANDARD 29 CFR PART 1910.177
Servicing Multi-Piece and Single-Piece RIM Wheels
00098
00098
1.
Scope.
a.
This section applies to the servicing of multi- and single-piece rim wheels used on large vehicles such as trucks, tractors, trailers, buses, and off-road machines. It does not apply to the servicing of rim wheels used on automobiles, or on pickup trucks and vans utilizing automobile tires or truck tires designated “LT.” b.
This section does not apply to employers and places of employment regulated under the Construction Safety
Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926; the Agriculture Standards, 29 CRF part 1915; or the Longshoring Standards, 29 CRF part 1916.
c.
All provisions of this section apply to the servicing of both single-piece rim wheels and multi-piece rim wheels unless designated otherwise.
2.
Definitions.
a.
Barriers. A fence, wall, or other structure or object placed between a single-piece rim wheel and an employee during tire inflation, to contain the rim wheel components in the event of the sudden release of the contained air of the single-piece rim wheel.
b.
Charts. The U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) publications entitled Demounting and Mounting Procedures for Truck/Bus Tires and Multi-Piece Rim Matching Chart, the
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) publications entitled Demounting and Mounting
Procedures for Truck/Bus Tires and Multi-Piece Rim Matching Chart, or any other poster which contains at least the same instructions, safety precautions, and other information contained in the charts that is applicable to the types of wheels being serviced.
c.
Installing a Rim Wheel. Transfer and attachment of an assembled rim wheel onto a vehicle axle hub.
d.
Removing. The opposite of installing.
e.
Mounting a Tire. The assembly or putting together of the wheel and tire components to form a rim wheel, including inflation. Demounting means the opposite of mounting.
f.
Multi-Piece Rim Wheel. The assemblage of a multi-piece wheel with the tire tub and other components.
g.
Multi-Piece Wheel. A vehicle wheel consisting of two or more parts, one of which is a side or locking ring designed to hold the tire on the wheel by interlocking components when the tire is inflated.
h.
Restraining Device. An apparatus such as a cage rack or assemblage of bars and other components that will constrain all rim wheel components during an explosive separation of a multi-piece wheel, or during the sudden release of the contained air of a single-piece rim wheel.
i.
Rim Manual. A publication containing instructions from the manufacturer or other qualified organization for correct mounting, demounting, maintenance, and safety precautions peculiar to the type of wheel being serviced.
j.
Rim Wheel. An assemblage of tire, tube and liner (where appropriate), and wheel components.
k.
Service or Servicing. The mounting and demounting of rim wheels and related activities such as inflating, deflating, installing, removing, and handling.
l.
Service Area. That part of an employer’s premises used for the servicing of rim wheels, or any other place where an employee services rim wheels.
m. Single-Piece Rim Wheel. The assemblage of the single-piece rim wheel with the tire and other components.
-
0098-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0098
OSHA STANDARD 29 CFR PART 1910.177 - CONTINUED n.
Single-Piece Wheel. A vehicle consisting of one part, designed to hold the tire on the wheel when the tire is inflated.
o.
Trajectory. Any potential path or route that a rim wheel component may travel during an explosive separation, or the sudden release of the pressurized air, or an area at which an air blast from a single-piece rim wheel may be released.
The trajectory may deviate from paths which are perpendicular to the assembled position of the rim wheel at the time of separation or explosion (Figure 1).
p.
Wheel. That portion of the rim wheel which provides the method of attachment of the assembly to the axle of a vehicle and also provides the means to contain the inflated portion of the assembly (i.e., the tire and/or tube).
3.
Employee Training.
a.
The employer shall provide a program to train all employees who service rim wheels in the hazards involved in servicing those rim wheels and the safety procedures to be followed.
b.
The employer shall ensure that no employee services any rim wheel unless the employee has been trained and instructed in correct procedures of servicing the type of wheel being serviced, and in the safe operating procedures described in steps 6 and 7 of this section.
c.
Information to be used in the training program shall include, at a minimum, the applicable data contained in the charts (rim manuals) and the contents of this standard.
d.
Where an employer knows or has reason to believe that any of his employees is unable to read and understand the charts or rim manual, the employer shall ensure that the employee is instructed concerning the contents of the charts and rim manual in a manner which the employee is able to understand. The employer shall ensure that each employee demonstrates and maintains the ability to service rim wheels safety, including performance of the following tasks:
(1) Demounting of tires (including deflation);
(2) Inspection and identification of the rim wheel components;
(3) Mounting of tires (including inflation with a restraining device or other safeguard required by this work package);
(4) Use of the restraining device or barrier, and other equipment required by this work package;
(5) Handling of rim wheels;
(6) Inflation of the tire when a single-piece rim wheel is mounted on a vehicle;
(7) An understanding of the necessity of standing outside the trajectory, both during inflation of the tire and during inspection of the rim wheel, following inflation, and;
(8) Installation and removal of rim wheels.
e.
The employer shall evaluate each employee’s ability to perform these tasks and to service rim wheels safely, and shall provide additional training as necessary to ensure that each employee maintains his or her proficiency.
4.
Tire Servicing Equipment.
a.
The employer shall furnish a restraining device for inflating tires on multi-piece wheels.
b.
The employer shall provide a restraining device or barrier for inflating tires on single-piece wheels.
c.
Restraining devices and barriers shall comply with the following requirements:
(1) Each restraining device or barrier shall have the capacity to withstand the maximum force that would be transferred to it during a rim wheel separation occurring at 150 percent of the maximum tire specification pressure for the type of rim wheel being serviced.
(2) Restraining devices and barriers shall be capable of preventing the rim wheel components from being thrown outside or beyond the device or barrier for any rim wheel positioned within or behind the device.
0098-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0098
OSHA STANDARD 29 CFR PART 1910.177 - CONTINUED
(3) Restraining devices and barriers shall be visually inspected prior to each day’s use and after any separation of the rim wheel components or sudden release of container air. Any restraining device or barrier exhibiting damage such as the following defects shall be immediately removed from service:
(a) Cracks at welds;
(b) Cracked or broken components;
(c) Bent or sprung components caused by mishandling, abuse, tire explosion, or rim wheel separation;
(d) Pitting of components due to corrosion; or
(e) Other structural damage which would decrease its effectiveness.
d.
Restraining devices or barriers removed from service shall not be returned to service until they are repaired and reinspected. Restraining devices or barriers requiring structural repair such as component replacement or rewelding shall not be returned to service until they are certified by either the manufacturer or a Registered Professional
Engineer as meeting the strength requirements of step 4c.
e.
The employer shall furnish and ensure that an air line assembly consisting of the following components be used for inflating tires:
(a) A clip-on chuck;
(b) An in-line valve with a pressure gauge or a pre-settable regulator; and
(c) A sufficient length of hose between the clip-on chuck and in-line valve (if one is used) to allow the employee to stand outside the trajectory.
f.
Current charts or rim manuals containing instructions for the type of wheels being serviced shall be available in the service area.
g.
The employer shall furnish and ensure that only tools recommended in the rim manual for the type of wheel being serviced are used to service rim wheels.
5.
Wheel Component Acceptability.
a.
Multi-piece wheel components shall not be interchanged except as provided in the charts or in the applicable rim manual.
b.
Multi-piece wheel components and single-piece wheels shall be inspected prior to assembly. Any wheel or wheel component which is bent out of shape, pitted from corrosion, broken, or cracked shall not be used and shall be marked or tagged unserviceable and removed from the service area. Damaged or leaky valves shall be replaced.
c.
Rim flanges, rim gutters, rings, bead seating surfaces, and the bead areas of tires shall be free of any dirt, surface rust, scale, or loose flaked rubber build-up prior to mounting and inflation.
d.
The size (bead diameter and tire/wheel widths and type of both the tire and the wheel) shall be checked for compatibility prior to assembly of the rim wheel.
6.
Safe Operating Procedures - Multi-Piece Rim Wheels. The employer shall establish a safe operating procedure for servicing multi-piece rim wheels and shall ensure that employees are instructed in and follow that procedure. The procedure shall include at least the following elements: a.
Tires shall be completely deflated before demounting by removal of the valve core.
b.
Tires shall be completely deflated by removing the valve core before the rim wheel is removed from the axle in either of the following situations:
(1) When the tire has been driven under-inflated at 80% or less of its recommended pressure, or
(2) When there is obvious or suspected damage to the tire or wheel components.
c.
Rubber lubricant shall be applied to bead and rim mating surfaces during assembly of the wheel and inflation of the tire, unless the tire or wheel manufacturer recommends against it.
0098-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0098
OSHA STANDARD 29 CFR PART 1910.177 - CONTINUED d.
If a tire on a vehicle is under-inflated but has more than 80 percent of the recommended pressure, the tire may be inflated while the rim wheel is on the vehicle provided remote control inflation equipment is used, and no employees remain in the trajectory during inflation.
e.
Tires shall be inflated outside a restraining device only to a pressure sufficient to force the tire bead onto the rim ledge and create an airtight seal with the tire and bead.
f.
Whenever a rim wheel is in a restraining device the employee shall not rest or lean any part of his body or equipment on or against the restraining device.
g.
After tire inflation, the tire and wheel components shall be inspected while still within the restraining device to make sure that they are properly seated and locked. If further adjustment to the tire or wheel components is necessary, the tire shall be deflated by removal of the valve core.
7.
Safe Operating Procedure - Single-Piece Rim Wheels. The employer shall establish a safe operating procedure for servicing single-piece rim wheels and shall ensure that employees are instructed in and follow that procedure. The procedure shall include at least the following elements: a.
No attempt shall be made to correct the seating of side and lock rings by hammering, striking, or forcing the components while the tire is pressurized.
b.
Cracked, broken, bent, or otherwise damaged rim components shall not be reworked, welded, brazed, or otherwise heated.
c.
Whenever single-piece rim wheels are being handled, employees shall stay out of the trajectory (Figure 3) unless the employer can demonstrate that performance of the servicing makes the employee’s presence in the trajectory necessary.
d.
No heat shall be applied to a single-piece wheel or wheel component.
e.
Tires shall be completely deflated by removal of the valve core before demounting.
f.
Mounting and demounting of the tire shall be done only from the narrow ledge side of the wheel. Care shall be taken to avoid damaging the tire breads while mounting tires on wheels. Tires shall be mounted only on compatible wheels of matching bead diameter and width.
g.
Nonflammable rubber lubricant shall be applied to bead and wheel mating surfaces before assembly of the rim wheel, unless the tire or wheel manufacturer recommends against the use of any rubber lubricant.
h.
If a tire changing machine is used, the tire shall be inflated only to the minimum pressure necessary to force the tire bead onto the rim ledge while on the tire changing machine.
i.
If a bead expander is used, it shall be removed before the valve core is installed and as soon as the rim wheel becomes airtight (the tire bead slips onto the bead seat).
j.
Tires may be inflated only when contained within a restraining device, positioned behind a barrier, or bolted on the vehicle with the lug nuts fully tightened.
k.
Tires shall not be inflated when any flat, solid surface is in the trajectory and within one foot of the sidewall.
l.
Employees shall stay out of the trajectory when inflating a tire.
m. Tires shall not be installed to more than the inflation pressure stamped in the sidewall unless a higher pressure is recommended by the manufacturer.
n.
Tires shall not be inflated above the maximum pressure recommended by the manufacturer to seat the tire bead firmly against the rim flange.
0098-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
OSHA STANDARD 29 CFR PART 1910.177 - CONTINUED
0098
447-0241
Figure 1. Trajectory.
098
Ordering Information for the OSHA Charts
00098
OSHA has printed two charts entitled Demounting and Mounting Procedures for Truck/Bus Tires and Multi-Piece Rim
Matching Chart, as part of a continuing campaign to reduce accidents among employees who service large vehicle rim wheels.
Reprints of the charts are available through the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Area and Regional
Offices. The address and telephone number of the nearest OSHA office can be obtained by looking in the local telephone directory under U.S. Government, I.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Single copies are available without charge.
Individuals, establishments, and other organizations desiring single or multiple copies of these charts may order them from the
OSHA Publications Office, U.S. Department of Labor, Room N3101, Washington, DC 20210. Telephone (202) 219-4667.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0098-5/(6 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING HUBS
EXAMPLE
Table 1. Troubleshooting Hubs Using Piloted Disc Wheels.
PROBLEM
Broken studs
CAUSE
1. Loose capnuts
2. Overloading
SOLUTION
Replace the broken stud and the stud on each side of the broken stud. If more than two studs are broken, replace the entire set.
-
Stripped threads on studs or capnuts
Excessive torque Replace stud and/or capnut and re-torque to specifications.
Damaged inner or outer capnuts
1. Loose wheel
2. Overloading
Replace capnuts. Check for proper stud standout and re-torque to specifications.
Damaged threads on stud or cap nut
Sliding wheel on threads
Replace studs or capnuts per installation instructions.
Worn mounting face on hub
1. Loose capnuts
2. Overloading
Replace hub following assembly procedures. When reassembling inboard-mounted brake drum to hub, tighten back nuts to specifications.
0099-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0099
EXAMPLE
Table 1. Troubleshooting Hubs Using Piloted Disc Wheels - Continued.
PROBLEM
Uneven tire wear
CAUSE
1. Improper tire alignment
2. Loose bearing adjustment
3. Loose or worn suspension bushings
4. Low tire pressure
SOLUTION
Align per wheel service instructions.
Check bearing for wear and replace or readjust as required.
Check with suspension manufacturer.
Inflate to recommended pressure.
Worn or elongated stud holes
1. Loose capnuts
2. Overloading
Replace hub following assembly procedures. When reassembling inboard-mounted brake drum to hub, tighten nuts to specifications.
Damaged stud and groove
Loose back nuts Replace hub following assembly procedures. When reassembling inboard-mounted brake drum to hub, tighten back nuts to specifications.
Stud standout wrong
Improper stud or wrong brake drum
Replace studs or drum. Recommended standout is 1.31 to
1.44 in. (3.32 to 3.65 cm). When changing from composite to cast drum, studs may have to be changed.
Rust streaks Loose capnuts Follow torque specifications.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0099-2
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING WHEEL PROBLEMS
EXAMPLE PROBLEM
Mutilated threads
Table 1. Troubleshooting Wheel Problems.
CAUSE
Sliding wheel across studs during wheel assembly
SOLUTION
Replace studs. Follow proper wheel assembly procedure.
-
Loose drum
Loose inner wheel
Broken studs
1.
Body len gth of stu d too lon g.
2.
Back nut not firmly sealed against drum
Replace stud. Be sure to use stud with correct body length.
Too much stud standout from mounting face of hub, permitting wheel nut to bottom out
Replace stud. Be sure stud is correct length.
1.
Loose cap nuts
2.
Overloading
Replace stud. Follow proper torque procedure.
Stripped threads
Excessive torque Replace stud. Follow proper torque procedure.
0100-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
EXAMPLE
Table 1. Troubleshooting Wheel Problems - Continued.
PROBLEM CAUSE
Worn stud groove
1.
Stud urni ng in gro ove
2.
Insufficient torque on back nut
Worn mounting face on hub
Loose wheel assembly
SOLUTION
Replace hub and follow proper torque procedure.
Replace hub and follow proper torque procedure.
0100
Metal build-up around stud holes, out-ofround, or worn stud holes
Loose capnuts Replace wheel. Follow proper torque procedure.
Rust streaks from stud holes
Loose capnuts Check complete assembly. Replace damaged parts. Follow proper torque procedure.
Cracked rims Overload or overinflation
Replace wheel. Match wheel ratings against actual load and inflation pressures required.
0100-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
EXAMPLE
Table 1. Troubleshooting Wheel Problems - Continued.
PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION
Rim corrosion 1.
Poor aint mai nte nan ce
2.
Water in air supply with tubeless tires
1.
If corrosion is slight, wire brush and repaint.
2.
If corrosion is severe, replace wheel.
Overloading Check actual load on axle. Install new wheel according to loading requirements.
Wheel cracks:
Hand hole-tohand hole
Hand hole-tostud hole
Hand holeto-rim
Rust streaks Loose capnuts Follow torque specifications.
0100
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0100-3/(4 blank)
6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING BRAKE DRUMS
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION
Replacement of the brake drum is required if any of the following conditions exist:
1.
Brake drum is cracked.
2.
The brake surface is heat checked, grooved, or worn beyond the re-bore limit of 0.080 in. (2.03 mm) or maximum diameter.
3.
The back plate is cracked.
4.
The bolt holes are elongated.
5.
Brake drum is known to have been severely overheated.
6.
Brake drum is out-of-round enough that turning would exceed re-bore limit.
-
000101
0101-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0101
EXAMPLE
NOTE
Brake drums should be replaced in pairs to achieve the same braking power on the axle.
PROBLEM
Table 1. Troubleshooting Brake Drums.
CAUSE SOLUTION
Cracked brake drum (new)
Cracked brake drum (used)
1.
Misha ndli ng
1.
Replace brake drum.
2.
Replace brake drum. Check brake balance, brake return springs, brake adjustment, and lining type within vehicle combination.
Cracked brake drum (used, low mileage)
2.
Heat checks connect together and grow through drum section
3.
Improper shoe contact
3.
Replace brake drum. Shoes must contact drum at the center of the shoe.
Light heat check Normal condition Does not impair brake performance. Brake drum may be turned with normal limit. See maintenance instructions regarding turning of brake surface.
Heavy heat check Imbalanced brake system, dragged brakes, or driver abuse caused by constant heating and cooling of brake surface.
Replace brake drum. Check brake balance, brake return springs, brake adjustment, and lining type within vehicle combination.
Fine grooves Abrasive material or poor quality brake lining
Re-bore brake drum within normal limits or replace the drum and lining. See maintenance instructions regarding turning of brake surface.
Grooves coinciding with rivet holes
Loose rivets or bolts or foreign material collecting in rivet holes
Re-bore brake drums within normal limits or replace the drum and lining. See maintenance instructions regarding turning of brake surface.
0101-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
EXAMPLE
Table 1. Troubleshooting Brake Drums - Continued.
PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION
Grooves along edges of lining
Abrasive material collecting at edges of lining
Dust shield may cause or cure this problem.
Re-bore brake drum within normal limits.
See maintenance instructions regarding turning of brake surface.
0101
Blue or discolored brake surface
Excessive heat from dragging brakes or brake imbalance between tractor and trailer
Re-bore brake drum within normal limits or replace. Look for weak or broken return springs or binding brake actuation system. See maintenance instructions regarding turning of brake surface.
Heat spotted or hard spots in brake surface
High localized heating and cooling cycles
Grind hard spot and re-bore brake drum within normal limits.
See maintenance instructions regarding turning of brake surface.
Out-of-round: balance
Out-of-round: variation in diameter
Out-of-round: concentricity
Excessive wear
Balance weight has fallen off or a balanced drum was not specified
Re-bore brake drum. Specify balanced brake drums when ordering replacement.
1.
Heat isto rtio n
1.
Re-bore brake drum within normal limits or replace. See maintenance instructions regarding turning of brake surface.
2.
Clean all mounting surfaces. Check for correct fit and clearance to wheel.
2.
Improper fit to pilot or improper seating on wheel or hub
3.
Abrasive material between lining and drum or poor quality lining
3.
Check maximum diameter and re-bore within limit or replace. See maintenance instructions regarding turning of brake surface.
0101-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0101
EXAMPLE
Table 1. Troubleshooting Brake Drums - Continued.
PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION
Grease-stained drums
Leaking oil seal or improper lubrication of brake components
Repair source of oil or grease leak. Clean the brake drums and replace the linings.
Polished brake surface
1.
Norm al con diti on for non
asb esto s lini ng
2.
Improperly cured brake linings
Remove glaze with emery cloth or re-bore drum within normal limits. See maintenance instructions regarding turning of brake surface.
Faded or diminished brake powder
High temperature in brake system, improperly adjusted brakes or inferior brake lining
Check brake drum, brake lining condition, brake adjustment, and brake balance. Avoid operating conditions or loads that create excessive brake temperature.
Noise, chatter, or pulsating during brake application
Heat spotted drums, greasestained drums, loose brake drum or brake components
Brake drum should be removed and checked for one or more of these conditions and the appropriate action (as described in this section) should be taken to resolve the condition.
Crack between the pilot and a bolt hole
1.
Impro per han dlin g
2.
Installation on dirty hub
Replace brake drum.
Replace brake drum. Clean the hub prior to installing replacement brake drum.
0101-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0101
EXAMPLE
Table 1. Troubleshooting Brake Drums - Continued.
PROBLEM
Mounting flange separated from hoop section of the brake drum
CAUSE
1.
Install atio n on dirt y hub
2.
Wheel hitting the drum
SOLUTION
1.
Replace brake drum. Clean the hub prior to installing replacement brake drum.
2.
Wrong application. Replace brake drum with correct part number.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0101-5/(6 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING SPRING PARKING BRAKE
NOTE
Points covered in this troubleshooting guide are limited and apply to service brake and spring parking brake actuators.
INSUFFICIENT SERVICE BRAKE APPLICATION WHEN SERVICE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED
1.
Restricted air flow or low air pressure to service chamber.
2.
Worn brake lining or drums worn or cracked.
3.
Improper brake adjustment (auto or manual slack adjusters).
4.
Automatic adjusters not operating properly.
5.
Improper service pushrod-to-slack-adjuster alignment or geometry (refer to vehicle manufacturer’s recommendations).
6.
Bent or broken cam brackets or chamber mounting brackets (cam brakes).
7.
Ruptured diaphragm.
8.
Air leak in lines, fittings, or valves and at actuator clamp ring.
9.
Improper pushrod length (not to vehicle manufacturer’s specifications).
INSUFFICIENT SPRING BRAKE APPLICATION
000102
000102
NOTE
While most of the causes listed for “insufficient service brake application when service pedal is depressed” will apply here, there are additional items which should be checked.
1.
Broken power spring.
2.
Insufficient size of spring brake or improper output force.
3.
Spring brake was not fully released during brake adjustment.
EXCESSIVE LEAKAGE, SERVICE BRAKE APPLIED
1.
Leaking brake chamber diaphragm.
2.
Leaking hoses, tubes, or fittings.
3.
Faulty valves.
000102
WARNING
Do not loosen or remove chamber clamp ring. Injury or death to personnel could result.
4.
Inspect for leakage at clamp ring. Tighten to 25 to 30 lb-ft (33.9 to 40.7 Nm) torque if leakage is found.
-
0102-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
EXCESSIVE LEAKAGE, SPRING BRAKES RELEASED BY AIR
1.
Leaking diaphragm or main seal in spring section.
2.
Leaking pushrod seal.
3.
Leaking hoses, tubes, or fittings.
DRAGGING BRAKES
Service Brakes
1.
Broken return spring in service section.
2.
Service application air not exhausting properly or fast enough.
3.
Clogged parts or defective valves.
4.
Restricted or collapsed hose or tubing.
5.
Broken brake shoe return springs.
6.
Camshaft linkage binding.
7.
Auto slack and adjusters over-adjusting.
Spring Brakes
1.
Leaking diaphragm or seal in spring brake section.
2.
Service or parking system pressure leakage causing spring brakes to partially apply.
3.
Broken return spring in spring brake section (double diaphragm type).
SERVICE BRAKES APPLY WHEN SPRING BRAKES ARE RELEASED BY AIR
1.
Leaking pushrod seal between spring brake and service section.
2.
Improper plumbing.
LEAK THROUGH SERVICE EXHAUST PORTS, SPRING BRAKES RELEASED BY AIR
Leaking pushrod seal between spring brake and service section.
SPRING BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE (NORMAL OPERATION)
1.
Insufficient air pressure.
2.
Air leaks in spring brake air system.
3.
Restrictions in spring brake air system.
4.
Ruptured diaphragm and/or seal in spring brake section.
5.
Broken spring causing malfunction.
SPRING BRAKES CANNOT BE MECHANICALLY RELEASED
1.
Release bolt stripped or broken.
2.
Broken internal release mechanism.
3.
Broken power spring blocking full release.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0102
000102
000102
000102
000102
000102
000102
000102
000102
0102-2
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
SKF SCOTSEAL
PURPOSE
000103
1.
The purpose of this work package is to help you reduce premature wheel end failures by tracking down their causes. A SKF wheel end system is made up of high quality parts designed for reliability and long life. When a part doesn’t reach its intended service life, it suffers premature failure, and this calls for an investigation.
2.
Tracking wheel end failure requires a planned, consistent approach to repair and maintenance, like the sample procedures shown here. Investigating damage to a SKF Scotseal or Scotseal Plus wheel seal requires taking the seal apart. In these unitized designs, the seal and sealing surface are inside, making it easy, once the surface is exposed, to track what has happened.
3.
Reading the failure modes of bearings and hub caps is simply matching up the visible damage to a short list of causes. If questions arise that aren’t covered here, contact your SKF sales representative. We’ll be glad to provide further help.
4.
For proper installation instructions on Scotseal, Scotseal Plus, bearings, and accessories, the following materials are available: Fleet Self Study Guide (457935) and Bearing Self Study Guide (457640).
PROCEDURE
Inspect for Indications of Leakage
000103
000103
1.
Under vehicle inspection.
a.
Grease present past the seal.
b.
Grease contaminated hub, brake hardware, and brake shoes.
2.
External leakage a.
Grease present around hub cap exterior.
b.
Grease present on wheels and exterior axle areas by dust shields.
Disassembling the Wheel End
000103
WARNING
Block wheels. Support vehicle on stands. Failure to do so could cause injury or death to personnel and damage to equipment.
1.
Check condition of hub cap. Check flange.
2.
Check bolts and hub flange area on drive axle.
Remove Hub Cap
1.
Check condition of lubricant.
a.
Cloudy or milky indicates water.
b.
Shiny indicates bearing wear.
c.
Gritty or sandy indicates contamination.
d.
Burnt smell indicates overheating.
000103
-
0103-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0103
PROCEDURE - CONTINUED
2.
Check condition of fastening system.
a.
Verify end-play measurement before removing fastener.
b.
Examine outer nut and return spring.
Remove Outer Bearing
1.
Remove wheel or hub assembly, using a wheel dolly.
2.
Check spindle.
a.
Threads damaged.
b.
Chamfer damaged
3.
Set bearings aside for inspection.
4.
Remove seal.
a.
Check hub.
b.
Condition of chamfer.
c.
Nicks, burrs, or damage.
5.
These are the key seal failure modes to look for. They will account for virtually all of your premature seal failures:
000103 a.
Improper installation b.
Wrong tool or no tool used.
c.
Cocked installation.
d.
Improper bearing adjustment.
e.
Seal spinning on spindle.
(1) Hit spindle.
(2) Spindle imperfections.
f.
Hub imperfections.
g.
Installed over a wear ring.
Figure 1. Standard Terms.
0103-2
447-0144
0103
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
PROCEDURE - CONTINUED
How to Remove a Scotseal
NOTE
The Scotseal maintains a metal-to-metal contact between the seal outside diameter and the hub bore surface, as well as a metal contact between the packing I.D. and the spindle.
1.
The first step is removing the Scotseal from the hub. You do this by inserting a pry bar (crow’s foot) between the seal and the bearing cone. The bar should rest on the inner race to avoid damaging the bearing.
2.
Do not clean the seal. In this case, dirt can be helpful in providing valuable clues.
0103
000103
447-0145
Figure 2. Scotseal Removal.
0103
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Thoroughly clean wheel hub and seal bore.
2.
Thoroughly clean spindle and spindle threads.
3.
Pre-lubricate the inner bearing with GAA.
000103
CAUTION
Seal must be squarely seated when bottomed in hub bore. Check for freedom of movement by manually moving the seal packing up and down. A free movement of the packing is required for proper bearing end play adjustment.
4.
Place seal onto hub bore and insert drive tool into the seal. Hold tool handle firmly and straight. Drive seal into hub bore with firm hammer strokes.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0103-3/(4 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
BEARING REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal, Inspection, Installation
REMOVAL
1.
Remove hub/wheel assembly from vehicle in accordance with recommended practices.
2.
Remove inboard and outboard bearing cones and set aside for inspection.
3.
Using a mild steel drift or cup driver, carefully drive out bearing cups.
CAUTION
• Caution should be used when driving bearing cups, as drifts and other tools can damage bearings.
• Drifts can damage hub bearing bores. Be careful not to score bores while removing cups, especially when using aluminum hubs.
-
000104
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Removal.
447-0255
0104
0104-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INSPECTION (REF. TM 9-214)
1.
Inspect the hub bearing bores and shoulders for damage. The bores should be smooth and free from scoring, burrs, indications of cup spinning, or other forms of damage. Remove any burrs or raised areas using emery cloth, a file, or other appropriate tool.
2.
Measure the bearing cup bore and compare to manufacturer specifications.
0104
000104
447-0256
Figure 2. Inspection.
3.
Inspect bearing cups and cones for damage. Bearings should be free from chips, contamination, and signs of excessive wear or excessive heat. Refer to bearing damage analysis literature for identifying possible bearing issues.
4.
Inspect axle spindle bearing journals for any signs of damage or excessive wear. Remove any raised areas or burrs using emery cloth, file, or other appropriate tool.
5.
Journals should be measured and compared with manufacturer specifications.
0104
END OF TASK
Figure 3. Inspection.
0104-2
447-0257
0104
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0104
INSTALLATION
1.
Thoroughly clean bearing cups and cones prior to installation.
WARNING
Do not use compressed air to spin bearing rollers as injury to personnel may result if cage does not retain the rollers.
2.
Lightly coat the outside of bearing cups with oil.
CAUTION
• Caution should be used when driving bearing cups, as drifts and other tools can damage bearings.
• NEVER use a bearing cone to drive a bearing cup. This can damage the bearings and cause premature failure.
NOTE
If a cup driver is not available, a mild steel drift can be used to install bearing cups.
3.
Using a cup driver, carefully drive bearing cups into hub bearing bores. Be sure to drive cup firmly against cup shoulder in hub.
4.
Use a feeler gauge to check for gaps between cup and shoulder.
5.
Inspect the bearing cups to ensure no damage occurred during installation.
6.
Lubricate bearing cones according to recommended practices and proceed with installation of wheel assembly.
000104
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 4. Installation.
0104-3/(4 blank)
447-0258
0104
8
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
ENHANCED EASY-STOP TRAILER ABS WITH PLC
ENHANCED EASY-STOP TRAILER ABS WITH PLC
-
000105
Figure 1. System Configurations.
0105-1
447-0146
0105
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ENHANCED EASY-STOP TRAILER ABS WITH PLC - CONTINUED
0105
Figure 2. Power Cable Wiring Diagrams.
WARNING
• To prevent serious eye injury, always wear safe eye protection when you perform vehicle maintenance or service.
• The ABS is an electrical system. When you work on the ABS, take the same precautions that you must take with any electrical system to avoid serious personal injury. As with any electrical system, the danger of electrical shock or sparks exists that can ignite flammable substances. You must always disconnect the battery ground cable before working on the electrical system.
NOTE
PLC signal is transmitted on the blue wire of the standard 12V-harness system.
447-0147
0105
0105-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0105
BLINK CODE DIAGNOSTICS
000105
1.
The Meritor WABCO Enhanced Easy-Stop Trailer ABS ECU detects any electrical fault in the trailer ABS. Each of the faults has a code. When a fault occurs, the ECU stores the code for that fault in the memory.
2.
There are two kinds of faults: active and stored. Active faults are those currently existing in the system, such as a broken wire. Stored faults are faults that have occurred but do not presently exist. Active faults can be cleared only after repairs are completed. Stored faults can be diagnosed with Pro-Link 9000.
3.
The ECU signals a malfunction by lighting both the internal and external indicator lamp when a fault exists. The external
ABS indicator lamp is usually mounted on the left rear of the trailer, near the rear wheels.
4.
There are two ways to obtain blink codes: a.
Ignition Power Activation (recommended method) b.
Diagnostic Tool
NOTE
In previous versions of Easy-Stop, the blink code tool and the ABS indicator lamp would flash the blink code at the same time. With Enhanced Easy-Stop, this does not happen. The codes are displayed one blink at a time, first on the trailer ABS lamp, then on the blink code tool, as illustrated in Figure 3.
5.
Although the ECU can store multiple faults in its memory, it only displays one blink code at a time. This is why it is important to recheck the blink codes after repairing a fault. If there are additional codes in the memory, they only blink after you have repaired the first fault.
6.
Stored faults, clear all, and end of line test modes are available with Pro-Link 9000.
Figure 3. Blink Code Diagnostics.
447-0156
0105
0105-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0105
IGNITION POWER ACTIVATION
000105
Ignition Power Activation is the process of using the vehicle’s ignition switch (or interrupting the power on the blue wire by some other means) to display blink codes on the trailer ABS indicator lamp located on the side of the trailer. This method is for constant power vehicles only.
NOTE
For ignition power activation, power is provided by the ignition switch.
1.
Turn the ignition switch on for no longer than 5 seconds. The ABS indicator lamp will be on.
2.
Turn the ignition switch off. The ABS indicator lamp will go out.
3.
Turn the ignition switch on. The ABS indicator lamp will then come on, then go out.
4.
The blink code will be displayed three times by the ABS indicator lamp on the trailer.
BLINK CODE
3
4
5
6
7
15
16
17
18
11
14
9
10
Table 1. Blink Codes.
PROBLEM AREA
Sensor BU1
Sensor YE1
Sensor BU2
Sensor YE2
External ABS modulator valve
ECU Failure
SAE J1708 Failure
SAE J2497 (PLC) Failure
Generic I/O Failure
ACTION
Determine sensor location.
Check sensor installation.
Make necessary repairs.
Determine sensor location.
Check sensor installation.
Make necessary repairs.
Determine sensor location.
Check sensor installation.
Make necessary repairs.
Determine sensor location.
Check sensor installation.
Make necessary repairs.
Verify proper electrical installation.
Check power supply. Make necessary corrections.
Verify proper installation. Internal modulator failure, inlet valve
#2
Internal modulator failure, inlet valve
#1
Internal modulator failure, outlet valve
Power Supply
Verify proper installation.
Verify proper installation.
Verify proper electrical installation.
Check power supply. Make necessary corrections.
Verify proper installation.
Internal failure, contact Meritor
WABCO.
Internal failure, contact Meritor
WABCO.
Verify proper electrical installation.
Check power supply. Make necessary corrections.
END OF TASK
0105-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
DIAGNOSTIC TOOL (BLINK CODE CHECK)
NOTE
• The red dust cap on the diagnostic tool protects the tool during shipping. The tool and the LED are independently sealed against contamination.
• The SAE J1587 connector must be protected from contamination when the diagnostic tool is not installed. Reinstall the gray cap when the connector is not in use.
• Use the following procedures to install the diagnostic tool in the SAE J1587 connector.
1.
Remove the gray protective cap from the J1587 connector.
a.
Turn the cap counterclockwise.
b.
Pull off the cap.
2.
Align the notches on the tool with the notches on the connector.
3.
Insert the tool firmly in the connector.
4.
Firmly turn the gray ring of the tool clockwise to secure it in place (Figure 4).
5.
After removing the diagnostic tool, replace the gray protective cap.
0105
000105
447-0157
Figure 4. Diagnostic Tool.
6.
Make sure the vehicle is stationary: a.
Emergency brake ON.
b.
Wheels properly chocked.
7.
Provide 12V DC power (9.5 to 14V is acceptable range) to the ECU/Valve Assembly.
8.
Check the ABS indicator lamp on the trailer.
a.
If the indicator lamp comes ON briefly, then goes OFF, there is no fault in system.
b.
If the indicator lamp comes ON and stays ON, there is an existing fault. Go to step 9.
9.
Press the blink code switch once for one second and release the switch.
10. When there is an existing fault, the ABS indicator lamp will flash between three and eighteen times to identify the existing fault.
11. When there are existing faults, you must repair existing faults.
12. After you identify an existing fault, turn the power to the ECU OFF. Repair the fault. Turn the power to the ECU back ON.
0105
0105-5
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0105
DIAGNOSTIC TOOL (BLINK CODE CHECK) - CONTINUED
13. Repeat step 9. If there are no other existing faults in the system, the ABS indicator lamp will come ON, go OFF, and remain OFF.
14. If you have just repaired a sensor gap fault, the ECU is “waiting” to see a 4-mph signal on sensed wheels. Until this 4 mph is sensed by the ECU, the ABS indicator lamp on the trailer will remain ON.
END OF TASK
ECU/VALVE ASSEMBLY
000105
WARNING
Release all pressure from the air system before you disconnect any components. Pressurized air can cause serious personal injury.
Removal
1.
Release all pressure from the air system.
2.
Attach labels to identify all air lines.
3.
Disconnect the air lines from the ECU/Valve Assembly.
4.
Disconnect the power (or power/diagnostic) cable, additional relay valve cable (if used), and all sensor cables from the
ECU/Valve Assembly (Figure 5).
5.
Remove the ECU/Valve Assembly from its mounting location: a.
Bracket-Mounted: Loosen and remove the two mounting bolts and lock nuts that hold the assembly to the cross member. Remove the assembly.
b.
Nipple-Mounted to Air Tank: Unscrew the assembly from the air tank.
000105
NOTE
• The ECU/Valve Assembly is supplied with black protective caps on each sensor connector.
• When a sensor cable is not plugged into a sensor connector, the black cap must remain on the connector to protect it from dirt and contamination (Figure 5).
0105-6
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ECU/VALVE ASSEMBLY - CONTINUED
6.
If the assembly being replaced is under warranty, please return it to the trailer OEM for replacement.
0105
Figure 5. ECU/Valve Assembly.
447-0244
0105-7
0105
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0105
ECU/VALVE ASSEMBLY - CONTINUED
1.
Tank-Mounted.
WARNING
You must use a Schedule 80 hex nipple (3/4 in. NPTF) to mount the ECU/single modulator valve assembly securely to the air tank to avoid possible serious personal injury and damage to the component.
a.
Use a 3/4 in. Schedule 80 hex nipple to attach ECU/single modulator valve assembly to a reinforced air tank. Do not overtighten.
CAUTION
Meritor WABCO does not recommend use of a vise when installing the hex nipple. Use of a vise may cause over-clamping. Over-clamping may damage the internal components of the ECU/single modulator valve assembly.
b.
Use a 3/4 in. pipe plug to plug unused supply port (Port 1). Apply SAE-standard, DOT-approved Teflon tape or paste-type thread sealant to all pipe threads beyond the first two threads. Pipes with pre-applied thread sealant may also be used.
c.
Rotate and tighten the ECU/single modulator valve assembly until the exhaust port faces down and the connection is secure. Use a torque wrench or ratchet with extension at the 3/4 in. pipe plug installed on the front supply port
(Port 1) (Figure 6).
Figure 6. Tank-Mounted Valve.
447-0245
0105
2.
Bracket-Mounted to Crossmember of Vehicle (2S/1M Basic).
a.
Install a 3/4 in. NPTF fitting in supply port (Port 1). Use a 3/4 in. pipe plug to plug unused supply port (Port 1). Apply
SAE-standard, DOT-approved Teflon tape or paste-type thread sealant to all pipe threads beyond the first two threads. Pipes with pre-applied thread sealant may also be used.
b.
Attach mounting bracket to vehicle crossmember midway between the side rails, close to the brake chambers the valve serves.
c.
Use two 3/8 in. Grade 8 bolts with prevailing torque nuts and washers to attach assembly to the vehicle crossmember.
Tighten bolts to 18 lb-ft (24 Nm).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0105-8
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
BRAKE DRUM RE-BORE LIMITS AND/OR MAXIMUM WEAR DIAMETER
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
000106
1.
This information is furnished to advise the importance of the re-bore limits and/or maximum wear diameter as shown on our Webb brake drums. This dimension is cast on brake drum as indicated in Figure 1. The dimension is the maximum safe diameter to which a drum may be turned, ground, and/or worn.
2.
To ensure product safety, it is critical that any brake drum reaching this dimension by turning, grinding, and/or wearing be considered unsafe and immediately replaced. Any brake drum exceeding this dimension is considered a safety hazard, and is not subject to warranty consideration.
NOTE
Dimensions are in inches.
3.
The dimension shown on brake drums is the current maximum diameter and supersedes any previously published information.
4.
Most Webb brake drums allow a maximum diameter of 0.120 over the nominal new diameter. This allows 0.080 for re-boring and an additional 0.040 for wear.
-
447-0130
Figure 1. Brake Drum Dimensions.
0106-1
0106
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0106
BRAKE DRUM DATA SHEET
When selecting a Webb replacement drum, the manufacturer’s name and part number is helpful. If this information is not available, a replacement drum can be selected by comparing dimensions. A drawing is shown below, which indicates the dimensions required to determine the existence of a replacement drum. If all of the dimensions shown are not available, you must provide at least dimensions C, D, E, J, K, and O (Figure 2) to make a selection.
000106
447-0131
Figure 2. Dimensions Required for a Replacement Drum.
0106
BRAKE DRUM SERVICE INFORMATION
To achieve maximum life and optimum performance, proper brake maintenance and brake balance are essential. The following procedures are suggested as a means of obtaining maximum service and to determine the need for replacement.
Inspection of Brake Drums
1.
When relining brakes, the brake drum should be cleaned and inspected. To be suitable for further service, the brake drum should pass the following checks: a.
The brake surface should be free of scoring, excessive heat checks, and cracks.
b.
The brake surface diameter should be within the maximum diameter cast or stamped on the drum.
c.
The mounting holes and pilot must be round and true.
d.
The mounting surface must be clean and flat.
2.
If any of the above conditions are not met, the brake drum should be replaced.
000106
000106
0106-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0106
BRAKE DRUM SERVICE INFORMATION - CONTINUED
Turning the Brake Surface
000106
It may be desirable to turn or resurface the braking surface to remove small heat checks or other surface defects. The following should be noted when turning: a.
When resurfacing a drum, allow at least 0.040 in. under the maximum diameter for additional wear. This usually means the drum may be turned a total of 0.080 in. over the brake surface diameter of a new brake drum.
Example: New drum diameter 16.500
Re-bore allowance 00.080
Diameter after rebore limit is reached
16.580
Wear allowance 0.040
Maximum diameter 16.620
CAUTION
Do not turn or wear a brake drum beyond the maximum diameter stamped or cast on the brake drum.
b.
The maximum diameter or discard diameter is the maximum diameter to which the brake drum may be turned or worn and still be unusable. If any portion of the brake surface exceeds the maximum diameter it must be discarded.
The maximum diameter is 0.120 in. over the nominal new diameter unless stated otherwise stated on the casting. The maximum diameter cast into the back plate portions of the brake drum supersedes all published information.
Determining Replacement
000106
1.
Replacement of the brake drum is required if any of the following conditions exist: a.
Brake drum is cracked.
b.
The brake surface is heat checked, grooved, or worn beyond the re-bore limit of 0.080 in., or maximum diameter.
c.
The back plate is cracked.
d.
The bolt holes are elongated.
e.
Brake drum is known to have been severely overheated.
f.
Brake drum is out-of-round.
2.
When selecting a Webb replacement drum, the manufacturer’s name and part number are helpful. If this information is not available, a replacement drum can be selected by comparing dimensions. Figure 2 shows the dimensions required to determine the existence of a replacement drum. If all the dimensions shown are not available, you must provide at least the following dimensions from the previous page to make a selection: a.
Brake Face Diameter b.
Overall Depth of Drum c.
Brake Surface Flat d.
Bolt Circle Diameter e.
Pilot Diameter f.
Bolt Holes: Number and Size
0106-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0106
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
NOTE
Cleanliness is most important. After removing the brake drum to be replaced, make sure all mounting surfaces on the spoke wheel or hub are clean. All foreign material should be removed to ensure proper attachment of the brake drum.
1.
Assemble the brake drum to the hub.
000106
NOTE
Hubs using an outboard mount drum do not have to be removed from the axle to facilitate brake drum replacement. It is suggested, however, that the torque on the spindle nut be checked to make sure it is correct.
2.
Make sure the brakes are fully released and adjusters are fully backed off.
3.
Place the assembly on the axle and adjust the bearings.
4.
Inspect the lining location on the brake surface.
5.
Adjust the brakes.
NOTE
All adjustments should be made when brake drums are cold with brakes fully released.
a.
Standard Slack Adjusters. Raise the axle until the wheel can be turned freely. If the slack adjuster has a positive lock mechanism, depress the locking sleeve to disengage it. Turn the adjusting screw until the brakes begin to drag, and then back off the adjustment so that the wheel turns freely. When adjustment is completed, the adjusting screw nut should be positioned so the locking sleeve engages the adjusting nut screw. In the case of the ball indent type, the ball should engage the indent on the plunger shaft.
b.
Automatic Slack Adjusters. Require initial manual adjustment. Consult the manufacturer’s literature adjustment procedure.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0106-4
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
SERVICE BRAKES S-CAMSHAFTS AND SHOES
SINGLE AXLE
1.
Always reline both wheels of a single axle at the same time.
2.
Always install the same linings and drums on both wheels of a single axle.
TANDEM AXLE
1.
Always reline all four wheels of a tandem axle at the same time.
2.
Always install the same linings and drums on all four wheels of a tandem axle.
PRIMARY SHOE LOCATIONS
NOTE
The first shoe past the cam in the direction of wheel rotation is the primary shoe. Refer to Figure 1 to determine primary and secondary shoe locations.
1.
The primary shoe can be either at the TOP or the BOTTOM position, depending on the location of the cam.
2.
If the cam is BEHIND the axle, the TOP shoe is the primary shoe.
3.
If the cam is in FRONT of the axle, the BOTTOM shoe is the primary shoe.
-
000107
000107
000107
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 1. Primary and Secondary Shoe Locations.
447-0158
0107
0107-1/(2 blank)
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
PRO-TORQ SPINDLE NUT
-
0108-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0108
PRO-TORQ
®
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE AND WHEEL BEARING ADJUSTMENT FOR THE M871R
TRAILER APPLICATION (STEMCO P/N 447-4743)
000108
NOTE
The Pro-Torq spindle nut is composed of two parts, the nut and a steel spring keeper, which is painted orange on the side that must be facing out.
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Pro-Torq Spindle Nut.
447-0159
0108
0108-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0108
REMOVAL
000108
WARNING
A new orange keeper arm must be replaced if it is damaged when removed or installed in the nut. It is recommended to replace the keeper arm each time it is removed. The original nut may be reused; the original keeper may be reused if not damaged. Failure to comply this warning may cause injury or death to personnel and damage to the equipment due to wheel-end loss.
CAUTION
Failure to remove the orange keeper before removing the nut will result in damaged threads to both the nut and the axle end spindle. Over-torque of the nut will result in stripped threads.
Use a small blade screwdriver to carefully pry each keeper arm from the undercut groove in the nut and release the orange keeper from the nut. The arms are on opposite sides of the open end of the keeper.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
• Keeper orange side must be facing out.
• Only a small bladed screwdriver is required to move/install the orange keeper.
• The orange keeper square tang must not bottom in the spindle square keyway.
• No other washers or lock rings are required for this installation.
• Orange keeper teeth must fully engage nut teeth.
000108
1.
Thread the nut, without keeper arm, onto the axle spindle threaded end, keeper side facing out. Hand tighten nut against outer bearing.
2.
While slowly rotating the wheel/hub, use a torque wrench and socket to torque the nut to 200 lb-ft (271 Nm). Wheel/hub must be rotated slowly while torque is applied. This action will seat the inner and outer bearings.
3.
Using the torque wrench and socket, back off the nut until it is hand tight.
4.
While slowly rotating the wheel/hub, using the torque wrench and socket, re-torque the nut to 100 lb-ft (136 Nm). Wheel/ hub must be rotated slowly when torque is applied. This action will apply the final seat to the inner and outer bearings.
NOTE
After 1/4 back-off, nut should be movable by hand.
5.
Back nut off 1/4 turn. Refer to the chart in Step 3 of the previous page.
6.
Install the keeper, orange side facing out, by inserting the keeper square outer tab into the undercut groove on the nut aligned with the square cut keyway groove on the spindle. Rotate the keeper into position so that the inner keeper tang tilts into the square spindle keyway. The teeth on the keeper will engage the teeth on the nut. Do not force the keeper into position. Force will damage the keeper. Use only a small bladed screwdriver for installation of the keeper.
7.
If the square inner tang does not line up with the spindle square keyway, back the nut off very slightly until it does (no more than one tooth). This back-off will engage the keeper and nut teeth if this did not happen in step 6. Using a small bladed screwdriver carefully compress and insert the keeper arms, one at a time, into the undercut groove in the nut.
Again, the orange side of the keeper MUST be facing out.
0108-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0108
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
8.
Inspect the installation to make sure that the keeper outer tab and the keeper arms are fully seated into the undercut groove in the nut. Use the small bladed screwdriver to gently flex the keeper arms to ensure they fully engage the groove in the nut. Visually inspect the seating and that the teeth are fully engaged in the nut teeth.
9.
Inspect the square keeper tang to make sure it does not contact the bottom of the square groove on the axle spindle.
10. Check the bearing setting by using a dial indicator to verify the bearing end play. The nut will produce a consistent setting of 0.001 to 0.003 in. (0.025 to 0.076 mm) end play.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0108-4
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
HUBODOMETER®
Installation Instructions, General Information, Care of HUBODOMETER®
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
000109
1.
Mount HUBODOMETER® to face of hubcap or bracket.
2.
Use washer under locknut.
3.
Use 15 lb-ft (20.3 Nm) of torque to tighten locknut. DO NOT USE AIR IMPACT WRENCH. DO NOT EXCEED
15 lb-ft (20.3 Nm) OF TORQUE.
4.
If necessary, use strap wrench to hold HUBODOMETER® while tightening.
5.
DO NOT USE PAINTS, SOLVENTS, OR THINNERS ON THE HUBODOMETER® FACE, GRILAMID HUBCAP,
OR HUBODOMETER® HUBCAP WINDOW.
6.
The recommended torque for the 3/8 in. pipe plug for aluminum hubcaps is 9 lb-ft (12.2 Nm). A suitable sealant may be used on the pipe plug threads if desired. On Grilamid hubcaps with plastic fill plug and O-ring, tighten to a torque not to exceed 10 lb-ft (13.6 Nm).
7.
The proper oil level for the STEMCO HUBODOMETER® window is indicated by the inside protruding ledge of the window (Figure 1).
-
Figure 1. HUBODOMETER®.
447-0260
0109
END OF TASK
GENERAL INFORMATION
HUBODOMETER®
1.
Basically a driveless, mechanical-meter, hub-mounted odometer. The name HUBODOMETER® is actually a registered trademark name for a specific STEMCO product.
2.
The accuracy of the HUBODOMETER® is plus or minus 2 percent.
3.
It is specifically calibrated to a tire size, make and model, and to the mid-life of the tire tread, not the depth of new tire treads.
000109
000109
0109-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0109
GENERAL INFORMATION - CONTINUED
4.
To preclude the mechanically curious from opening the HUBODOMETER® case to find out how it works, the following information regarding its contents is provided: a.
An independent main shaft to protect it from front (face) damage.
b.
A spring-loaded counterweight to reduce spin.
c.
A brass-on-steel worm gear.
d.
An externally pinioned odometer mechanism using low-friction molded components.
e.
The case is hermetically sealed to prevent moisture from getting in.
5.
The HUBODOMETER® works basically the same as the odometer in a car except that it is not driven or electrical. It is an independent mechanical device.
6.
There are three basic ways to mount the HUBODOMETER®.
a.
As a single component hubcap with the HUBODOMETER®.
b.
As a mount on to a hubcap.
c.
On a universal mounting bracket that is bolted to the hubcap.
7.
It may be used either “wet” (oil) hubs or “dry” (grease) hubs.
Installation
000109
What if you have to replace a HUBODOMETER®?
a.
If a new HUBODOMETER® is installed, will it read zero miles, and will the original mileage from the old
HUBODOMETER® be lost?
b.
Yes, but there is a way to preclude this problem. When ordering the new HUBODOMETER® from the manufacturer, request that the mileage be PRE-SET to the mileage registered on the old HUBODOMETER®. There is normally a nominal fee for this but it is well worth the cost in order to keep a running record of mileage and service intervals, with no updates or confusion.
END OF TASK
CARE OF HUBODOMETER®
CAUTION
• Do not stand on, kick, or rest things like booths and wheels on HUBODOMETER®. It will survive all those on off-road ventures but excessive personal involvement may shorten its life.
• Do not use solvents, thinners, or paints on the HUBODOMETER® face. If reflective glare is a problem, tape over the face except for the odometer reading so you can check the mileage as needed.
• Do not use air or electrical tools when removing or installing it. Use only hand tools. If it slips when you loosen or tighten the meter lock nut, put a strap wrench around the meter to hold it.
• Normally only 15 lb-ft (20.3 Nm) of torque (max) are required to secure the locknut - no more.
000109
The HUBODOMETER® will keep accurate track of the mileage on your semitrailer and offer a way to identify when service is required and document service intervals. It does not need much in the way of service, but it does need to be somewhat protected against damage.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0109-2
4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
AUTOMATIC SLACK ADJUSTERS
Installation, Adjustment, How to Measure Push Rod Stroke,
Brake Recline/Checking Procedure, Brakes Troubleshooting
INSTALLATION
WARNING
Make sure the wheels are chocked before servicing the semitrailer. Release the parking brake and check that the push rod is fully released. If the push rod is not fully released, the ASA cannot be installed properly. Semitrailer movement may cause injury or death to personnel and damage to the equipment.
NOTE
• Chock wheels to prevent semitrailer from moving. Check that the push rod on the air brake chamber is FULLY RETRACTED. Apply air pressure to release spring brake.
• If air pressure is not available, spring brake must be completely caged back. Install anchor bracket but do not tighten air brake chamber nut; leave loose.
• Block wheels to prevent vehicle from rolling. Ensure system tank pressure is above 100 psi
(689 kPa).
• Both OEM ASA (P/N 409-10683) and the new ASA (P/N 409-20002) can be identified by their part number stamped on the control arm housing. Also, the new ASA does not have a pointer
(installation indicator) that has to fall within a slot of proper installation.
000110
1.
Check that the push rod is fully retracted; apply air to release spring brake. If air is not available, spring brake must be manually caged back.
2.
Install anchor bracket loosely.
3.
Some strap brackets have two mounting holes. Proper mounting location is determined by the length of adjuster arm:
5 in. and 5-1/2 in. adjuster arm lengths utilize the shorter hole location, while 6 in. and 6-1/2 in. length adjusters utilize the longer hole locations.
4.
Do not tighten anchor bracket fasteners at this time.
5.
Apply antiseize type lubricant to camshaft splines.
-
Figure 1. Installation.
447-0165
0110-1
0110
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0110
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
6.
Install the slack adjuster onto the camshaft with the adjusting hex pointing away from the brake chamber.
7.
Secure the slack adjuster on the camshaft. Use at least one inner washer and enough outer washers to allow no more than
.060 in. movement of adjuster on camshaft.
NOTE
DO NOT pull push rod out to meet the brake adjuster.
8.
Rotate the 7/16 in. adjusting hex nut clockwise until the clevis hole lines up with the brake adjuster arm hole.
447-0166
Figure 2. Installation.
9.
Apply antiseize to clevis pin, install, and secure with cotter pin.
10. The S-ABA control arm can be placed anywhere within the range of the bracket slot for automatic adjustment to take place. Haldex recommends, however, rotating all control arms towards the axle until they come to a complete stop and securing in that position. This will create a “common” position for all wheels.
11. Tighten all anchor bracket fasteners.
0110
END OF TASK
Figure 3. Installation.
447-0167
0110-2
0110
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
ADJUSTMENT
1.
The adjuster must be manually adjusted at this time.
2.
Rotate the adjusting hex clockwise until the lining lightly contacts the drum.
3.
Back-off the adjuster by turning the adjusting hex counterclockwise 1/2 of a turn (Figure 4).
4.
A minimum of 13 lb-ft is necessary to overcome the internal clutch. A ratcheting sound will be present.
WARNING
DO NOT use an impact wrench or permanent internal damage will occur!
NOTE
To ensure proper fit and function, always replace both adjuster and mounting bracket, as a set.
0110
000110
447-0168
Figure 4. Adjustment.
END OF TASK
HOW TO MEASURE PUSH ROD STROKE
NOTE
The maximum effective push rod stroke, as recommended by the air brake chamber manufacturer, must be less than 2.5 in. (6.4 cm).
1.
With a tape measure, measure the movement of the push rod from the completely released position to the applied position 90 to 100 psi (621 to 690 kPa).
2.
This movement can also be measured by: a.
Putting a mark on the push rod where it exits the air brake chamber (BRAKE RELEASED).
b.
Applying the brake.
c.
Measuring the movement of the mark to the face of the air brake chamber housing.
END OF TASK
0110
000110
0110-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0110
BRAKE RELINE/CHECKING PROCEDURE
000110
1.
Rotate the adjustment hex counterclockwise approximately 1/2 turn to create excessive brake lining to drum clearance.
2.
Apply the brakes.
3.
On release of brakes, observe the adjustment hex rotation. This rotation indicates the ASA is making an adjustment and is working properly.
NOTE
Placing a 7/16 in. (11 mm) box end wrench on the hex adjustment will make the movement easier to see.
4.
On each subsequent brake release, the amount of adjustment and push rod stroke will be reduced until proper clearance is achieved.
5.
During brake reline, check the de-adjustment torque. Place a 7/16 in. (11 mm) torque wrench on the adjustment hex. Turn the hex counterclockwise and check that the clutch does not slip at a torque LESS than 13 lb-ft (17.6 Nm). A ratcheting sound should occur. If the clutch slips at a lesser torque (less than 13 lb-ft [17.6 Nm]), the ASA must be replaced.
END OF TASK
BRAKE TROUBLESHOOTING
NOTE
• The ASA is NOT a cure-all for foundation brake deficiencies.
• If the proper push rod stroke cannot be maintained, be sure to thoroughly check the other brake components.
• This check could also avoid unnecessary ASA replacement.
000110
1.
Check the foundation brake for: a.
Worn camshaft and bushings b.
Broken shoe return springs c.
Air chambers not releasing d.
Worn or broken brake components e.
Loose wheel bearings
2.
Check the ASA for: a.
Proper push rod stroke b.
Proper ASA installation c.
Loose, broken, or bent adjuster brackets d.
Worn clutch assembly e.
Adjuster not fully releasing
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0110-4
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
AXLE ALIGNMENT
After the suspension has been installed under the trailer, the axles should be properly aligned in relation to the trailer kingpin in the following manner: a.
Measure the distance from kingpin to centerline of spindles on front axle. Dimensions A and B must be equal within 1/8 in. (Figure 1).
b.
After aligning the front axle, tighten U-bolts and end clamp bolts to specification on that axle only. c.
Next, align rear axle with front axle. Dimensions C and D must be equal within 1/16 in. (Figure 1).
d.
After aligning rear axle with front axle, tighten U-bolts and end clamp bolts on rear axle.
-
447-0254
Axle Alignment.
Figure 1.
0111 e.
Check dimension E, the lateral centerline relationship of trailer body and axles.
f.
Dimension E must not exceed 1/4 in. At this time, recheck alignment of front axle with kingpin, and rear axle with front axle.
g.
After alignment has been accomplished, tighten U-bolts and nuts to specification.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0111-1/(0111-2 blank)
2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE
AXLE IDENTIFICATION
AXLE IDENTIFICATION
All of the information necessary to identify a particular trailer axle is located on the trailer axle identification tag. Located at the center of the axle beam, this ID tag is stamped with the axle model number, serial number, and date of manufacture.
000112
1.
The model number is composed of letters and digits (e.g., TN-4670-Q-2020). This number is used to identify the axle assembly when ordering replacement parts.
2.
The serial number is composed of letters and digits (e.g., KNA-38050685). This number can be used to identify a particular trailer axle, and the material and components used to build the axle.
3.
The date of manufacture is indicated by a Julian date (e.g., 27693). The first three digits (276) indicate the 276th day of the year, or October 3rd. The last two digits (93) indicate the year, or 1993.
-
Figure 1. Axle Identification.
447-0239
0112
0112-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P 0112
MODEL NUMBERS
Model numbers for Meritor trailer axles are composed of letters and digits (e.g., TQD 4670 Q 52). These letters and digits indicate the weight capacity and type of components installed on the axle.
Meritor aftermarket model numbers differ from the current production model numbers detailed below.
000112
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 2. Current Production Model Numbers.
447-0240
0112
0112-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INDEX
Subject WP Sequence No.-Page No.
Numerics
10 Tire Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0094-1
10/20 Inspection Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0086-1
A
Abbreviations/Acronyms, List of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0001-3
ABS
Brake Power Connections Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0036-1
Warning Light Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0062-1
Additional Authorization List (AAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0084-1
Air
Brake Chamber Control Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0040-1
Brake Chambers Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0038-1
Lines and Fittings Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0037-1
Reservoir Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0018-1
Reservoirs Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0039-1
Antisail Mud Flaps Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0054-1
Automatic Slack Adjusters
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0110-3
Brake Recline/Checking Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0110-4
How to Measure Push Rod Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0110-3
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0110-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0034-1
Axle
Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0111-1
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0112-1
B
Basic Issue Items (BII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0083-1
Bearing
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0104-3
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0104-1
Blackout Lights Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0025-1
Box Replacement
Manifest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0058-1
Stowage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0057-1
Stowage Side Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0070-1
Brake Drum
Maximum Wear Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0106-1
Re-Bore Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0106-1
Bulkhead Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0052-1
C
Cleaning Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0023-2
Clearance Lights Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0026-1
Conspicuity Tape Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0064-1
Converting Fractions to Decimals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0087-1
Corner Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0053-1
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INDEX - CONTINUED
Subject WP Sequence No.-Page No.
C - Continued
Corrosion
Prevention and Control (CPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0001-1
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0023-4
Coupling Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0092-1
D
Data Plates Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0061-1
Decals Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0061-1
Description and Use of Operator Controls and Indicators
Air Lines and Electrical Cables Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0004-4
Ground Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0004-3
Ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0004-5
Landing Legs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0004-2
Destruction of Army Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0001-1
Direct Support Maintenance Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0069-1
Dock Bumpers Replacement
M871A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0044-1
M871R and M871A1R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0043-1
E
ECU Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0035-1
Electrical
Connectors Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0017-1
Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0023-6
Enhanced Easy-Stop Trailer ABS with PLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0105-1
Equipment
Characteristics, Capabilities, and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0002-1
Data
M871A2R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0002-7
M871R and M871A1R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0002-6
M871R, M871A1R, M871A2R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0002-8
Improvement Recommendations (EIRs), Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0001-1
Expendable and Durable Items List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0085-1
Extreme Cold, Operation Under Unusual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-1
Extreme Heat, Operation Under Unusual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-1
F
Fastener Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0088-1
Fifth Wheel Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0091-1
Floor Deck Boards Replacement
M871A2R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0056-1
M871R and M871A1R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0055-1
Fording, Operation Under Unusual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-2
Frame Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0073-1
G
General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0001-1
Maintenance Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0023-1
INDEX-2
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INDEX - CONTINUED
Subject WP Sequence No.-Page No.
G - Continued
Support Maintenance Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0069-1
Gladhands
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0019-1
Replacement
M871A1R and M871A2R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0042-1
M871R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0041-1
Ground Boards Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0051-1
H
Hub Piloted Disc Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0097-1
HUBODOMETER®
Care of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0109-1
Installation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0109-1
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0063-1
Hubs and Drums Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0033-1
I
Inspections Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0023-3
K
Kingpin
Maintenance Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0090-1
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0090-1
M871A2R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0075-1
M871R and M871A1R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0074-1
L
Ladder Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0059-1
Landing
Gear
Legs Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0020-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0095-1
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0095-1
Repair Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0095-1
Landing, Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0050-1
LED Taillights Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0027-1
Lights
Blackout, Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0025-1
Clearance, Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0026-1
LED, Taillight Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0027-1
List
Abbreviations/Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0001-3
Additional Authorization List (AAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0084-1
Basic Issue Items (BII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0083-1
Expendable and Durable Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0085-1
Location and Description of Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0002-2
Lubrication Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0067-1
INDEX-3
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INDEX - CONTINUED
Subject WP Sequence No.-Page No.
M
M871A2R Equipment Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0002-7
M871R and M871A1R Equipment Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0002-6
M871R, M871A1R, M871A2R Equipment Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0002-8
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC)
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0081-1
Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0082-1
Maintenance Forms, Records, and Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0001-1
Manifest Box Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0058-1
Metric Equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0087-1
Mud or Sand, Operation Under Unusual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-2
N
Nose Plate Replacement (M871A2R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0029-1
O
Operation Under Unusual Conditions
Extreme Cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-1
Extreme Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-1
Fording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-2
Mud or Sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-2
Rainy or Humid Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-1
Rocky Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-2
Salt Water Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-2
Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-2
Operation Under Usual Condition
After Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0005-14
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0005-8
Preparation for Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0005-1
Slinging Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0005-16
Operator PMCS
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0013-1
Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0014-1
Operator Troubleshooting
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0007-1
Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0009-1
Symptom Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0008-1
Organizational PMCS
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0015-1
Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0016-1
Organizational Troubleshooting
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0010-1
Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0012-1
Symptom Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0011-1
OSHA Standard Multi-Single Piece Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0098-1
P
Preparation for Storage or Shipment
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0001-1
Organizational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0066-1
INDEX-4
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INDEX - CONTINUED
Subject WP Sequence No.-Page No.
P - Continued
Pro-Torq Spindle Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0108-1
R
Rainy or Humid Conditions, Operation Under Unusual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-1
Receptacle Converter Box
M871A2R, Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0029-1
M871R and M871A1R, Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0028-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0089-1
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0080-1
Reflectors Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0060-1
Repair Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0023-4
Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIRs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0001-1
Retractable Twist Lock
Maintenance (M871R and M871A1R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0045-1
Replacement (M871A2R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0046-1
Rocky Terrain, Operation Under Unusual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-2
RPSTL
Figure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0078-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0077-1
NSN and P/N Indexes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0079-1
S
Salt Water Areas, Operation Under Unusual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006-2
Sealed Brake
Disarming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0096-1
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0096-1
Semitrailer Series, Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0003-1
Service Brakes
S-Camshaft Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0031-1
S-Camshafts and Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0107-1
Shoes and Lining Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0032-1
Service Upon Receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0065-1
Side Stakes Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0053-1
SKF Scotseal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0103-1
Slack Adjusters Maintenance, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0034-1
Sling Procedures, Operation Under Usual Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0005-16
Spare Tire
Carrier Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0048-1
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0022-1
Storage or Shipment, Preparation for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0001-1
Stowage Box
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0057-1
Side Panels Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0070-1
Suspension
Replacement
M871A2R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0072-1
M871R and M871A1R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0071-1
INDEX-5
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
INDEX - CONTINUED
Subject WP Sequence No.-Page No.
T
Tagging Wires and Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0023-4
Technical Information for LED and filament Bulb Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0093-1
Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0003-1
Thread Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0088-1
Tiedown Rings Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0047-1
Tire
10 Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0094-1
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0076-1
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0021-1
Torque Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0068-1
Transportability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0001-2
Troubleshooting
Brake Drums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0101-1
Hubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0099-1
Spring Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0102-1
Wheel Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0100-1
Twist Lock
Maintenance, Retractable (M871R and M871A1R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0045-1
Replacement, Retractable (M871A2R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0046-1
U
Upper Coupler Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0091-1
W
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0001-2
Wheel
Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0021-1
Assembly Replacement, Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0022-1
Chocks Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0049-1
Wire Connectors Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0024-1
Wiring Harnesses Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0030-1
Work Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0023-2
INDEX-6
NOTE
NOTE
1 July 2009
AMSTA-LC-LMPP/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
0017 00-2
XX XXX XX
Field and Sustainment Maintenance Manual for Semitrailer, Tactical, Breakbulk/
Container Transporter 22 ½ Ton, RESET
Part number supplied for item 2 is incorrect.
AMSTA-LC-LMPP/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
XX XXX XX
Field and Sustainment Maintenance Manual for Semitrailer, Tactical, Breakbulk/
Container Transporter 22 ½ Ton, RESET
AMSTA-LC-LMPP/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
XX XXX XX
Field and Sustainment Maintenance
Manual for Semitrailer, Tactical, Breakbulk/
Container Transporter 22 ½ Ton, RESET
AMSTA-LC-LMPP/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
XX XXX XX
Field and Sustainment Maintenance
Manual for Semitrailer, Tactical, Breakbulk/
Container Transporter 22 ½ Ton, RESET
AMSTA-LC-LMPP/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
XX XXX XX
Field and Sustainment Maintenance
Manual for Semitrailer, Tactical, Breakbulk/
Container Transporter 22 ½ Ton, RESET
AMSTA-LC-LMPP/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
XX XXX XX
Field and Sustainment Maintenance
Manual for Semitrailer, Tactical, Breakbulk/
Container Transporter 22 ½ Ton, RESET
AMSTA-LC-LMPP/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
XX XXX XX
Field and Sustainment Maintenance
Manual for Semitrailer, Tactical, Breakbulk/
Container Transporter 22 ½ Ton, RESET
AMSTA-LC-LMPP/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630
TM 9-2330-335-14&P
XX XXX XX
Field and Sustainment Maintenance
Manual for Semitrailer, Tactical, Breakbulk/
Container Transporter 22 ½ Ton, RESET
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
Official:
GEORGE W. CASEY, JR.
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
0825904
DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the initial distribution requirements for IDN: 391055, requirements for TM 9-2330-335-14&P.
THE METRIC SYSTEM AND EQUIVALENTS
Square Measure Linear Measure
1 Centimeter = 10 Millimeters = 0.01 Meters = 0.3937 Inches
1 Meter = 100 Centimeters = 1000 Millimeters = 39.37 Inches
1 Kilometer = 1000 Meters = 0.621 Miles
Weights
1 Sq Centimeter = 100 Sq Millimeters = 0.155 Sq Inches
1 Sq Meter = 10,000 Sq Centimeters = 10.76 Sq Feet
1 Sq Kilometer = 1,000,000 Sq Meters = 0.0386 Sq Miles
Cubic Measure
1 Gram = 0.001 Kilograms = 1000 Milligrams = 0.035 Ounces
1 Kilogram = 1000 Grams = 2.2 Pounds
1 Metric Ton = 1000 Kilograms = 1 Megagram = 1.1 Short Tons
1 Cu Centimeter = 1,000 Cu Millimeters = 0.06 Cu Inches
1 Cu Meter = 1,000,000 Cu Centimeters = 35.31 Cu Feet
Temperature
Liquid Measure
1 Milliliter = 0.001 Liters = 0.0338 Fluid Ounces
1 Liter = 1000 Milliliters = 33.82 Fluid Ounces
5/9 (°F - 32) = °C
212° Fahrenheit is equivalent to 100° Celsius
90° Fahrenheit is equivalent to 32.2° Celsius
32° Fahrenheit is equivalent to 0° Celsius
9/5 C° +32 = F°
APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORS
To Change
Inches
Feet
Yards
Miles
Sq Inches
Sq Feet
Sq Yards
Sq Miles
Acres
Cubic Feet
Cubic Yards
Fluid Ounces
Pints
Quarts
Gallons
Ounces
Pounds
Short Tons
Pound-Feet
Pounds per Sq
Inch
Miles per Gallon
Miles per Hour
To
Centimeters
Meters
Meters
Kilometers
Sq Centimeters
Sq Meters
Sq Meters
Sq Kilometers
Sq Hectometers
Cubic Meters
Cubic Meters
Milliliters
Liters
Liters
Liters
Grams
Kilograms
Metric Tons
Newton-Meters
Kilopascals
Kilometers per Liter 0.425
Kilometers per Hour 1.609
2.590
0.405
0.028
0.765
29.573
0.473
0.946
3.785
Multiply By
2.540
0.305
0.914
1.609
6.451
0.093
0.836
28.349
0.454
0.907
1.356
6.895
To Change
Centimeters
Meters
Meters
Kilometers
Sq Centimeters
Sq Meters
Sq Meters
Sq Kilometers
Sq Hectometers
Cubic Meters
Cubic Meters
Milliliters
Liters
Liters
Liters
Grams
Kilograms
Metric Tons
Newton-Meters
Kilopascals
Ounces
Pounds
Short Tons
Pound-Feet
Pounds per Sq
Inch
Kilometers per Liter Miles per Gallon
Kilometers per Hour Miles per Hour
To
Inches
Feet
Yards
Miles
Sq Inches
Sq Feet
Sq Yards
Sq Miles
Acres
Cubic Feet
Cubic Yards
Fluid Ounces
Pints
Quarts
Gallons
0.035
2.205
1.102
0.738
0.145
0.386
2.471
35.315
1.308
0.034
2.113
1.057
0.264
Multiply By
0.394
3.280
1.094
0.621
0.155
10.764
1.196
2.354
0.621
PIN: 085091-000
This fine document...
Was brought to you by me:
Liberated Manuals -- free army and government manuals
Why do I do it? I am tired of sleazy CD-ROM sellers, who take publicly available information, slap “watermarks” and other junk on it, and sell it.
Those masters of search engine manipulation make sure that their sites that sell free information, come up first in search engines. They did not create it...
They did not even scan it... Why should they get your money? Why are not letting you give those free manuals to your friends?
I am setting this document FREE. This document was made by the US
Government and is NOT protected by Copyright. Feel free to share, republish, sell and so on.
I am not asking you for donations, fees or handouts. If you can, please provide a link to liberatedmanuals.com, so that free manuals come up first in search engines:
<A HREF= http://www.liberatedmanuals.com/ >Free Military and Government Manuals</A>
– Sincerely
–
Igor Chudov http://igor.chudov.com/
Chicago Machinery Movers
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Related manuals
advertisement